雜阿含經 卷第十四Saṃyukta Āgama · Fascicle 14

〔T02 0093b22〕
心要Essence

須深盜法出家,問比丘:不得禪定,怎能記說漏盡?比丘答:「我是慧解脫也。」〔T02 0097a21〕他問世尊,世尊答:「彼先知法住,後知涅槃。」〔T02 0097b06〕然後以十二支順逆問他,他一一答如是,世尊說:「是名先知法住,後知涅槃。」〔T02 0097c01〕這一卷二十二經,是法住怎樣知,和知了的人是什麼人。

一、從緣起生

外道問苦樂自作他作,浮彌答世尊說無記,「世尊說苦樂從緣起生」〔T02 0093c14〕。舍利弗說為什麼對:無論怎麼說,「亦緣觸生;若言不從觸生者,無有是處」〔T02 0094a02〕。拘絺羅一層一層問見具足,問到第六次,舍利弗說:「汝終不能究竟諸論,得其邊際。若聖弟子斷除無明而生明,何須更求?」〔T02 0095b07〕世尊問學與法數,舍利弗三問默然,世尊換一句「真實」,他就答了:「厭、離欲、滅盡向,是名為學」〔T02 0095b20〕。老病死的根十層往上推,最後是無慚無愧;「以慚愧故不放逸」〔T02 0096b16〕,順推回來就離老病死。

二、先知法住

法住智不是禪定。須深求「令我得知法住智,得見法住智」〔T02 0097b15〕,世尊給他的只是一句一句問:「有生故有老死,不離生有老死耶?」〔T02 0097b17〕順到無明,逆到無明滅。問完,須深「遠塵離垢,得法眼淨」〔T02 0097c04〕。佛以此作師子吼,「此有故彼有,此起故彼起,謂緣無明行……」〔T02 0098a16〕;多聞聖弟子知了這句話,就不再問何所有故此有。七十七智裡,法住智排在每一支的末尾:知此支緣彼支,三世各知,「及法住智,無常、有為、心所緣生、盡法、變易法、離欲法、滅法斷知智」〔T02 0100a03〕。知緣起的智,自己也在緣起裡。

三、後知涅槃

殊勝說有滅則寂滅涅槃,「而非漏盡阿羅漢也」〔T02 0098c23〕。那羅說前後相違。殊勝說譬:曠野路邊有井,行人熱渴,「無繩無罐,諦觀井水,如實知見,而不觸身」〔T02 0098c29〕。知涅槃是見水,漏盡是觸身。先知法住,後知涅槃,是見了水;水在那裡,喝到是另一步。須深是在聽了三百矛之譬以後「漏盡意解」〔T02 0098a11〕的。

四、知了的人

沙門婆羅門不是名字,是「於法如實知,法集、法滅、法滅道跡如實知」〔T02 0099a19〕的人,從六入處知起,前支不知,後支「無有是處」〔T02 0099b12〕。思量妄想則「彼使攀緣識住」〔T02 0100a25〕,入名色,有往來,有生死;不思量不妄想,識無所住。多聞比丘、說法比丘、法次法向,三個名字一個定義:於老病死乃至行,「生厭、離欲、滅盡」〔T02 0100b27〕。一卷由學起,由法次法向止。

法住智:苦樂從緣起生,觸緣受,到無明為邊際;十二支順逆知了,就是先知法住;知涅槃是見水,觸身是後面的事;知了的人,於十二支生厭、離欲、滅盡。不問你知不知,「且自先知法住,後知涅槃」〔T02 0097b12〕。

Suśīma, who had gone forth to steal the Dharma, asks the bhikṣus: without attaining the dhyānas, how can you declare that your outflows are ended? A bhikṣu answers: “I am one liberated by wisdom.” He asks the World-Honored One, who answers: “They first know the abiding of the Dharma, then know nirvāṇa.” Then he questions him through the twelve links forward and in reverse, Suśīma answers “so it is” to each, and the World-Honored One says: “This is called first knowing the abiding of the Dharma, then knowing nirvāṇa.” The twenty-two discourses of this fascicle are how the abiding of the Dharma is known, and what kind of person one is once one has known it.

Arising from Conditions

Wanderers of another sect ask whether suffering and happiness are made by oneself or by another; Bhūmija answers that the World-Honored One calls this undeclared, and that “the World-Honored One says that suffering and happiness arise from conditions.” Śāriputra says why this is right: however one puts it, “those too arise conditioned by contact; to say that they do not arise from contact, there is no such possibility.” Mahākauṣṭhila asks about perfection of view layer by layer, and at the sixth question Śāriputra says: “You will never exhaust these discussions and reach their limit. If the noble disciple has cut off ignorance and knowledge has arisen, what need is there to seek further?” The World-Honored One asks about training and the reckoning of dharmas, Śāriputra is silent three times, the World-Honored One changes the word to “the real,” and he answers: “he grows weary, becomes dispassionate, and heads toward complete cessation; this is called training.” The root of old age, sickness, and death is traced upward through ten layers to shamelessness and lack of scruple; “because of shame and scruple there is heedfulness,” and traced forward again one is free of old age, sickness, and death.

First Knowing the Abiding of the Dharma

The knowledge of the abiding of the Dharma is not dhyāna. Suśīma asks “so that I may come to know the knowledge of the abiding of the Dharma, come to see the knowledge of the abiding of the Dharma,” and all the World-Honored One gives him is question after question: “Because there is birth there is old age and death; apart from birth there is no old age and death, is that so?” forward to ignorance, in reverse to the ceasing of ignorance. When the questions are done, Suśīma, “far from dust and free of stain, attained the pure Dharma-eye.” The Buddha roars the lion’s roar with this: “When this exists, that exists; when this arises, that arises; that is, conditioned by ignorance, formations…”; the learned noble disciple who has known this sentence no longer asks because of what this exists. Among the seventy-seven kinds of knowledge, the knowledge of the abiding of the Dharma stands last in each link: knowing that this link conditions that one, knowing it in each of the three times, “and the knowledge of the abiding of the Dharma—the knowledge, through abandoning, that it is impermanent, conditioned, arisen from what the mind takes as object, a thing that is exhausted, that changes, that is let go of in dispassion, that ceases.” The knowledge that knows dependent arising is itself within dependent arising.

Then Knowing Nirvāṇa

Shusheng says that with the cessation of existence there is quiescence, nirvāṇa, “and yet I am not an arhat whose outflows are ended.” Nārada says this is inconsistent. Shusheng gives a simile: a well by the roadside in the wilderness, a traveller pressed by heat and thirst, “with no rope and no bucket, he looks closely at the well water, knows and sees it as it is, yet does not touch it with the body.” To know nirvāṇa is to see the water; to end the outflows is to touch it. First knowing the abiding of the Dharma, then knowing nirvāṇa, is to have seen the water; the water is there, and to drink it is another step. Suśīma’s “outflows were ended and his mind set free” only after he heard the simile of the three hundred spears.

Those Who Have Known

An ascetic or a brāhmaṇa is not a name but one who “knows the dharma as it really is, and knows as they really are the arising of the dharma, the cessation of the dharma, and the path leading to the cessation of the dharma,” knowing from the six sense bases onward; if the earlier link is not known, for the later “there is no such possibility.” Reflecting and false imagining mean that “that fetter makes consciousness abide grasping at an object,” enters name and form, gives coming and going, gives birth and death; without reflecting and false imagining, consciousness has nowhere to abide. The learned bhikṣu, the bhikṣu who teaches the Dharma, and practice in accordance with the Dharma are three names with one definition: toward old age, sickness, and death, down to formations, “weariness, dispassion, and complete cessation.” The fascicle begins from training and ends at practice in accordance with the Dharma.

The knowledge of the abiding of the Dharma: suffering and happiness arise from conditions, feeling is conditioned by contact, and ignorance is the limit; to have known the twelve links forward and in reverse is first knowing the abiding of the Dharma; to know nirvāṇa is to see the water, and touching it comes after; those who have known grow weary, become dispassionate, and come to complete cessation toward the twelve links. Whether you understand or not is not the question: “for yourself, first know the abiding of the Dharma, then know nirvāṇa.”

原典Canonical · verbatim

宋天竺三藏求那跋陀羅譯《雜阿含經》〈緣起食諦界相應·卷第十四〉· 大正藏 T02n0099〔起 T02 0093b22〕。段/行首〔T02 …〕=大正藏頁・欄・行錨;「(N)」=底本經序(本卷22經)。

〔T02 0093b22〕雜阿含經卷第十四 宋天竺三藏求那跋陀羅譯 〔T02 0093b25〕(三四三) 如是我聞:一時,佛住王舍城迦蘭陀竹園。爾時,尊者浮彌比丘住耆闍崛山。時,有眾多外道出家詣尊者浮彌所,共相問訊慶慰,共相問訊慶慰已,退坐一面,語尊者浮彌言:「欲有所問,寧有閑暇見答與不?」尊者浮彌語諸外道出家:「隨汝所問,當為汝說。」時,諸外道出家問尊者浮彌:「苦樂自作耶?」尊者浮彌答言:「諸外道出家說苦樂自作者,世尊說言:『此是無記。』」復問:「苦樂他作耶?」答言:「苦樂他作者,世尊說言:『此是無記。』」復問:「苦樂自他作耶?」答言:「苦樂自他作者,世尊說言:『此是無記。』」復問:「苦樂非自非他無因作耶?」答言:「苦樂非自非他無因作者,世尊說言:『此是無記。』」諸外道出家復問:「云何,尊者浮彌!『苦樂自作耶?』說言:『無記』;『苦樂他作耶?』說言:『無記』;『苦樂自他作耶?』說言:『無記』;『苦樂非自非他無因作耶?』說言:『無記』?今沙門瞿曇說苦樂云何生?」尊者浮彌答言:「諸外道出家!世尊說苦樂從緣起生。」時,諸外道出家聞尊者浮彌所說,心不歡喜,呵責而去。爾時,尊者舍利弗去尊者浮彌不遠,坐一樹下。爾時,尊者浮彌知諸外道出家去已,往詣尊者舍利弗所,到已,與舍利弗面相慶慰。慶慰已,以彼諸外道出家所問事,具白尊者舍利弗:「我作此答,得不謗毀世尊!如說說、不如法說、不為是隨順法行法,得無為餘因法論者來難詰呵責不?」尊者舍利弗言:「尊者浮彌!汝之所說,實如佛說,不謗如來,如說說、如法說、法行法說,不為餘因論義者來難詰呵責。所以者何?世尊說苦樂從緣起生故。尊者浮彌!彼諸沙門、婆羅門所問苦樂自作者,彼亦從因起生;言不從緣起生者,無有是處。苦樂他作、自他作、非自非他無因作說者,彼亦從緣起生;若言不從緣生 〔T02 0094a01〕者,無有是處。尊者浮彌!彼沙門、婆羅門所說苦樂自作者,亦緣觸生;若言不從觸生者,無有是處。苦樂他作、自他作、非自非他無因作者,彼亦緣觸生,若言不緣觸生者,無有是處。」爾時,尊者阿難去舍利弗不遠,坐一樹下,聞尊者舍利弗與尊者浮彌所論說事。聞已,從座起,往詣佛所,稽首佛足,退住一面。以尊者浮彌與尊者舍利弗共論說一一具白世尊。佛告阿難:「善哉!善哉!阿難!尊者舍利弗有來問者,能隨時答。善哉!舍利弗!有應時智故,有來問者,能隨時答。若我聲聞,有隨時問者,應隨時答,如舍利弗所說。「阿難!我昔時住王舍城山中仙人住處,有諸外道出家以如是義、如是句、如是味來問於我,我為斯等以如是義、如是句、如是味而為記說,如尊者舍利弗所說。「阿難!若諸沙門、婆羅門苦樂自作,我即往彼問言:『汝實作是說苦樂自作耶?』彼答我言:『如是。』我即問言:『汝能堅執持此義,言是真實,餘則愚者,我所不許。所以者何?我說苦樂所起異於此。』彼若問我:『云何瞿曇所說,苦樂所起異者?』我當答言:『從其緣起而生苦樂。如是說苦樂他作、自他作、非自非他無因作者,我亦往彼所說如上。』」阿難白佛:「如世尊所說義,我已解知,有生故有老死,非緣餘;有生故有老死,乃至無明故有行,非緣餘;有無明故有行,無明滅則行滅,乃至生滅則老、病、死、憂、悲、惱、苦滅,如是純大苦聚滅。」佛說此經已,尊者阿難聞佛所說,歡喜隨喜,作禮而去。 〔T02 0094b02〕(三四四) 如是我聞:一時,佛住王舍城迦蘭陀竹園。爾時,尊者舍利弗、尊者摩訶拘絺羅住耆闍崛山。時,尊者摩訶拘絺羅晡時從禪定起,詣舍利弗所,共相慶慰,共相慶慰已,退坐一面,語尊者舍利弗:「欲有所問,寧有閑暇見答與不?」尊者舍利弗語尊者摩訶拘絺羅:「仁者但問,知者當答。」尊者摩訶拘絺羅語尊者舍利弗言:「多聞聖弟子於此法、律,成就何法,名為見具足,直見成就,成就於佛不壞淨,來入正法,得此正法,悟此正法?」尊者舍利弗語尊者摩訶拘絺羅:「多聞聖弟子於不善法如實知、不善根如實知、善法如實知、善根如實知。「云何不善法如實知?不善身業、口業、意業,是名不善法,如是不善法如實知。云何不善根如實知?三不善根——貪不善根、恚不善根、癡不善根——是名不善根,如是不善根如實知。「云何善法如實知?善身業、口業、意業,是名善法,如是善法如實知。云何善根如實知?謂三善根——無貪、無恚、無癡——是名三善根,如是善根如實知。「尊者摩訶拘絺羅!如是多聞聖弟子不善法如實知、不善根如實知、善法如實知、善根如實知,故於此法、律正見具足,直見成就,於佛不壞淨成就,來入正法,得此正法,悟此正法。」尊者摩訶拘絺羅語尊者舍利弗:「正有此等,更有餘耶?」尊者舍利弗言:「有。若多聞聖弟子於食如實知,食集、食滅、食滅道跡如實知。「云何於食如實知?謂四食。何等為四?一者麁摶食,二者細觸食,三者意思食,四者識食,是名為食,如是食如實知。云何食集如實知?謂當來有愛,喜、貪俱,彼彼樂著,是名食集,如是食集如實知。云何食滅如實知?若當來有愛,喜、貪俱,彼彼樂著無餘斷、捨、吐、盡、離欲、滅、息、沒,是名食滅,如是食滅如實知。云何食滅道跡如實知?謂八聖道——正見、正志、正語、正業、正命、正方便、正念、正定,是名食滅道跡,如是食滅道跡如實知。「若多聞聖弟子於此食如實知、食集如實知、食滅如實知、食滅道跡如實知,是故多聞聖弟子於正法、律正見具足,直見成就,於佛不壞淨成就,來入正法,得此正法,悟此正法。」尊者摩訶拘絺羅復問尊者舍利弗:「正有此等,更有餘耶?」尊者舍利弗言:「尊者摩訶拘絺羅!復更有餘,多聞聖弟子於病如實知、病集如實知、病滅如實知、病滅道跡如實知。「云何有病如實知?謂三病——欲病、有病、無明病——是名病,如是病如實知。云何病集如實知?無明集是病集,是名病集如實知。云何病滅如實知?無明滅是病滅,如是病滅如實知。云何病滅道跡如實知?謂八正道,如前說,如是病滅道跡如實知。「若多聞聖弟子於病如實知、病集如實知、病滅如實知、病滅道跡如實知,故多聞聖弟子於此法、律正見具足,乃至悟此正法。」尊者摩訶拘絺羅問尊者舍利弗:「正有此等,更有餘耶?」尊者舍利弗語尊者摩訶拘絺羅:「亦更有餘,多聞聖弟子於苦如實知、苦集 〔T02 0095a01〕如實知、苦滅如實知、苦滅道跡如實知。「云何苦如實知?謂生苦、老苦、病苦、死苦、恩愛別苦、怨憎會苦、所欲不得苦,如是略說五受陰苦,是名為苦,如是苦如實知。云何苦集如實知?當來有愛,喜、貪俱,彼彼集著,是名苦集,如是苦集如實知。云何苦滅如實知?若當來有愛,喜、貪俱,彼彼染著無餘斷,乃至息、沒,是名苦滅,如是苦滅如實知。云何苦滅道跡如實知?謂八聖道,如上說,是名苦滅道跡,如是苦滅道跡如實知。「多聞聖弟子如是苦如實知,苦集、苦滅、苦滅道跡如實知。如是聖弟子於我法、律具足正見,直見成就,於佛不壞淨成就,來入正道,得此正法,悟此正法。」復問尊者舍利弗:「正有此法,復有餘耶?」尊者舍利弗答言:「更有餘,謂多聞聖弟子老死如實知、老死集如實知、老死滅如實知、老死滅道跡如實知,如前分別經說。云何老死集如實知?生集是老死集,生滅是老死滅,老死滅道跡,謂八正道,如前說,多聞聖弟子於此老死如實知,乃至老死滅道跡如實知。如是聖弟子於我法、律正見具足,直見成就,於佛不壞淨成就,來入正法,得此正法,悟此正法。如是生、有、取、愛、受、觸、六入處、名色、識、行,聖弟子於行如實知,行集、行滅、行滅道跡如實知。「云何行如實知?行有三種——身行、口行、意行,如是行如實知。云何行集如實知?無明集是行集,如是行集如實知。云何行滅如實知?無明滅是行滅,如是行滅如實知。云何行滅道跡如實知?謂八聖道,如前說。摩訶拘絺羅!是名聖弟子行如實知,行集、行滅、行滅道跡如實知,於我法、律正見具足,直見成就,於佛不壞淨成就,來入正法,得此正法,悟此正法。」摩訶拘絺羅復問尊者舍利弗:「唯有此法,更有餘耶?」舍利弗答言:「摩訶拘絺羅!汝何為逐,汝終不能究竟諸論,得其邊際。若聖弟子斷除無明而生明,何須更求?」時,二正士共論義已,各還本處。 〔T02 0095b10〕(三四五) 如是我聞:一時,佛住王舍城迦蘭陀竹園。爾時,世尊告尊者舍利弗:「如我所說,波羅延那阿逸多所問: 「『若得諸法數,若復種種學, 具威儀及行,為我分別說。』 「舍利弗!何等為學?何等為法數?」時,尊者舍利弗默然不答,第二、第三亦復默然。佛言:「真實。舍利弗!」舍利弗白佛言:「真實。世尊!世尊!比丘真實者,厭、離欲、滅盡向。食集生,彼比丘以食故,生厭、離欲、滅盡向。彼食滅,是真實滅,覺知已,彼比丘厭、離欲、滅盡向,是名為學。」「復次,真實,舍利弗!」舍利弗白佛言:「真實。世尊!世尊!若比丘真實者,厭、離欲、滅盡,不起諸漏,心善解脫。彼從食集生,若真實即是滅盡,覺知此已,比丘於滅生厭、離欲、滅盡,不起諸漏,心善解脫,是數法。」佛告舍利弗:「如是,如是,如汝所說。比丘於真實生厭、離欲、滅盡,是名法數。」如是說已,世尊即起,入室坐禪。爾時,尊者舍利弗知世尊去已,不久,語諸比丘:「諸尊!我不能辯世尊初問,是故我默念住。世尊須臾復為作發喜問,我即開解如此之義,正使世尊一日一夜,乃至七夜,異句異味問斯義者,我亦悉能,乃至七夜,以異句異味而解說之。」時,有異比丘往詣佛所,稽首禮足,退住一面,白佛言:「世尊!尊者舍利弗作奇特未曾有說,於大眾中,一向師子吼言:『我於世尊初問,都不能辯,乃至三問默然無答。世尊尋復作發喜問,我即開解。正使世尊一日一夜乃至七夜異句異味問斯義者,我亦悉能乃至七夜異句異味而解說之。』」佛告比丘:「彼舍利弗比丘實能於我一日一夜乃至七夜異句異味所問義中,悉能乃至七夜異句異味而解說之。所以者何?舍利弗比丘善入法界故。」佛說此經已,彼比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0095c17〕(三四六) 如是我聞:一時,佛住王舍城迦蘭陀竹園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「有三法,世間所不愛、不念、不可意。何等為三?謂老、病、死。世間若無此三法不可愛、不可念、不可意者,如來、應、等正覺不出於世間,世間亦不知有如來、應、等正覺知見,說正法、律。以世間有老、病、死三法不可愛、不可念、不可意故,是故如來、應、等正覺出於世間,世間知有如來、應、等正覺所知、所見,說正法、律。「以三法不斷故,不堪能離老、病、死。何等為三?謂貪、恚、癡,復有三法不斷故,不堪能離貪、恚、癡。何等為三?謂身見、戒取、疑,復有三法不斷故,不堪能離身見、戒取、疑。何等為三?謂不正思惟、 〔T02 0096a01〕習近邪道,及懈怠心,復有三法不斷故,不堪能離不正思惟、習近邪道及懈怠心。何等為三?謂失念、不正知、亂心,復有三法不斷故,不堪能離失念、不正知、亂心。何等為三?謂掉、不律儀、不學戒,復有三法不斷故,不堪能離掉、不律儀、不學戒。何等為三?謂不信、難教、懈怠,復有三法不斷故,不堪能離不信、難教、嬾墮。何等為三?謂不欲見聖、不欲聞法、常求人短,復有三法不斷故,不堪能離不欲見聖、不欲聞法、常求人短。何等為三?謂不恭敬、戾語、習惡知識,復有三法不斷故,不堪能離不恭敬、戾語、習惡知識。何等為三?謂無慚、無愧、放逸,此三法不斷故,不堪能離不恭敬、戾語、習惡知識。「所以者何?以無慚、無愧故放逸,放逸故不恭敬,不恭敬故習惡知識,習惡知識故不欲見聖、不欲聞法、常求人短,求人短故不信、難教、戾語、嬾墮,嬾墮故掉、不律儀、不學戒,不學戒故失念、不正知、亂心,亂心故不正思惟、習近邪道、懈怠心,懈怠心故身見、戒取、疑,疑故不離貪、恚、癡,不離貪、恚、癡故不堪能離老、病、死。「斷三法故,堪能離老、病、死。云何三?謂貪、恚、癡,此三法斷已,堪能離老、病、死,復三法斷故,堪能離貪、恚、癡。云何三?謂身見、戒取、疑,此三法斷故,堪能離貪、恚、癡,復三法斷故,堪能離身見、戒取、疑。云何為三?謂不正思惟、習近邪道、起懈怠心,此三法斷故,堪能離身見、戒取、疑,復三法斷故,堪能離不正思惟、習近邪道及懈怠心。云何為三?謂失念心、不正知、亂心,此三法斷故,堪能離不正思惟、習近邪道及心懈怠,復三法斷故,堪能離失念心、不正知、亂心。何等為三?謂掉、不律儀、犯戒,此三法斷故,堪能離失念心、不正知、亂心,復有三法斷故,堪能離掉、不律儀、犯戒。云何三?謂不信、難教、嬾墮,此三法斷故,堪能離掉、不律儀、犯戒,復有三法斷故,堪能離不信、難教、嬾墮。云何為三?謂不欲見聖、不樂聞法、好求人短,此三法斷故,堪能離不信、難教、嬾墮,復三法斷故,堪能離不欲見聖、不欲聞法、好求人短。云何為三?謂不恭敬、戾語、習惡知識,此三法斷故,離不欲見聖、不欲聞法、好求人短,復有三法斷故,堪能離不恭敬、戾語、習惡知識。云何三?謂無慚、無愧、放逸。「所以者何?以慚愧故不放逸,不放逸故恭敬順語、為善知識,為善知識故樂見賢聖、樂聞正法、不求人短,不求人短故生信、順語、精進,精進故不掉、住律儀、學戒,學戒故不失念、正知、住不亂心,不亂心故正思惟、習近正道、心不懈怠,心不懈怠故不著身見、不著戒取、度疑惑,不疑故不起貪、恚、癡,離貪、恚、癡故堪能斷老、病、死。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0096b25〕(三四七) 如是我聞:一時,佛住王舍城迦蘭陀竹園。若王、大臣、婆羅門、長者、居士及餘世人所共恭敬、尊重、供養,佛及諸聲聞眾大得利養,衣被、飲食、臥具、湯藥;都不恭敬、尊重、供養眾邪異道衣被、飲食、臥具、湯藥。爾時,眾多異道聚會未曾講堂,作如是論:「我等昔來常為國王、大臣、長者、居士及餘一切之所奉事,恭敬供養衣被、飲食、臥具、湯藥,今悉斷絕,但恭敬供養沙門瞿曇、聲聞大眾衣被、飲食、臥具、湯藥。今此眾中,誰有智慧、大力,堪能密往詣彼沙門瞿曇眾中出家,聞彼法已,來還廣說,我等當復用彼聞法化諸國王、大臣、長者、居士,令其信樂,可得還復供養如前?」時,有人言:「有一年少,名曰須深,聰明黠慧,堪能密往沙門瞿曇眾中出家,聽彼法已,來還宣說。」時,諸外道詣須深所,而作是言:「我今日大眾聚集未曾講堂,作如是論:『我等先來為諸國王、大臣、長者、居士及諸世人之所恭敬奉事,供養衣被、飲食、臥具、湯藥,今悉斷絕,國王、大臣、長者、居士及諸世間悉共奉事沙門瞿曇、聲聞大眾。我此眾中,誰有聰明黠慧,堪能密往沙門瞿曇眾中出家學道,聞彼法已,來還宣說,化諸國王、大臣、長者、居士、令我此眾還得恭敬、尊重、供養?』其中有言:『唯有須深聰明黠慧,堪能密往瞿曇法中出家學道,聞彼說法,悉能受持,來還宣說。』是故我等故來相請,仁者當行。」時,彼須深默然受請,詣王舍城迦蘭陀竹園。時,眾多比丘出房舍外露地經行。爾時,須深詣眾多比丘,而作是言:「諸尊!我今可得於正法中出家受具足,修梵行不?」時,眾多比丘將彼須深詣世尊所,稽首禮足,退住一面,白佛言:「世尊!今此外道須深欲求於正法中出家受具足,修 〔T02 0097a01〕梵行。」爾時,世尊知外道須深心之所念,告諸比丘:「汝等當度彼外道須深,令得出家。」時,諸比丘願度須深。出家已經半月,有一比丘語須深言:「須深當知,我等生死已盡,梵行已立,所作已作,自知不受後有。」時,彼須深語比丘言:「尊者!云何?學離欲、惡不善法,有覺有觀,離生喜樂,具足初禪,不起諸漏,心善解脫耶?」比丘答言:「不也,須深!」復問:「云何?離有覺有觀,內淨一心,無覺無觀,定生喜樂,具足第二禪,不起諸漏,心善解脫耶?」比丘答言:「不也,須深!」復問:「云何?尊者離喜,捨心住正念正智,身心受樂,聖說及捨,具足第三禪,不起諸漏,心善解脫耶?」答言:「不也,須深!」復問:「云何?尊者離苦息樂,憂喜先斷,不苦不樂捨,淨念一心,具足第四禪,不起諸漏,心善解脫耶?」答言:「不也,須深!」復問:「若復寂靜解脫起色、無色,身作證具足住,不起諸漏,心善解脫耶?」答言:「不也,須深!」須深復問:「云何?尊者所說不同,前後相違。云何不得禪定而復記說?」比丘答言:「我是慧解脫也。」作是說已,眾多比丘各從座起而去。爾時,須深知眾多比丘去已,作是思惟:「此諸尊者所說不同,前後相違,言不得正受,而復記說自知作證。」作是思惟已,往詣佛所,稽首禮足,退住一面,白佛言:「世尊!彼眾多比丘於我面前記說:『我生已盡,梵行已立,所作已作,自知不受後有。』我即問彼尊者:『得離欲、惡不善法,乃至身作證,不起諸漏,心善解脫耶?』彼答我言:『不也,須深!』我即問言:『所說不同,前後相違,言不入正受,而復記說,自知作證。』彼答我言:『得慧解脫。』作此說已,各從座起而去。我今問世尊:『云何彼所說不同,前後相違,不得正受,而復說言:「自知作證。」?』」佛告須深:「彼先知法住,後知涅槃。彼諸善男子獨一靜處,專精思惟,不放逸住,離於我見,不起諸漏,心善解脫。」須深白佛:「我今不知先知法住,後知涅槃。彼諸善男子獨一靜處,專精思惟,不放逸住,離於我見,不起諸漏,心善解脫。」佛告須深:「不問汝知不知,且自先知法住,後知涅槃。彼諸善男子獨一靜處,專精思惟,不放逸住,離於我見,心善解脫。」須深白佛:「唯願世尊為我說法,令我得知法住智,得見法住智。」佛告須深:「我今問汝,隨意答我。須深!於意云何?有生故有老死,不離生有老死耶?」須深答曰:「如是,世尊!」「有生故有老死,不離生有老死。如是生、有、取、愛、受、觸、六入處、名色、識、行、無明,有無明故有行,不離無明而有行耶?」須深白佛:「如是,世尊!有無明故有行,不離無明而有行。」佛告須深:「無生故無老死,不離生滅而老死滅耶?」須深白佛言:「如是,世尊!無生故無老死,不離生滅而老死滅。」「如是,乃至無無明故無行,不離無明滅而行滅耶?」須深白佛:「如是,世尊!無無明故無行,不離無明滅而行滅。」佛告須深:「作如是知、如是見者,為有離欲、惡不善法,乃至身作證具足住不?」須深白佛:「不也,世尊!」佛告須深:「是名先知法住,後知涅槃。彼諸善男子獨一靜處,專精思惟,不放逸住,離於我見,不起諸漏,心善解脫。」佛說此經已,尊者須深遠塵離垢,得法眼淨。爾時,須深見法得法,覺法度疑,不由他信,不由他度,於正法中心得無畏,稽首佛足,白佛言:「世尊!我今悔過,我於正法中盜密出家,是故悔過。」佛告須深:「云何於正法中盜密出家?」須深白佛言:「世尊!有眾多外道來詣我所,語我言:『須深當知,我等先為國王、大臣、長者、居士及餘世人恭敬供養,而今斷絕,悉共供養沙門瞿曇、聲聞大眾。汝今密往沙門瞿曇、聲聞眾中出家受法,得彼法已,還來宣說我等,當以彼聞法教化世間,令彼恭敬供養如初。』是故,世尊!我於正法、律中盜密出家,今日悔過,唯願世尊聽我悔過,以哀愍故。」佛告須深:「受汝悔過,汝當具說:『我昔愚癡、不善、無智,於正法、律盜密出家,今日悔過,自見罪、自知罪,於當來世律儀成就,功德增長,終不退減。』所以者何?凡人有罪,自見、自知而悔過者,於當來世律儀成就,功德增長,終不退減。」佛告須深:「今當說譬,其智慧者,以譬得解。譬如國王有防邏者,捉捕盜賊,縛送王所,白言:『大王!此人劫盜,願王處罪。』王言:『將罪人去,反縛兩手,惡聲宣令,周遍國中,然後將出城外刑罪人處,遍身四體,劖以百矛。』彼典刑者受王教令,送彼罪人,反縛兩手,惡聲宣唱,周遍城邑,將出城 〔T02 0098a01〕外刑罪人處,遍身四體,劖以百矛。日中,王問:『罪人活耶?』臣白言:『活。』王復勅臣:『復劖百矛。』至日晡時,復劖百矛,彼猶不死。」佛告須深:「彼王治罪,劖以三百矛,彼罪人身寧有完處如手掌不?」須深白佛:「無也,世尊!」復問須深:「時彼罪人,劖以三百矛因緣,受苦極苦劇不?」須深白佛:「極苦。世尊!若劖以一矛,苦痛難堪,況三百矛,當可堪忍?」佛告須深:「此尚可耳,若於正法、律盜密出家,盜受持法,為人宣說,當受苦痛倍過於彼。」佛說是法時,外道須深漏盡意解,佛說此經已,尊者須深聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0098a13〕(三四八) 如是我聞:一時,佛住王舍城迦蘭陀竹園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「如來成就十種力,得四無畏,知先佛住處,能轉梵輪,於大眾中震師子吼言:『此有故彼有,此起故彼起,謂緣無明行……』」廣說乃至「『純大苦聚集,純大苦聚滅。』諸比丘!此是真實教法顯現,斷生死流,乃至其人悉善顯現。如是真實教法顯現,斷生死流,足令善男子正信、出家,方便修習,不放逸住,於正法、律精勤苦行,皮筋骨立,血肉枯竭;若其未得所當得者,不捨慇懃精進,方便堅固堪能。所以者何?懈怠苦住,能生種種惡不善法,當來有結,熾然增長,於未來世生、老、病、死,退其大義故。精進樂獨住者,不生種種惡不善法,當來有結,熾然苦報,不於未來世增長生、老、病、死,大義滿足,得成第一教法之場。所謂大師面前,親承說法,寂滅涅槃,菩提正向,善逝、正覺。是故,比丘!當觀自利、利他、自他俱利,精勤修學,我今出家,不愚不惑,有果有樂,諸所供養衣服、飲食、臥具、湯藥者,悉得大果、大福、大利,當如是學。」佛說是經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0098b06〕(三四九) 如是我聞:一時,佛住王舍城迦蘭陀竹園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「善來比丘!善出家、善得己利,曠世時時得生聖處,諸根具足,不愚不癡,不須手語,好說、惡說堪能解義。我今於此世作佛——如來、應、等正覺、明行足、善逝、世間解、無上士、調御丈夫、天人師、佛世尊,說法寂滅、涅槃、菩提正向、善逝、等正覺。所謂此有故彼有,此起故彼起,謂緣無明行,緣行識,乃至純大苦聚集,無明滅則行滅,乃至純大苦聚滅。「諸比丘!難得之處已得,生於聖處,諸根具足,乃至純大苦聚集,純大苦滅。是故,比丘!當如是學,自利、利他、自他俱利。如是出家,不愚不癡,有果有樂,有樂果報,供養衣服、飲食、臥具、湯藥者,悉得大果、大福、大利。是故,比丘!當如是學。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0098b22〕(三五〇) 如是我聞:一時,佛住王舍城迦蘭陀竹園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「多聞聖弟子不作是念:『何所有故此有?何所起故此起?何所無故此無?何所滅故此滅?』然彼多聞聖弟子知所謂此有故彼有,此起故彼起,謂緣無明行,乃至純大苦聚集,無明滅故行滅,乃至純大苦聚滅。」佛說是經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0098c01〕(三五一) 如是我聞:一時,尊者那羅、尊者茂師羅、尊者殊勝、尊者阿難住舍衛國象耳池側。爾時,尊者那羅語尊者茂師羅言:「有異信、異欲、異聞、異行覺想、異見審諦忍,有如是正自覺知見生,所謂生故有老死,不離生有老死耶?」尊者茂師羅言:「有異信、異欲、異聞、異行覺想、異見審諦忍,有如是正自覺知見生,所謂有生故有老死,不異生有老死。如是說有。」「尊者茂師羅!有異信,乃至異忍,得自覺知見生,所謂有滅、寂滅、涅槃耶?」尊者茂師羅答言:「有異信,乃至異忍,得自覺知見生,所謂有滅、寂滅、涅槃。」復問:「尊者茂師羅!有滅則寂滅、涅槃,說者汝今便是阿羅漢,諸漏盡耶?」尊者茂師羅默然不答,第二、第三問亦默然不答。爾時,尊者殊勝語尊者茂師羅:「汝今且止,我當為汝答尊者那羅。」尊者茂師羅言:「我今且止,汝為我答。」爾時,尊者殊勝語尊者那羅:「有異信,乃至異忍,得自覺知見生,所謂有滅則寂滅、涅槃。」時,尊者那羅問尊者殊勝言:「有異信,乃至異忍,得自覺知見生,所謂有滅則寂滅、涅槃者,汝今便是漏盡阿羅漢耶?」尊者殊勝言:「我說有滅則寂滅、涅槃,而非漏盡阿羅漢也。」尊者那羅言:「所說不同,前後相違,如尊者所說,有滅則寂滅、涅槃,而復言非漏盡阿羅漢耶?」尊者殊勝語尊者那羅言:「今當說譬,夫智者以譬得解,如曠野路邊有井,無繩無罐,得取其水。時,有行人,熱渴所逼,繞井求覓,無繩無罐,諦觀井水,如實知見,而不觸 〔T02 0099a01〕身。如是,我說有滅則寂滅、涅槃,而自不得漏盡阿羅漢。」爾時,尊者阿難語尊者那羅言:「彼尊者殊勝所說,汝復云何?」尊者那羅語尊者阿難言:「尊者殊勝善說真實,知復何言。」時,彼正士各各說已,從座起去。 〔T02 0099a06〕(三五二) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「若諸沙門、婆羅門於法不如實知,法集、法滅、法滅道跡不如實知,彼非沙門、沙門數,非婆羅門、婆羅門數,彼亦非沙門義、婆羅門義,見法自知作證:『我生已盡,梵行已立,所作已作,自知不受後有。』「云何法不如實知?云何法集不如實知?云何法滅不如實知?云何法滅道跡不如實知?謂於老死法不如實知,老死集、老死滅、老死滅道跡不如實知。如是生、有、取、愛、受、觸、六入處不如實知,六入處集、六入處滅、六入處滅道跡不如實知。如是諸法不如實知,法集、法滅、法滅道跡不如實知。「若諸沙門、婆羅門於法如實知,法集、法滅、法滅道跡如實知,當知是沙門、婆羅門,沙門之沙門數、婆羅門之婆羅門數。彼以沙門義、婆羅門義,見法自知作證:『我生已盡,梵行已立,所作已作,自知不受後有。』「何等法如實知?何等法集、法滅、法滅道跡如實知?謂老死法如實知,老死集、老死滅、老死滅道跡如實知。如是生、有、取、愛、受、觸、六入處如實知,六入處集、六入處滅、六入處滅道跡如實知。如是諸法如實知,法集、法滅、法滅道跡如實知。」佛說是經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0099b02〕(三五三) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「若沙門、婆羅門於法不如實知,法集、法滅、法滅道跡不如實知,當知是沙門、婆羅門,非沙門之沙門數,非婆羅門之婆羅門數,彼亦非沙門義、非婆羅門義,見法自知作證:『我生已盡,梵行已立,所作已作,自知不受後有。』「何等法不如實知?何等法集、法滅、法滅道跡不如實知?謂六入處法不如實知,六入處集、六入處滅、六入處滅道跡不如實知,而於觸如實知者,無有是處,觸集、觸滅、觸滅道跡如實知者,無有是處。如是受、愛、取、有、生、老、死如實知者,無有是處。「若沙門、婆羅門於六入處如實知,六入處集、六入處滅、六入處滅道跡如實知者,於觸如實知,斯有是處。如是受、愛、取、有、生、老、死如實知者,斯有是處。」佛說是經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0099b19〕(三五四) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘……如上說。差別者:「若諸沙門、婆羅門於六入處不如實知,而欲超度觸者,無有是處,觸集、觸滅、觸滅道跡超度者,無有是處。如是超度受、愛、取、有、生、老、死者,無有是處,超度老死集、老死滅、老死滅道跡者,無有是處。若沙門、婆羅門於六入處如實知,六入處集、六入處滅、六入處滅道跡如實知,而超度觸者,斯有是處。如是超度受、愛、取、有、生、老、死者,斯有是處,乃至超度老死滅道跡者,斯有是處。」佛說是經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。如老死,乃至六入處三經。如是老死,乃至行三經,亦如是說。 〔T02 0099c04〕(三五五) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「當覺知老死,覺知老死集、老死滅、老死滅道跡。如是,乃至當覺知行、行集、行滅、行滅道跡。「云何當覺知老死?覺知緣生故有老死,如是老死覺知。云何老死集?生集是老死集,如是老死集覺知。云何老死滅覺知?謂生滅是老死滅,如是老死滅覺知。云何老死滅道跡覺知?謂八聖道是老死滅道跡,如是老死滅道跡覺知。乃至云何行覺知?謂三行,身行、口行、意行,如是行覺知。云何行集覺知?謂無明集是行集,如是行集覺知。云何行滅覺知?無明滅是行滅,如是行滅覺知。云何行滅道跡覺知?謂八聖道是行滅道跡,如是行滅道跡覺知。」佛說是經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0099c19〕(三五六) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「有四十四種智。諦聽,善思,當為汝說。何等為四十四種智?謂老死智、老死集智、老死滅智、老死滅道跡智。如是生、有、取、愛、受、觸、六入處、名色、識、行智,行集智、行滅智、行滅道跡智,是名四十四種智。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0099c27〕(三五七) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「有七十七種智。諦聽,善思,當為汝說。云何七十七種智? 〔T02 0100a01〕生緣老死智,非餘生緣老死智;過去生緣老死智,非餘過去生緣老死智;未來生緣老死智,非餘未來生緣老死智;及法住智,無常、有為、心所緣生、盡法、變易法、離欲法、滅法斷知智。如是生、有、取、愛、受、觸、六入處、名色、識、行、無明緣行智,非餘無明緣行智;過去無明緣行智,非餘過去無明緣行智;未來無明緣行智,非餘未來無明緣行智;及法住智,無常、有為、心所緣生、盡法、變易法、無欲法、滅法斷智,是名七十七種智。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0100a12〕(三五八) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「有增法、減法。諦聽,善思,當為汝說。云何增法?所謂此有故彼有,此起故彼起,謂緣無明行,緣行識,乃至純大苦聚集,是名增法。云何減法?謂此無故彼無,此滅故彼滅,所謂無明滅則行滅,乃至純大苦聚滅,是名減法。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。如增法、減法。如是生法、變易法、集法、滅法如上說。如當說三經,有應當知三經如上說。 〔T02 0100a23〕(三五九) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「若思量、若妄想生,彼使攀緣識住;有攀緣識住故,有未來世生、老、病、死、憂、悲、惱、苦。如是純大苦聚集。若不思量、不妄想,無使無攀緣識住;無攀緣識住故,於未來世生、老、病、死、憂、悲、惱、苦滅,如是純大苦聚滅。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0100b02〕(三六〇) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「若思量、若妄想者,則有使攀緣識住;有攀緣識住故,入於名色;入名色故,有未來世生、老、病、死、憂、悲、惱、苦。如是純大苦聚集,若不思量、無妄想,無使無攀緣識住;無攀緣識住故,不入名色,不入名色故,生、老、病、死、憂、悲、惱、苦滅,如是純大苦聚滅。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0100b11〕(三六一) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「若有思量、有妄想,則有使攀緣識住;有攀緣識住故,入於名色;入名色故,則有往來;有往來故,則有生死;有生死故,則有未來世生、老、病、死、憂、悲、惱、苦。如是純大苦聚集,若不思量、無妄想,無使無攀緣識住;無攀緣識住故,不入名色;不入名色故,則無往來;無往來故,則無生死;無生死故,於未來世生、老、病、死、憂、悲、惱、苦滅,如是純大苦聚滅。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0100b22〕(三六二) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「有多聞比丘。云何如來施設多聞比丘?」諸比丘白佛:「世尊是法根、法眼、法依。唯願為說『多聞比丘』,諸比丘聞已,當受奉行。」佛告比丘:「諦聽,善思,當為汝說。諸比丘!若有比丘聞老、病、死,生厭、離欲、滅盡法,是名多聞比丘。如是生、有、取、愛、受、觸、六入處、名色、識、行,生厭、離欲、滅盡法,是名多聞比丘,是名如來所施設多聞比丘。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0100c04〕(三六三) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「所謂說法比丘,云何說法比丘?云何如來施設說法比丘?」諸比丘白佛:「世尊是法根、法眼、法依。唯願為說『說法比丘』,諸比丘聞已,當受奉行。」佛告諸比丘:「若有比丘說老、病、死,生厭、離欲、滅盡法,是名說法比丘。如是說生、有、取、愛、受、觸、六入處、名色、識、行,是生厭、離欲、滅盡法,是名說法比丘。諸比丘!是名如來施設說法比丘。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0100c15〕(三六四) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「謂法次法向。諸比丘!云何名為法次法向?」諸比丘白佛:「世尊是法根、法眼、法依。善哉!世尊!唯願為說,諸比丘聞已,當受奉行。」佛告諸比丘:「若比丘於老、病、死,生厭、離欲、滅盡向,是名法次法向。如是生,乃至行,生厭、離欲、滅盡向,是名法次法向。諸比丘!是名如來施設法次法向。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 雜阿含經卷第十四

The canonical text stands in Chinese only. This edition renders the essence, the plain reading, the exposition and the apparatus into English — never the sūtra itself. Switch to 漢讀本 or 並行雙語 above to read it.

白話Plain reading

宋求那跋陀羅譯《雜阿含經》卷第十四,承卷第十二,仍屬緣起食諦界相應;自經三百四十三至經三百六十四,凡二十二經。所說皆就緣起而說:或外道出家問尊者浮彌苦樂自作、他作、自他作、非自非他無因作,浮彌答以世尊說此是無記、苦樂從緣起生,尊者舍利弗印可其說,更說亦緣觸生,世尊又印可舍利弗,並自述往昔於仙人住處亦如是答;或尊者摩訶拘絺羅六問、尊者舍利弗六答,說多聞聖弟子於不善法與善法、四食、三病、苦、老死乃至行如實知,名為見具足、直見成就;或世尊引波羅延那阿逸多所問之偈,問何者為學、何者為法數,舍利弗三默而後開解,世尊說其善入法界;或說老、病、死三法為世間所不愛,及十重三法(老、病、死與九重因端)之不斷與斷;或說須深受異道之請密往出家,問諸比丘四禪而聞慧解脫,佛說先知法住、後知涅槃,須深得法眼淨而悔過,佛以國王治劫盜者劖以三百矛為譬;或說如來成就十種力、得四無畏,善男子當精勤;或說善來比丘生於聖處;或說多聞聖弟子不作何所有故此有之念;或尊者那羅問、尊者茂師羅與尊者殊勝答有滅則寂滅、涅槃,以曠野井水為譬;或說沙門、婆羅門於法如實知與不如實知、超度與不超度;或說當覺知、四十四種智、七十七種智、增法與減法;或說思量、妄想則有使、攀緣而識住,三經遞增;或說多聞比丘、說法比丘、法次法向。說者多為世尊告諸比丘;經三百四十三為外道出家問、尊者浮彌答,浮彌詣尊者舍利弗,舍利弗印可,尊者阿難聞而白佛,佛印可並自述往昔,阿難結說;經三百四十四全經為尊者摩訶拘絺羅問、尊者舍利弗答,經三百五十一全經為尊者那羅、尊者茂師羅、尊者殊勝、尊者阿難四尊者之問答,二經皆不出世尊之口;經三百四十五為世尊問、尊者舍利弗答,其後舍利弗語諸比丘,一比丘白佛,佛答;經三百四十七為須深之事,中有異道、須深、諸比丘、一比丘與佛之語,佛之譬中又有防邏者、王與臣之語;經三百六十二至三百六十四為世尊先問,諸比丘請說,佛乃說之。本卷有偈一首,在經三百四十五,為世尊所引波羅延那阿逸多所問之偈,四句,白話以偈體譯之;無攝頌。往返問答之長經,經內依問答回合分段;譬喻之經,譬文與解譬分段。底本略說之處——經三百四十四之「如前說」「如上說」「如前分別經說」、經三百四十八之「廣說乃至」、經三百五十四之「如上說」與經末之「如老死,乃至六入處三經」「如是老死,乃至行三經,亦如是說」、經三百五十五之「如是,乃至」、經三百五十八經末之「如增法、減法」「如當說三經,有應當知三經如上說」——白話依底本之語照省,不代為補出;唯經三百五十六之四十四種智與經三百五十七之七十七種智,底本以「如是」連略,白話逐一列出,使其數可點。段首(…)=大正藏頁·欄·行錨。

〔0·題署〕(0093b22)經名是「雜阿含經」,這是「卷第十四」。譯者署名「宋天竺三藏求那跋陀羅譯」——宋代從天竺來的三藏法師求那跋陀羅所翻譯。本卷收經二十二部,自經三百四十三至經三百六十四;有偈一首,在經三百四十五,為世尊所引;卷末以「雜阿含經卷第十四」作結。

〔343·苦樂自作耶〕(0093b25)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在王舍城迦蘭陀竹園。那時,尊者浮彌比丘住在耆闍崛山。當時,有眾多外道出家者來到尊者浮彌那裡,互相問訊慶慰;互相問訊慶慰之後,退坐在一旁,對尊者浮彌說:『我們想有所請問,不知您是否有空閒回答我們?』尊者浮彌對諸外道出家者說:『隨你們所問,我當為你們解說。』

當時,諸外道出家者問尊者浮彌:『苦樂是自己所作的嗎?』尊者浮彌回答說:『諸外道出家者所說苦樂是自己所作的,世尊說:這是無記。』又問:『苦樂是他者所作的嗎?』回答說:『說苦樂是他者所作的,世尊說:這是無記。』又問:『苦樂是自己和他者共同所作的嗎?』回答說:『說苦樂是自己和他者共同所作的,世尊說:這是無記。』又問:『苦樂既不是自己所作、也不是他者所作,是無因而作的嗎?』回答說:『說苦樂非自非他、無因而作的,世尊說:這是無記。』

諸外道出家者又問:『尊者浮彌!這是怎麼回事?問苦樂是自己所作的嗎,您說是無記;問苦樂是他者所作的嗎,您說是無記;問苦樂是自己和他者共同所作的嗎,您說是無記;問苦樂是非自非他、無因而作的嗎,您說是無記。那麼如今沙門瞿曇說苦樂是怎樣生起的呢?』尊者浮彌回答說:『諸外道出家者!世尊說苦樂是從緣起而生的。』當時,諸外道出家者聽了尊者浮彌所說的,心中不歡喜,呵責著離去了。

那時,尊者舍利弗離尊者浮彌不遠,坐在一棵樹下。那時,尊者浮彌知道諸外道出家者已經離去,便前往尊者舍利弗那裡;到了之後,與舍利弗當面互相慶慰。慶慰之後,把那些外道出家者所問的事,完整地稟告尊者舍利弗:『我作這樣的回答,能不毀謗世尊嗎?是如所說而說,還是不如法而說?是不是不隨順於法、行法?會不會有其他持因論之法的人前來詰難、呵責呢?』

尊者舍利弗說:『尊者浮彌!你所說的,確實如佛所說,沒有毀謗如來;是如所說而說、如法而說、依法行法而說,不會有其他持因論義的人前來詰難、呵責。為什麼呢?因為世尊說苦樂是從緣起而生的。尊者浮彌!那些沙門、婆羅門所問的苦樂自作,那也是從因而起、而生的;如果說不是從緣起而生,這是沒有道理的。說苦樂是他者所作、自他共作、非自非他無因而作的,那也是從緣起而生的;如果說不是從緣而生,這是沒有道理的。尊者浮彌!那些沙門、婆羅門所說的苦樂自作,也是緣觸而生的;如果說不是從觸而生,這是沒有道理的。苦樂是他者所作、自他共作、非自非他無因而作的,那也是緣觸而生的;如果說不是緣觸而生,這是沒有道理的。』

那時,尊者阿難離舍利弗不遠,坐在一棵樹下,聽到尊者舍利弗與尊者浮彌所論說的事。聽了之後,從座位起身,前往佛的住處,稽首禮佛足,退住在一旁,把尊者浮彌與尊者舍利弗共同論說的事,一一稟告世尊。

佛告訴阿難:『好啊!好啊!阿難!尊者舍利弗對於前來發問的人,能隨時回答。好啊!舍利弗!因為有應時之智,對於前來發問的人,能隨時回答。如果我的聲聞弟子遇到隨時來問的人,應當隨時回答,就像舍利弗所說的那樣。

『阿難!我往昔住在王舍城山中的仙人住處,有諸外道出家者以這樣的義、這樣的句、這樣的味來問我,我為他們也以這樣的義、這樣的句、這樣的味而作解答,就像尊者舍利弗所說的那樣。

『阿難!如果有沙門、婆羅門主張苦樂是自己所作,我就前往他那裡問道:你確實作這樣的說法,說苦樂是自己所作的嗎?他回答我說:是這樣。我就問他說:你能堅持執守這個見解,說唯有它是真實的,其餘的都是愚妄,這是我所不認許的。為什麼呢?我說苦樂之所以生起,與此不同。他如果問我:瞿曇所說苦樂之所以生起與此不同,是怎樣的呢?我便回答說:苦樂是從它的緣起而生的。像這樣,對於說苦樂是他者所作、自他共作、非自非他無因而作的人,我也前往他那裡,如上面那樣說。』

阿難對佛說:『世尊所說的義理,我已經理解明白了:因為有生,所以有老死,不是緣於其餘;因為有生,所以有老死,乃至因為有無明,所以有行,不是緣於其餘;有無明,所以有行;無明滅則行滅,乃至生滅則老、病、死、憂、悲、惱、苦滅,就這樣,純一的大苦聚滅了。』佛說完這部經,尊者阿難聽了佛所說的,歡喜隨喜,作禮而去。

〔344·名為見具足〕(0094b02)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在王舍城迦蘭陀竹園。那時,尊者舍利弗、尊者摩訶拘絺羅住在耆闍崛山。當時,尊者摩訶拘絺羅在傍晚時分從禪定中起來,前往舍利弗那裡,互相慶慰;互相慶慰之後,退坐在一旁,對尊者舍利弗說:『我想有所請問,不知您是否有空閒回答我?』尊者舍利弗對尊者摩訶拘絺羅說:『仁者您儘管問,我知道的就回答。』

尊者摩訶拘絺羅對尊者舍利弗說:『多聞聖弟子在這法、律之中,成就什麼法,名為見具足、直見成就,成就對佛的不壞淨,來入正法,得此正法,悟此正法?』

尊者舍利弗對尊者摩訶拘絺羅說:『多聞聖弟子對於不善法如實知、對於不善根如實知、對於善法如實知、對於善根如實知。

『怎樣是對不善法如實知?不善的身業、口業、意業,這叫做不善法;像這樣對不善法如實知。怎樣是對不善根如實知?三種不善根——貪不善根、恚不善根、癡不善根——這叫做不善根;像這樣對不善根如實知。

『怎樣是對善法如實知?善的身業、口業、意業,這叫做善法;像這樣對善法如實知。怎樣是對善根如實知?就是三種善根——無貪、無恚、無癡——這叫做三種善根;像這樣對善根如實知。

『尊者摩訶拘絺羅!像這樣,多聞聖弟子對不善法如實知、對不善根如實知、對善法如實知、對善根如實知,所以在這法、律之中正見具足,直見成就,對佛的不壞淨成就,來入正法,得此正法,悟此正法。』

尊者摩訶拘絺羅對尊者舍利弗說:『只有這些嗎,還有其他的嗎?』尊者舍利弗說:『有。如果多聞聖弟子對於食如實知,對於食集、食滅、食滅道跡如實知。

『怎樣是對食如實知?就是四食。是哪四種?一是麁摶食,二是細觸食,三是意思食,四是識食,這叫做食;像這樣對食如實知。怎樣是對食集如實知?就是對未來之有的愛,與喜、貪俱起,對彼彼處樂著,這叫做食集;像這樣對食集如實知。怎樣是對食滅如實知?如果對未來之有的愛,與喜、貪俱起,對彼彼處的樂著,無餘地斷、捨、吐、盡、離欲、滅、息、沒,這叫做食滅;像這樣對食滅如實知。怎樣是對食滅道跡如實知?就是八聖道——正見、正志、正語、正業、正命、正方便、正念、正定,這叫做食滅道跡;像這樣對食滅道跡如實知。

『如果多聞聖弟子對於這食如實知、食集如實知、食滅如實知、食滅道跡如實知,所以多聞聖弟子在正法、律之中正見具足,直見成就,對佛的不壞淨成就,來入正法,得此正法,悟此正法。』

尊者摩訶拘絺羅又問尊者舍利弗:『只有這些嗎,還有其他的嗎?』尊者舍利弗說:『尊者摩訶拘絺羅!還有其他的:多聞聖弟子對於病如實知、病集如實知、病滅如實知、病滅道跡如實知。

『怎樣是對病如實知?就是三種病——欲病、有病、無明病——這叫做病;像這樣對病如實知。怎樣是對病集如實知?無明集就是病集,這叫做對病集如實知。怎樣是對病滅如實知?無明滅就是病滅;像這樣對病滅如實知。怎樣是對病滅道跡如實知?就是八正道,如前所說;像這樣對病滅道跡如實知。

『如果多聞聖弟子對於病如實知、病集如實知、病滅如實知、病滅道跡如實知,所以多聞聖弟子在這法、律之中正見具足,乃至悟此正法。』

尊者摩訶拘絺羅問尊者舍利弗:『只有這些嗎,還有其他的嗎?』尊者舍利弗對尊者摩訶拘絺羅說:『還有其他的:多聞聖弟子對於苦如實知、苦集如實知、苦滅如實知、苦滅道跡如實知。

『怎樣是對苦如實知?就是生苦、老苦、病苦、死苦、恩愛別離苦、怨憎相會苦、所欲不得苦,像這樣略說就是五受陰苦,這叫做苦;像這樣對苦如實知。怎樣是對苦集如實知?對未來之有的愛,與喜、貪俱起,對彼彼處集著,這叫做苦集;像這樣對苦集如實知。怎樣是對苦滅如實知?如果對未來之有的愛,與喜、貪俱起,對彼彼處的染著,無餘地斷,乃至息、沒,這叫做苦滅;像這樣對苦滅如實知。怎樣是對苦滅道跡如實知?就是八聖道,如上所說,這叫做苦滅道跡;像這樣對苦滅道跡如實知。

『多聞聖弟子像這樣對苦如實知,對苦集、苦滅、苦滅道跡如實知。像這樣,聖弟子在我們的法、律之中具足正見,直見成就,對佛的不壞淨成就,來入正道,得此正法,悟此正法。』

摩訶拘絺羅又問尊者舍利弗:『只有這些法嗎,還有其他的嗎?』尊者舍利弗回答說:『還有其他的,就是多聞聖弟子對於老死如實知、老死集如實知、老死滅如實知、老死滅道跡如實知,如前面分別經所說。怎樣是對老死集如實知?生集就是老死集,生滅就是老死滅;老死滅道跡,就是八正道,如前所說。多聞聖弟子對於這老死如實知,乃至對於老死滅道跡如實知。像這樣,聖弟子在我們的法、律之中正見具足,直見成就,對佛的不壞淨成就,來入正法,得此正法,悟此正法。像這樣,生、有、取、愛、受、觸、六入處、名色、識、行——聖弟子對於行如實知,對於行集、行滅、行滅道跡如實知。

『怎樣是對行如實知?行有三種——身行、口行、意行;像這樣對行如實知。怎樣是對行集如實知?無明集就是行集;像這樣對行集如實知。怎樣是對行滅如實知?無明滅就是行滅;像這樣對行滅如實知。怎樣是對行滅道跡如實知?就是八聖道,如前所說。摩訶拘絺羅!這就叫做聖弟子對行如實知,對行集、行滅、行滅道跡如實知,在我們的法、律之中正見具足,直見成就,對佛的不壞淨成就,來入正法,得此正法,悟此正法。』

摩訶拘絺羅又問尊者舍利弗:『只有這些法嗎,還有其他的嗎?』舍利弗回答說:『摩訶拘絺羅!你為什麼這樣一路追逐下去?你終究不能窮究一切論說,得到它的邊際。如果聖弟子斷除了無明而生起了明,又何須再求呢?』當時,兩位正士共同論義完畢,各自回到本處。

〔345·波羅延那阿逸多所問〕(0095b10)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在王舍城迦蘭陀竹園。那時,世尊告訴尊者舍利弗:『正如我所說的,波羅延那中阿逸多所問的:

  『那已得諸法之數的人,以及修習種種學的人,

  他們具足的威儀與所行,請為我分別解說。』

『舍利弗!什麼是學?什麼是法數?』當時,尊者舍利弗默然不答;第二次、第三次,也仍然默然。佛說:『真實。舍利弗!』

舍利弗對佛說:『真實。世尊!世尊!比丘對於真實者,生厭、離欲、趣向滅盡。它是由食集而生的,那比丘因為食的緣故,生起厭、離欲、趣向滅盡。那食若滅,這真實者就是滅法;覺知這一點之後,那比丘生厭、離欲、趣向滅盡。這叫做學。』

佛又說:『再者,真實,舍利弗!』舍利弗對佛說:『真實。世尊!世尊!如果比丘對於真實者,厭、離欲、滅盡,不起諸漏,心善解脫。它是從食集而生的;那真實者若即是滅盡法,覺知這一點之後,比丘對於滅,生起厭、離欲、滅盡,不起諸漏,心善解脫,這是數法。』

佛告訴舍利弗:『是這樣,是這樣,正如你所說。比丘對於真實者生起厭、離欲、滅盡,這叫做法數。』說了這些之後,世尊就起身,入室坐禪。

那時,尊者舍利弗知道世尊離去之後不久,對諸比丘說:『諸位尊者!我起先不能辨答世尊最初的提問,所以默然而住。世尊隨即又為我作了令人生喜的發問,我當下就開解了這個義理。即使世尊一日一夜,乃至七夜,以不同的句、不同的味來問這個義理,我也都能夠乃至七夜,以不同的句、不同的味來解說它。』

當時,有一位比丘前往佛的住處,稽首禮足,退住在一旁,對佛說:『世尊!尊者舍利弗作了奇特、未曾有的話,在大眾之中,一向作師子吼說:我對於世尊最初的提問,都不能辨答,乃至三次問都默然無答。世尊隨即又作了令人生喜的發問,我當下就開解了。即使世尊一日一夜乃至七夜,以不同的句、不同的味來問這個義理,我也都能夠乃至七夜,以不同的句、不同的味來解說它。』

佛告訴那位比丘:『那位舍利弗比丘確實能夠在我一日一夜乃至七夜、以不同的句不同的味所問的義理之中,都能夠乃至七夜、以不同的句不同的味來解說它。為什麼呢?因為舍利弗比丘善入法界的緣故。』佛說完這部經,那位比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。

〔346·有三法,世間所不愛〕(0095c17)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在王舍城迦蘭陀竹園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『有三種法,是世間所不愛、不念、不可意的。是哪三種?就是老、病、死。世間如果沒有這三種不可愛、不可念、不可意之法,如來、應、等正覺就不會出現於世間,世間也不會知道有如來、應、等正覺的知見,宣說正法、律。因為世間有老、病、死這三種不可愛、不可念、不可意之法,所以如來、應、等正覺出現於世間,世間知道有如來、應、等正覺之所知、所見,宣說正法、律。

『因為三種法不斷,所以不堪能離開老、病、死。是哪三種?就是貪、恚、癡。又有三種法不斷,所以不堪能離開貪、恚、癡。是哪三種?就是身見、戒取、疑。又有三種法不斷,所以不堪能離開身見、戒取、疑。是哪三種?就是不正思惟、習近邪道,以及懈怠心。又有三種法不斷,所以不堪能離開不正思惟、習近邪道及懈怠心。是哪三種?就是失念、不正知、亂心。又有三種法不斷,所以不堪能離開失念、不正知、亂心。是哪三種?就是掉、不律儀、不學戒。又有三種法不斷,所以不堪能離開掉、不律儀、不學戒。是哪三種?就是不信、難教、懈怠。又有三種法不斷,所以不堪能離開不信、難教、懶惰。是哪三種?就是不欲見聖、不欲聞法、常求人短。又有三種法不斷,所以不堪能離開不欲見聖、不欲聞法、常求人短。是哪三種?就是不恭敬、戾語、習惡知識。又有三種法不斷,所以不堪能離開不恭敬、戾語、習惡知識。是哪三種?就是無慚、無愧、放逸;這三種法不斷,所以不堪能離開不恭敬、戾語、習惡知識。

『為什麼呢?因為無慚、無愧,所以放逸;放逸,所以不恭敬;不恭敬,所以習近惡知識;習近惡知識,所以不欲見聖、不欲聞法、常求人短;求人短,所以不信、難教、戾語、懶惰;懶惰,所以掉、不律儀、不學戒;不學戒,所以失念、不正知、亂心;亂心,所以不正思惟、習近邪道、懈怠心;懈怠心,所以身見、戒取、疑;疑,所以不離貪、恚、癡;不離貪、恚、癡,所以不堪能離開老、病、死。

『斷了三種法,所以堪能離開老、病、死。是哪三種?就是貪、恚、癡;這三種法斷了之後,堪能離開老、病、死。又斷了三種法,所以堪能離開貪、恚、癡。是哪三種?就是身見、戒取、疑;這三種法斷了,所以堪能離開貪、恚、癡。又斷了三種法,所以堪能離開身見、戒取、疑。是哪三種?就是不正思惟、習近邪道、起懈怠心;這三種法斷了,所以堪能離開身見、戒取、疑。又斷了三種法,所以堪能離開不正思惟、習近邪道及懈怠心。是哪三種?就是失念心、不正知、亂心;這三種法斷了,所以堪能離開不正思惟、習近邪道及心懈怠。又斷了三種法,所以堪能離開失念心、不正知、亂心。是哪三種?就是掉、不律儀、犯戒;這三種法斷了,所以堪能離開失念心、不正知、亂心。又有三種法斷了,所以堪能離開掉、不律儀、犯戒。是哪三種?就是不信、難教、懶惰;這三種法斷了,所以堪能離開掉、不律儀、犯戒。又有三種法斷了,所以堪能離開不信、難教、懶惰。是哪三種?就是不欲見聖、不樂聞法、好求人短;這三種法斷了,所以堪能離開不信、難教、懶惰。又斷了三種法,所以堪能離開不欲見聖、不欲聞法、好求人短。是哪三種?就是不恭敬、戾語、習惡知識;這三種法斷了,所以離開不欲見聖、不欲聞法、好求人短。又有三種法斷了,所以堪能離開不恭敬、戾語、習惡知識。是哪三種?就是無慚、無愧、放逸。

『為什麼呢?因為有慚有愧,所以不放逸;不放逸,所以恭敬、順語、以善知識為友;以善知識為友,所以樂見賢聖、樂聞正法、不求人短;不求人短,所以生信、順語、精進;精進,所以不掉、安住律儀、學戒;學戒,所以不失念、正知、安住不亂之心;心不亂,所以正思惟、習近正道、心不懈怠;心不懈怠,所以不著身見、不著戒取、度過疑惑;不疑,所以不起貪、恚、癡;離了貪、恚、癡,所以堪能斷除老、病、死。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。

〔347·盜密出家〕(0096b25)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在王舍城迦蘭陀竹園。當時,國王、大臣、婆羅門、長者、居士以及其餘世人,共同恭敬、尊重、供養,佛及諸聲聞眾大得利養——衣被、飲食、臥具、湯藥;而對眾邪異道,都不恭敬、尊重、供養衣被、飲食、臥具、湯藥。

那時,眾多異道聚會在未曾講堂,作這樣的議論:『我們從前一向為國王、大臣、長者、居士以及其餘一切人所奉事,恭敬供養衣被、飲食、臥具、湯藥,如今全都斷絕了,人們只恭敬供養沙門瞿曇與其聲聞大眾衣被、飲食、臥具、湯藥。如今在我們這眾中,誰有智慧、有大力,堪能祕密前往那沙門瞿曇的眾中出家,聽聞了他的法之後,回來廣為宣說,我們便當再用所聽聞的那法來教化諸國王、大臣、長者、居士,使他們信樂,就可以恢復如從前那樣的供養?』當時,有人說:『有一位年輕人,名叫須深,聰明黠慧,堪能祕密前往沙門瞿曇的眾中出家,聽了他的法之後,回來宣說。』

當時,諸外道來到須深那裡,這樣說:『我們今日大眾聚集在未曾講堂,作這樣的議論:我們從前為諸國王、大臣、長者、居士以及諸世人所恭敬奉事,供養衣被、飲食、臥具、湯藥,如今全都斷絕了;國王、大臣、長者、居士以及諸世間人都共同奉事沙門瞿曇與其聲聞大眾。我們這眾中,誰聰明黠慧,堪能祕密前往沙門瞿曇的眾中出家學道,聽聞了他的法之後,回來宣說,教化諸國王、大臣、長者、居士,使我們這眾重新得到恭敬、尊重、供養?其中有人說:唯有須深聰明黠慧,堪能祕密前往瞿曇的法中出家學道,聽聞他說法,都能受持,回來宣說。所以我們特地前來相請,仁者應當前往。』

當時,那須深默然接受了邀請,前往王舍城迦蘭陀竹園。當時,眾多比丘走出房舍,在露地經行。那時,須深來到眾多比丘那裡,這樣說:『諸位尊者!我如今可以在正法中出家、受具足戒、修梵行嗎?』當時,眾多比丘帶著那須深前往世尊的住處,稽首禮足,退住在一旁,對佛說:『世尊!如今這位外道須深想要求在正法中出家、受具足戒、修梵行。』那時,世尊知道外道須深心中所念,告訴諸比丘:『你們應當度那外道須深,讓他得以出家。』當時,諸比丘便度須深出家。

出家已經半個月,有一位比丘對須深說:『須深!你應當知道,我們生死已盡,梵行已立,所作已作,自知不再受後有。』當時,那須深對比丘說:『尊者!怎麼樣?您是否修學離欲、惡不善法,有覺有觀,離生喜樂,具足初禪,不起諸漏,心善解脫呢?』比丘回答說:『不是的,須深!』

又問:『怎麼樣?是否離有覺有觀,內淨一心,無覺無觀,定生喜樂,具足第二禪,不起諸漏,心善解脫呢?』比丘回答說:『不是的,須深!』又問:『怎麼樣?尊者是否離喜,捨心而住於正念正智,身心受樂,就是聖者所說的捨,具足第三禪,不起諸漏,心善解脫呢?』回答說:『不是的,須深!』又問:『怎麼樣?尊者是否離苦息樂,憂喜先已斷除,不苦不樂之捨,淨念一心,具足第四禪,不起諸漏,心善解脫呢?』回答說:『不是的,須深!』又問:『是否又於寂靜解脫、色與無色,以身作證具足而住,不起諸漏,心善解脫呢?』回答說:『不是的,須深!』

須深又問:『怎麼樣?尊者所說的不一致,前後相違。為什麼沒有得到禪定,卻又作記說呢?』比丘回答說:『我是慧解脫。』說了這話之後,眾多比丘各自從座位起身離去。

那時,須深知道眾多比丘離去之後,這樣思惟:『這些尊者所說的不一致,前後相違;說沒有得到正受,卻又記說自知作證。』這樣思惟之後,前往佛的住處,稽首禮足,退住在一旁,對佛說:『世尊!那眾多比丘在我面前記說:我生已盡,梵行已立,所作已作,自知不受後有。我就問那些尊者:得離欲、惡不善法,乃至以身作證,不起諸漏,心善解脫了嗎?他們回答我說:不是的,須深!我就問說:所說的不一致,前後相違;說沒有入正受,卻又記說自知作證。他們回答我說:得的是慧解脫。說了這話之後,各自從座位起身離去了。我如今請問世尊:為什麼他們所說的不一致,前後相違;沒有得到正受,卻又說自知作證呢?』

佛告訴須深:『他們是先知法住,後知涅槃。那些善男子獨自在一處寂靜之所,專精思惟,不放逸而住,離於我見,不起諸漏,心善解脫。』須深對佛說:『我如今不知道什麼是先知法住、後知涅槃,那些善男子獨自在一處寂靜之所,專精思惟,不放逸而住,離於我見,不起諸漏,心善解脫。』佛告訴須深:『不問你知或不知,且自先知法住,後知涅槃。那些善男子獨自在一處寂靜之所,專精思惟,不放逸而住,離於我見,心善解脫。』須深對佛說:『唯願世尊為我說法,讓我得以知法住智,得以見法住智。』

佛告訴須深:『我現在問你,你隨意回答我。須深!你意下如何?因為有生,所以有老死,不是離開生而有老死,對嗎?』須深回答說:『是的,世尊!』『因為有生,所以有老死,不是離開生而有老死。像這樣,生、有、取、愛、受、觸、六入處、名色、識、行、無明——因為有無明,所以有行,不是離開無明而有行,對嗎?』須深對佛說:『是的,世尊!因為有無明,所以有行,不是離開無明而有行。』

佛告訴須深:『因為沒有生,所以沒有老死,不是離開生滅而老死滅,對嗎?』須深對佛說:『是的,世尊!因為沒有生,所以沒有老死,不是離開生滅而老死滅。』『像這樣,乃至因為沒有無明,所以沒有行,不是離開無明滅而行滅,對嗎?』須深對佛說:『是的,世尊!因為沒有無明,所以沒有行,不是離開無明滅而行滅。』

佛告訴須深:『作這樣知、這樣見的人,是否有離欲、惡不善法,乃至以身作證具足而住呢?』須深對佛說:『沒有,世尊!』佛告訴須深:『這就叫做先知法住,後知涅槃。那些善男子獨自在一處寂靜之所,專精思惟,不放逸而住,離於我見,不起諸漏,心善解脫。』

佛說完這部經,尊者須深遠塵離垢,得法眼淨。那時,須深見法、得法、覺法、度疑,不由他信,不由他度,在正法中心得無畏,稽首佛足,對佛說:『世尊!我現在懺悔過失:我在正法中盜密出家,所以懺悔過失。』佛告訴須深:『怎麼是在正法中盜密出家?』須深對佛說:『世尊!有眾多外道來到我那裡,對我說:須深!你應當知道,我們從前為國王、大臣、長者、居士以及其餘世人所恭敬供養,而如今斷絕了,人們都共同供養沙門瞿曇與其聲聞大眾。你現在祕密前往沙門瞿曇的聲聞眾中出家受法,得了他的法之後,回來宣說給我們;我們當以所聽聞的那法教化世間,使他們像當初一樣恭敬供養。所以,世尊!我在正法、律中盜密出家,今日懺悔過失,唯願世尊聽許我懺悔過失,以哀愍的緣故。』

佛告訴須深:『接受你的懺悔。你應當完整地說:我往昔愚癡、不善、無智,在正法、律中盜密出家,今日懺悔過失,自見罪、自知罪,於未來世律儀成就,功德增長,終不退減。為什麼呢?凡人有罪,自見、自知而懺悔過失的,於未來世律儀成就,功德增長,終不退減。』

佛告訴須深:『現在當說一個譬喻,有智慧的人,藉譬喻而得理解。譬如國王有防邏者,捉捕了盜賊,綁送到國王那裡,稟告說:大王!這個人劫盜,願大王處罪。國王說:把罪人帶走,反綁他的兩手,以惡聲宣令,周遍國中,然後帶出城外刑罪人之處,在他全身四體,用一百支矛刺他。那典刑者接受了國王的教令,押送那罪人,反綁他的兩手,以惡聲宣唱,周遍城邑,帶出城外刑罪人之處,在他全身四體,用一百支矛刺他。到了中午,國王問:罪人還活著嗎?臣子稟告說:還活著。國王又敕令臣子:再刺一百矛。到了傍晚時分,又刺一百矛,那人還是不死。』

佛告訴須深:『那國王治罪,用三百支矛刺他,那罪人身上,還有像手掌那麼大的完好之處嗎?』須深對佛說:『沒有了,世尊!』佛又問須深:『當時那罪人,因為被三百支矛刺的因緣,所受的苦是否極為劇烈?』須深對佛說:『極苦。世尊!如果被一支矛刺,已經苦痛難堪,何況三百支矛,怎麼能堪忍呢?』佛告訴須深:『這還算是可以的;如果在正法、律中盜密出家,盜受持法,為人宣說,當受的苦痛將加倍超過那人。』

佛說這法的時候,外道須深漏盡意解。佛說完這部經,尊者須深聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。

〔348·如來成就十種力〕(0098a13)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在王舍城迦蘭陀竹園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『如來成就十種力,得四無畏,知先佛住處,能轉梵輪,在大眾之中震師子吼說:此有故彼有,此起故彼起,就是緣無明而有行……』如此廣說,乃至:『純大苦聚集,純大苦聚滅。諸比丘!這是真實教法的顯現,斷生死之流,乃至那人全都善能顯現。像這樣真實教法的顯現,斷生死之流,足以使善男子以正信出家,方便修習,不放逸而住,在正法、律中精勤苦行,皮筋骨立,血肉枯竭;如果還沒有得到所當得的,就不捨棄殷勤精進,方便堅固而堪能。為什麼呢?懈怠而苦住的人,能生種種惡不善法,未來之有的結縛熾然增長,於未來世生、老、病、死,退失他的大義的緣故。精進而樂於獨住的人,不生種種惡不善法,未來之有的結縛、熾然的苦報,不於未來世增長生、老、病、死,大義滿足,得成第一教法之場。這就是在大師面前,親承說法,寂滅涅槃,菩提正向,善逝、正覺。所以,比丘們!應當觀自利、利他、自他俱利,精勤修學:我今出家,不愚不惑,有果有樂;凡是供養衣服、飲食、臥具、湯藥的人,都得大果、大福、大利。應當這樣修學。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。

〔349·善來比丘〕(0098b06)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在王舍城迦蘭陀竹園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『善來比丘!善於出家,善得自己的利益,在曠世難逢的時節得以生於聖處,諸根具足,不愚不癡,不須以手代語,對於好說、惡說都堪能理解其義。我今在此世作佛——如來、應、等正覺、明行足、善逝、世間解、無上士、調御丈夫、天人師、佛世尊,說法寂滅、涅槃、菩提正向、善逝、等正覺。就是此有故彼有,此起故彼起,就是緣無明而有行,緣行而有識,乃至純大苦聚集;無明滅則行滅,乃至純大苦聚滅。

『諸比丘!難得之處已經得到,生於聖處,諸根具足,乃至純大苦聚集,純大苦滅。所以,比丘們!應當這樣修學:自利、利他、自他俱利。這樣出家,不愚不癡,有果有樂,有樂的果報;供養衣服、飲食、臥具、湯藥的人,都得大果、大福、大利。所以,比丘們!應當這樣修學。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。

〔350·多聞聖弟子不作是念〕(0098b22)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在王舍城迦蘭陀竹園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『多聞聖弟子不作這樣的念頭:什麼有,所以此有?什麼起,所以此起?什麼無,所以此無?什麼滅,所以此滅?然而那多聞聖弟子知道,所謂此有故彼有,此起故彼起,就是緣無明而有行,乃至純大苦聚集;無明滅故行滅,乃至純大苦聚滅。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。

〔351·住舍衛國象耳池側〕(0098c01)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,尊者那羅、尊者茂師羅、尊者殊勝、尊者阿難住在舍衛國象耳池邊。那時,尊者那羅對尊者茂師羅說:『是否有不同於信、不同於欲、不同於聞、不同於行覺想、不同於見審諦忍,而有這樣正確的自覺知見生起,就是:因為生,所以有老死,不是離開生而有老死呢?』尊者茂師羅說:『有不同於信、不同於欲、不同於聞、不同於行覺想、不同於見審諦忍,而有這樣正確的自覺知見生起,就是:因為有生,所以有老死,不是異於生而有老死。我這樣說:有。』

『尊者茂師羅!是否有不同於信,乃至不同於忍,而得自覺知見生起,就是:有之滅,即寂滅、涅槃呢?』尊者茂師羅回答說:『有不同於信,乃至不同於忍,而得自覺知見生起,就是:有之滅,即寂滅、涅槃。』又問:『尊者茂師羅!說有滅則寂滅、涅槃的人,你如今就是阿羅漢、諸漏已盡了嗎?』尊者茂師羅默然不答;第二次、第三次問,也仍然默然不答。

那時,尊者殊勝對尊者茂師羅說:『你且暫停,我當為你回答尊者那羅。』尊者茂師羅說:『我現在暫停,你為我回答。』那時,尊者殊勝對尊者那羅說:『有不同於信,乃至不同於忍,而得自覺知見生起,就是:有滅則寂滅、涅槃。』當時,尊者那羅問尊者殊勝說:『有不同於信,乃至不同於忍,而得自覺知見生起,就是有滅則寂滅、涅槃的人,你如今就是漏盡阿羅漢嗎?』尊者殊勝說:『我說有滅則寂滅、涅槃,但不是漏盡阿羅漢。』尊者那羅說:『所說的不一致,前後相違;如尊者所說,有滅則寂滅、涅槃,卻又說不是漏盡阿羅漢嗎?』

尊者殊勝對尊者那羅說:『現在當說一個譬喻,有智慧的人藉譬喻而得理解。譬如曠野路邊有一口井,沒有繩、沒有罐可以汲取其中的水。當時,有一位行路人,被熱渴所逼,繞著井尋覓,沒有繩、沒有罐,他仔細觀看井水,如實知見,而身體觸不到它。像這樣,我說有滅則寂滅、涅槃,而自己並未得到漏盡阿羅漢。』

那時,尊者阿難對尊者那羅說:『那尊者殊勝所說的,你又怎麼看呢?』尊者那羅對尊者阿難說:『尊者殊勝善說真實,我還能再說什麼呢?』當時,那幾位正士各自說完之後,從座位起身離去。

〔352·於法不如實知〕(0099a06)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『如果諸沙門、婆羅門對於法不如實知,對於法集、法滅、法滅道跡不如實知,他們就不是沙門、不在沙門之數,不是婆羅門、不在婆羅門之數;他們也不能以沙門義、婆羅門義,見法自知作證:我生已盡,梵行已立,所作已作,自知不受後有。

『怎樣是對法不如實知?怎樣是對法集不如實知?怎樣是對法滅不如實知?怎樣是對法滅道跡不如實知?就是對老死法不如實知,對老死集、老死滅、老死滅道跡不如實知。像這樣,對生、有、取、愛、受、觸、六入處不如實知,對六入處集、六入處滅、六入處滅道跡不如實知。像這樣,對諸法不如實知,對法集、法滅、法滅道跡不如實知。

『如果諸沙門、婆羅門對於法如實知,對於法集、法滅、法滅道跡如實知,應當知道這是沙門、婆羅門,是沙門之中的沙門之數、婆羅門之中的婆羅門之數。他們以沙門義、婆羅門義,見法自知作證:我生已盡,梵行已立,所作已作,自知不受後有。

『對什麼法如實知?對什麼法集、法滅、法滅道跡如實知?就是對老死法如實知,對老死集、老死滅、老死滅道跡如實知。像這樣,對生、有、取、愛、受、觸、六入處如實知,對六入處集、六入處滅、六入處滅道跡如實知。像這樣,對諸法如實知,對法集、法滅、法滅道跡如實知。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。

〔353·謂六入處法不如實知〕(0099b02)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『如果沙門、婆羅門對於法不如實知,對於法集、法滅、法滅道跡不如實知,應當知道這樣的沙門、婆羅門,不是沙門之中的沙門之數,不是婆羅門之中的婆羅門之數;他們也不能以沙門義、婆羅門義,見法自知作證:我生已盡,梵行已立,所作已作,自知不受後有。

『對什麼法不如實知?對什麼法集、法滅、法滅道跡不如實知?就是對六入處法不如實知,對六入處集、六入處滅、六入處滅道跡不如實知,而對於觸能如實知,這是沒有道理的;對觸集、觸滅、觸滅道跡能如實知,這是沒有道理的。像這樣,對受、愛、取、有、生、老、死能如實知,這是沒有道理的。

『如果沙門、婆羅門對於六入處如實知,對六入處集、六入處滅、六入處滅道跡如實知,那麼對於觸如實知,這是有道理的。像這樣,對受、愛、取、有、生、老、死如實知,這是有道理的。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。

〔354·欲超度觸者〕(0099b19)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘……如上所說。差別在於:『如果諸沙門、婆羅門對於六入處不如實知,而想要超度觸,這是沒有道理的;超度觸集、觸滅、觸滅道跡,這是沒有道理的。像這樣,超度受、愛、取、有、生、老、死,這是沒有道理的;超度老死集、老死滅、老死滅道跡,這是沒有道理的。如果沙門、婆羅門對於六入處如實知,對六入處集、六入處滅、六入處滅道跡如實知,而超度觸,這是有道理的。像這樣,超度受、愛、取、有、生、老、死,這是有道理的;乃至超度老死滅道跡,這是有道理的。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。

如同說老死乃至六入處的三經。像這樣,說老死乃至行的三經,也這樣說。

〔355·當覺知老死〕(0099c04)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『應當覺知老死,覺知老死集、老死滅、老死滅道跡。像這樣,乃至應當覺知行、行集、行滅、行滅道跡。

『怎樣應當覺知老死?覺知緣生而有老死,像這樣覺知老死。怎樣是老死集?生集就是老死集,像這樣覺知老死集。怎樣覺知老死滅?就是生滅即是老死滅,像這樣覺知老死滅。怎樣覺知老死滅道跡?就是八聖道即是老死滅道跡,像這樣覺知老死滅道跡。乃至怎樣覺知行?就是三種行——身行、口行、意行,像這樣覺知行。怎樣覺知行集?就是無明集即是行集,像這樣覺知行集。怎樣覺知行滅?無明滅即是行滅,像這樣覺知行滅。怎樣覺知行滅道跡?就是八聖道即是行滅道跡,像這樣覺知行滅道跡。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。

〔356·四十四種智〕(0099c19)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『有四十四種智。仔細聽,好好思惟,我當為你們解說。什麼是四十四種智?就是:

『知老死之智、知老死集之智、知老死滅之智、知老死滅道跡之智;

『知生之智、知生集之智、知生滅之智、知生滅道跡之智;

『知有之智、知有集之智、知有滅之智、知有滅道跡之智;

『知取之智、知取集之智、知取滅之智、知取滅道跡之智;

『知愛之智、知愛集之智、知愛滅之智、知愛滅道跡之智;

『知受之智、知受集之智、知受滅之智、知受滅道跡之智;

『知觸之智、知觸集之智、知觸滅之智、知觸滅道跡之智;

『知六入處之智、知六入處集之智、知六入處滅之智、知六入處滅道跡之智;

『知名色之智、知名色集之智、知名色滅之智、知名色滅道跡之智;

『知識之智、知識集之智、知識滅之智、知識滅道跡之智;

『知行之智、知行集之智、知行滅之智、知行滅道跡之智。

『這叫做四十四種智。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。

〔357·七十七種智〕(0099c27)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『有七十七種智。仔細聽,好好思惟,我當為你們解說。什麼是七十七種智?就是:

『知緣生而有老死之智;知並非緣於其餘、而是緣生而有老死之智;知過去緣生而有老死之智;知過去並非緣於其餘、而是緣生而有老死之智;知未來緣生而有老死之智;知未來並非緣於其餘、而是緣生而有老死之智;以及法住智——知其無常、有為、心所緣而生,是盡法、變易法、離欲法、滅法的斷知之智。

『知緣有而有生之智;知並非緣於其餘、而是緣有而有生之智;知過去緣有而有生之智;知過去並非緣於其餘、而是緣有而有生之智;知未來緣有而有生之智;知未來並非緣於其餘、而是緣有而有生之智;以及法住智——知其無常、有為、心所緣而生,是盡法、變易法、離欲法、滅法的斷知之智。

『知緣取而有有之智;知並非緣於其餘、而是緣取而有有之智;知過去緣取而有有之智;知過去並非緣於其餘、而是緣取而有有之智;知未來緣取而有有之智;知未來並非緣於其餘、而是緣取而有有之智;以及法住智——知其無常、有為、心所緣而生,是盡法、變易法、離欲法、滅法的斷知之智。

『知緣愛而有取之智;知並非緣於其餘、而是緣愛而有取之智;知過去緣愛而有取之智;知過去並非緣於其餘、而是緣愛而有取之智;知未來緣愛而有取之智;知未來並非緣於其餘、而是緣愛而有取之智;以及法住智——知其無常、有為、心所緣而生,是盡法、變易法、離欲法、滅法的斷知之智。

『知緣受而有愛之智;知並非緣於其餘、而是緣受而有愛之智;知過去緣受而有愛之智;知過去並非緣於其餘、而是緣受而有愛之智;知未來緣受而有愛之智;知未來並非緣於其餘、而是緣受而有愛之智;以及法住智——知其無常、有為、心所緣而生,是盡法、變易法、離欲法、滅法的斷知之智。

『知緣觸而有受之智;知並非緣於其餘、而是緣觸而有受之智;知過去緣觸而有受之智;知過去並非緣於其餘、而是緣觸而有受之智;知未來緣觸而有受之智;知未來並非緣於其餘、而是緣觸而有受之智;以及法住智——知其無常、有為、心所緣而生,是盡法、變易法、離欲法、滅法的斷知之智。

『知緣六入處而有觸之智;知並非緣於其餘、而是緣六入處而有觸之智;知過去緣六入處而有觸之智;知過去並非緣於其餘、而是緣六入處而有觸之智;知未來緣六入處而有觸之智;知未來並非緣於其餘、而是緣六入處而有觸之智;以及法住智——知其無常、有為、心所緣而生,是盡法、變易法、離欲法、滅法的斷知之智。

『知緣名色而有六入處之智;知並非緣於其餘、而是緣名色而有六入處之智;知過去緣名色而有六入處之智;知過去並非緣於其餘、而是緣名色而有六入處之智;知未來緣名色而有六入處之智;知未來並非緣於其餘、而是緣名色而有六入處之智;以及法住智——知其無常、有為、心所緣而生,是盡法、變易法、離欲法、滅法的斷知之智。

『知緣識而有名色之智;知並非緣於其餘、而是緣識而有名色之智;知過去緣識而有名色之智;知過去並非緣於其餘、而是緣識而有名色之智;知未來緣識而有名色之智;知未來並非緣於其餘、而是緣識而有名色之智;以及法住智——知其無常、有為、心所緣而生,是盡法、變易法、離欲法、滅法的斷知之智。

『知緣行而有識之智;知並非緣於其餘、而是緣行而有識之智;知過去緣行而有識之智;知過去並非緣於其餘、而是緣行而有識之智;知未來緣行而有識之智;知未來並非緣於其餘、而是緣行而有識之智;以及法住智——知其無常、有為、心所緣而生,是盡法、變易法、離欲法、滅法的斷知之智。

『知緣無明而有行之智;知並非緣於其餘、而是緣無明而有行之智;知過去緣無明而有行之智;知過去並非緣於其餘、而是緣無明而有行之智;知未來緣無明而有行之智;知未來並非緣於其餘、而是緣無明而有行之智;以及法住智——知其無常、有為、心所緣而生,是盡法、變易法、無欲法、滅法的斷智。

『這叫做七十七種智。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。

〔358·增法、減法〕(0100a12)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『有增法、減法。仔細聽,好好思惟,我當為你們解說。什麼是增法?就是此有故彼有,此起故彼起,就是緣無明而有行,緣行而有識,乃至純大苦聚集,這叫做增法。什麼是減法?就是此無故彼無,此滅故彼滅,就是無明滅則行滅,乃至純大苦聚滅,這叫做減法。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。

如同增法、減法;像這樣,生法、變易法、集法、滅法,也如上所說。如同說當說的三經,又有說應當知的三經,也如上所說。

〔359·使攀緣識住〕(0100a23)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『如果有思量、有妄想生起,那便有使、攀緣而識住;因為有攀緣而識住,所以有未來世的生、老、病、死、憂、悲、惱、苦,就這樣,純一的大苦聚集起來了。如果不思量、不妄想,就沒有使、沒有攀緣而識住;因為沒有攀緣而識住,所以未來世的生、老、病、死、憂、悲、惱、苦滅了,就這樣,純一的大苦聚滅了。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。

〔360·入於名色〕(0100b02)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『如果有思量、有妄想,那就有使、攀緣而識住;因為有攀緣而識住,所以進入名色;因為進入名色,所以有未來世的生、老、病、死、憂、悲、惱、苦,就這樣,純一的大苦聚集起來了。如果不思量、沒有妄想,就沒有使、沒有攀緣而識住;因為沒有攀緣而識住,所以不進入名色;因為不進入名色,所以生、老、病、死、憂、悲、惱、苦滅了,就這樣,純一的大苦聚滅了。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。

〔361·則有往來〕(0100b11)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『如果有思量、有妄想,那就有使、攀緣而識住;因為有攀緣而識住,所以進入名色;因為進入名色,所以有往來;因為有往來,所以有生死;因為有生死,所以有未來世的生、老、病、死、憂、悲、惱、苦,就這樣,純一的大苦聚集起來了。如果不思量、沒有妄想,就沒有使、沒有攀緣而識住;因為沒有攀緣而識住,所以不進入名色;因為不進入名色,所以沒有往來;因為沒有往來,所以沒有生死;因為沒有生死,所以未來世的生、老、病、死、憂、悲、惱、苦滅了,就這樣,純一的大苦聚滅了。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。

〔362·多聞比丘〕(0100b22)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『有所謂多聞比丘。如來怎樣施設多聞比丘?』諸比丘對佛說:『世尊是法的根本、法的眼目、法的依止。唯願為我們解說多聞比丘,諸比丘聽了之後,當受持奉行。』佛告訴比丘們:『仔細聽,好好思惟,我當為你們解說。諸比丘!如果有比丘聽聞老、病、死,而生厭、離欲、滅盡之法,這叫做多聞比丘。像這樣,對於生、有、取、愛、受、觸、六入處、名色、識、行,生厭、離欲、滅盡之法,這叫做多聞比丘,這叫做如來所施設的多聞比丘。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。

〔363·說法比丘〕(0100c04)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『所謂說法比丘:怎樣是說法比丘?如來怎樣施設說法比丘?』諸比丘對佛說:『世尊是法的根本、法的眼目、法的依止。唯願為我們解說說法比丘,諸比丘聽了之後,當受持奉行。』佛告訴諸比丘:『如果有比丘宣說老、病、死,而生厭、離欲、滅盡之法,這叫做說法比丘。像這樣宣說生、有、取、愛、受、觸、六入處、名色、識、行,是生厭、離欲、滅盡之法,這叫做說法比丘。諸比丘!這叫做如來所施設的說法比丘。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。

〔364·法次法向〕(0100c15)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『所謂法次法向。諸比丘!什麼叫做法次法向?』諸比丘對佛說:『世尊是法的根本、法的眼目、法的依止。善哉!世尊!唯願為我們解說,諸比丘聽了之後,當受持奉行。』佛告訴諸比丘:『如果比丘對於老、病、死,生厭、離欲、趣向滅盡,這叫做法次法向。像這樣,對於生,乃至行,生厭、離欲、趣向滅盡,這叫做法次法向。諸比丘!這叫做如來所施設的法次法向。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜奉行。

Fascicle 14 of the Saṃyukta Āgama, translated in the Song by Guṇabhadra: this fascicle carries on from Fascicle 12 and still belongs to the Connected Discourses on Dependent Arising, Nutriment, the Truths, and the Elements; from the three hundred and forty-third discourse to the three hundred and sixty-fourth, twenty-two discourses in all. What is taught is all taught with regard to dependent arising: in one, wanderers of another sect ask the venerable Bhūmija whether suffering and happiness are made by oneself, made by another, made by both self and another, or made neither by self nor by another, without cause; Bhūmija answers that the World-Honored One says this is undeclared and that suffering and happiness arise from conditions; the venerable Śāriputra approves what he said and teaches further that they too arise conditioned by contact; the World-Honored One in turn approves Śāriputra, and tells how in former times, at the Sages’ Dwelling, he too answered thus; in one, the venerable Mahākauṣṭhila asks six times and the venerable Śāriputra answers six times, teaching that the learned noble disciple who knows as it really is unwholesome and wholesome things, nutriment, the three illnesses, suffering, and old age and death, and so on up to formations, is called one of perfection of view, accomplished in straight view; in one, the World-Honored One quotes the verse of the Pārāyaṇa, the Questions of Ajita, and asks what training is and what the reckoning of dharmas is; Śāriputra is silent three times and then understands, and the World-Honored One says that he has entered well into the realm of the Dharma; one teaches that old age, sickness, and death are three things the world does not love, and the not abandoning and the abandoning of three things in ten tiers (old age, sickness, and death, and nine tiers of their causes); one tells how Suśīma, at the request of the heterodox, goes forth secretly, asks the bhikṣus about the four dhyānas, and hears of liberation by wisdom; the Buddha teaches first knowing the abiding of the Dharma, then knowing nirvāṇa; Suśīma attains the pure Dharma-eye and confesses his fault, and the Buddha gives as a simile a king who punishes a robber by piercing him with three hundred spears; one teaches that the Tathāgata is accomplished in the ten powers and has gained the four fearlessnesses, and that sons of good family should be diligent; one teaches that the bhikṣus who are welcomed are born in a holy place; one teaches that the learned noble disciple does not think, ‘What being present, is this present?’; in one, the venerable Nārada asks, and the venerable Musīla and the venerable Shusheng answer that with the cessation of existence there is quiescence, nirvāṇa, with the well water in the wilderness as the simile; some teach ascetics and brāhmaṇas who know and who do not know the dharma as it really is, who cross beyond and who do not cross beyond; some teach fully knowing, the forty-four kinds of knowledge, the seventy-seven kinds of knowledge, and the dharma of increase and the dharma of decrease; some teach that if one reflects and falsely imagines, there is the fetter, and consciousness abides grasping at an object, three discourses each adding to the last; some teach the learned bhikṣu, the bhikṣu who teaches the Dharma, and practice in accordance with the Dharma. The speaker is for the most part the World-Honored One addressing the bhikṣus; in the three hundred and forty-third discourse wanderers of another sect ask and the venerable Bhūmija answers, Bhūmija goes to the venerable Śāriputra, Śāriputra approves, the venerable Ānanda hears it and tells the Buddha, the Buddha approves and tells of his own former times, and Ānanda states the conclusion; the whole of the three hundred and forty-fourth discourse is the venerable Mahākauṣṭhila asking and the venerable Śāriputra answering, and the whole of the three hundred and fifty-first is the questions and answers of four venerables, the venerable Nārada, the venerable Musīla, the venerable Shusheng, and the venerable Ānanda; neither of these two discourses comes from the mouth of the World-Honored One; in the three hundred and forty-fifth the World-Honored One asks and the venerable Śāriputra answers, after which Śāriputra speaks to the bhikṣus, a bhikṣu tells the Buddha, and the Buddha answers; the three hundred and forty-seventh is the story of Suśīma, within which there are the words of the heterodox, of Suśīma, of the bhikṣus, of a certain bhikṣu, and of the Buddha, and within the Buddha’s simile there are also the words of the patrol, of the king, and of his minister; in the three hundred and sixty-second to the three hundred and sixty-fourth the World-Honored One first asks, the bhikṣus request the teaching, and the Buddha then teaches it. This fascicle has one verse, in the three hundred and forty-fifth discourse, the verse of the Pārāyaṇa, the Questions of Ajita, quoted by the World-Honored One, in four lines, which the plain rendering renders in verse form; there is no summary verse. Long discourses of questions and answers back and forth are divided into segments within the discourse by the rounds of question and answer; in discourses of similes, the simile and its explanation are divided into segments. Where the base text abbreviates—“as said before,” “as said above,” and “as said in the discourse of analysis before” in the three hundred and forty-fourth discourse, “taught at length, up to” in the three hundred and forty-eighth, “as said above” in the three hundred and fifty-fourth and, at its end, “as with old age and death, up to the six sense bases, three discourses” and “thus old age and death, up to formations, three discourses, are likewise taught,” “thus, up to” in the three hundred and fifty-fifth, and, at the end of the three hundred and fifty-eighth, “as with the dharma of increase and the dharma of decrease” and “as with the three discourses on what is to be taught, there are three discourses on what should be known, as said above”—the plain rendering abbreviates as the base text does and does not supply what is passed over; only the forty-four kinds of knowledge of the three hundred and fifty-sixth discourse and the seventy-seven kinds of knowledge of the three hundred and fifty-seventh, which the base text abbreviates with “thus,” are listed one by one in the plain rendering, so that their number can be counted. The figures (…) at the head of each segment give the Taishō page, register, and line.

〔0 · Title〕(0093b22)The title of the sūtra is “Saṃyukta Āgama,” and this is “Fascicle 14.” The translator’s attribution reads “translated by Guṇabhadra, Tripiṭaka master from India, in the Song”—translated by Guṇabhadra, the Tripiṭaka master who came from India in the time of the Song. The fascicle holds twenty-two discourses, from the three hundred and forty-third to the three hundred and sixty-fourth; it has one verse, in the three hundred and forty-fifth discourse, quoted by the World-Honored One; at the end of the fascicle it closes with “Saṃyukta Āgama, Fascicle 14.”

〔343 · Are Suffering and Happiness Made by Oneself?〕(0093b25)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Rājagṛha, in the Kalandaka Bamboo Grove. At that time the venerable bhikṣu Bhūmija was staying on Vulture Peak. Then a great many wanderers of another sect came to where the venerable Bhūmija was, and they greeted one another and exchanged courtesies; having greeted one another and exchanged courtesies, they withdrew and sat to one side, and said to the venerable Bhūmija: “We wish to ask something; would you have the leisure to answer us or not?” The venerable Bhūmija said to the wanderers of another sect: “Ask as you wish, and I shall explain it for you.”

Then the wanderers of another sect asked the venerable Bhūmija: “Are suffering and happiness made by oneself?” The venerable Bhūmija answered: “As to what you wanderers of another sect say, that suffering and happiness are made by oneself, the World-Honored One says: ‘This is undeclared.’” They further asked: “Are suffering and happiness made by another?” He answered: “As to saying that suffering and happiness are made by another, the World-Honored One says: ‘This is undeclared.’” They further asked: “Are suffering and happiness made by both self and another?” He answered: “As to saying that suffering and happiness are made by both self and another, the World-Honored One says: ‘This is undeclared.’” They further asked: “Are suffering and happiness made neither by oneself nor by another, without cause?” He answered: “As to saying that suffering and happiness are made neither by self nor by another, without cause, the World-Honored One says: ‘This is undeclared.’”

The wanderers of another sect further asked: “Venerable Bhūmija! How is this? Asked whether suffering and happiness are made by oneself, you say it is undeclared; asked whether suffering and happiness are made by another, you say it is undeclared; asked whether suffering and happiness are made by both self and another, you say it is undeclared; asked whether suffering and happiness are made neither by self nor by another, without cause, you say it is undeclared. Then how does the ascetic Gautama now say that suffering and happiness arise?” The venerable Bhūmija answered: “Wanderers of another sect! The World-Honored One says that suffering and happiness arise from conditions.” Then the wanderers of another sect, having heard what the venerable Bhūmija said, were not glad at heart, and left with words of rebuke.

At that time the venerable Śāriputra was sitting beneath a tree not far from the venerable Bhūmija. Then the venerable Bhūmija, knowing that the wanderers of another sect had left, went to where the venerable Śāriputra was; having arrived, he and Śāriputra exchanged courtesies face to face. Having exchanged courtesies, he reported in full to the venerable Śāriputra the matter the wanderers of another sect had asked about: “In answering thus, can I be free of slandering the World-Honored One? Was it speaking as it was spoken, or speaking not in accordance with the Dharma? Was it not in accord with the Dharma and the practice of the Dharma? Will others who hold a doctrine of causes come to challenge and rebuke me?”

The venerable Śāriputra said: “Venerable Bhūmija! What you said is truly as the Buddha said, and does not slander the Tathāgata; it is speaking as it was spoken, speaking in accordance with the Dharma, speaking in accordance with the Dharma and its practice, and no others who hold the meaning of a doctrine of causes will come to challenge and rebuke you. Why is that? Because the World-Honored One says that suffering and happiness arise from conditions. Venerable Bhūmija! The suffering and happiness made by oneself that those ascetics and brāhmaṇas ask about—that too arises and is born from a cause; to say that it does not arise from conditions—there is no such possibility. To say that suffering and happiness are made by another, made by both self and another, or made neither by self nor by another, without cause—that too arises from conditions; to say that it does not arise from conditions—there is no such possibility. Venerable Bhūmija! The suffering and happiness made by oneself of which those ascetics and brāhmaṇas speak also arise conditioned by contact; to say that they do not arise from contact—there is no such possibility. Suffering and happiness made by another, made by both self and another, or made neither by self nor by another, without cause—these too arise conditioned by contact; to say that they do not arise conditioned by contact—there is no such possibility.”

At that time the venerable Ānanda was sitting beneath a tree not far from Śāriputra, and heard the matter the venerable Śāriputra and the venerable Bhūmija discussed. Having heard it, he rose from his seat, went to where the Buddha was, bowed his head at the Buddha’s feet, withdrew and stood to one side, and reported to the World-Honored One one by one the matter the venerable Bhūmija and the venerable Śāriputra had discussed together.

The Buddha said to Ānanda: “Good! Good! Ānanda! The venerable Śāriputra, to those who come and ask, can answer as the occasion requires. Good, Śāriputra! Because he has timely wisdom, to those who come and ask, he can answer as the occasion requires. If my śrāvaka disciples meet those who come and ask as the occasion arises, they should answer as the occasion requires, just as Śāriputra has said.

“Ānanda! In former times I was staying at the Sages’ Dwelling in the mountains of Rājagṛha, and wanderers of another sect came and asked me with such meaning, such phrasing, such flavor; and for them I too answered with such meaning, such phrasing, such flavor, just as the venerable Śāriputra has said.

“Ānanda! If there are ascetics or brāhmaṇas who hold that suffering and happiness are made by oneself, I go to where they are and ask: ‘Do you truly speak thus, that suffering and happiness are made by oneself?’ They answer me: ‘It is so.’ I then say to them: ‘You can hold firmly to this view, saying that it alone is true and the rest is foolish and false; this I do not allow. Why is that? I say that the arising of suffering and happiness is different from this.’ If they ask me: ‘How is it, then, that the arising of suffering and happiness of which Gautama speaks is different from this?’ I then answer: ‘Suffering and happiness arise from their conditions.’ In the same way, to those who say that suffering and happiness are made by another, made by both self and another, or made neither by self nor by another, without cause, I also go to where they are and speak as above.”

Ānanda said to the Buddha: “The meaning of what the World-Honored One has said I have already understood: because there is birth, there are old age and death, not by any other condition; because there is birth, there are old age and death, and so on up to: because there is ignorance, there are formations, not by any other condition; there being ignorance, there are formations; when ignorance ceases, formations cease, and so on up to: when birth ceases, old age, sickness, death, sorrow, lamentation, distress, and suffering cease; just so, the whole great mass of suffering ceases.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the venerable Ānanda, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and rejoiced in accord, paid homage, and left.

〔344 · Called Perfection of View〕(0094b02)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Rājagṛha, in the Kalandaka Bamboo Grove. At that time the venerable Śāriputra and the venerable Mahākauṣṭhila were staying on Vulture Peak. Then the venerable Mahākauṣṭhila, in the late afternoon, rose from meditation and went to where Śāriputra was, and they exchanged courtesies; having exchanged courtesies, he withdrew and sat to one side, and said to the venerable Śāriputra: “I wish to ask something; would you have the leisure to answer me or not?” The venerable Śāriputra said to the venerable Mahākauṣṭhila: “Kind sir, just ask; what I know I shall answer.”

The venerable Mahākauṣṭhila said to the venerable Śāriputra: “In this Dharma and Discipline, accomplished in what dharma is a learned noble disciple called one of perfection of view, accomplished in straight view, accomplished in unbreakable purity in the Buddha, one who has come into the right Dharma, attained this right Dharma, awakened to this right Dharma?”

The venerable Śāriputra said to the venerable Mahākauṣṭhila: “The learned noble disciple knows unwholesome things as they really are, knows the unwholesome roots as they really are, knows wholesome things as they really are, and knows the wholesome roots as they really are.

“What is knowing unwholesome things as they really are? Unwholesome bodily action, verbal action, and mental action—these are called unwholesome things; thus one knows unwholesome things as they really are. What is knowing the unwholesome roots as they really are? The three unwholesome roots—the unwholesome root of greed, the unwholesome root of hatred, the unwholesome root of delusion—these are called the unwholesome roots; thus one knows the unwholesome roots as they really are.

“What is knowing wholesome things as they really are? Wholesome bodily action, verbal action, and mental action—these are called wholesome things; thus one knows wholesome things as they really are. What is knowing the wholesome roots as they really are? Namely the three wholesome roots—non-greed, non-hatred, non-delusion—these are called the three wholesome roots; thus one knows the wholesome roots as they really are.

“Venerable Mahākauṣṭhila! Thus the learned noble disciple knows unwholesome things as they really are, knows the unwholesome roots as they really are, knows wholesome things as they really are, and knows the wholesome roots as they really are, and so in this Dharma and Discipline he is perfect in right view, accomplished in straight view, accomplished in unbreakable purity in the Buddha, has come into the right Dharma, attained this right Dharma, awakened to this right Dharma.”

The venerable Mahākauṣṭhila said to the venerable Śāriputra: “Is there just this, or is there more?” The venerable Śāriputra said: “There is. If the learned noble disciple knows nutriment as it really is, and knows the arising of nutriment, the cessation of nutriment, and the path leading to the cessation of nutriment as they really are.

“What is knowing nutriment as it really is? Namely the four nutriments. What are the four? First, coarse morsel food; second, subtle contact; third, mental intention; fourth, consciousness—these are called nutriment; thus one knows nutriment as it really is. What is knowing the arising of nutriment as it really is? Namely craving for future existence, arising together with delight and craving, delighting in and attached to this place and that—this is called the arising of nutriment; thus one knows the arising of nutriment as it really is. What is knowing the cessation of nutriment as it really is? If craving for future existence, arising together with delight and craving, delighting in and attached to this place and that, is without remainder cut off, relinquished, spat out, exhausted, let go of in dispassion, ceased, stilled, and vanished—this is called the cessation of nutriment; thus one knows the cessation of nutriment as it really is. What is knowing the path leading to the cessation of nutriment as it really is? Namely the eightfold noble path—right view, right intention, right speech, right action, right livelihood, right effort, right mindfulness, right concentration—this is called the path leading to the cessation of nutriment; thus one knows the path leading to the cessation of nutriment as it really is.

“If the learned noble disciple knows this nutriment as it really is, knows the arising of nutriment as it really is, knows the cessation of nutriment as it really is, and knows the path leading to the cessation of nutriment as it really is, then the learned noble disciple in the right Dharma and Discipline is perfect in right view, accomplished in straight view, accomplished in unbreakable purity in the Buddha, has come into the right Dharma, attained this right Dharma, awakened to this right Dharma.”

The venerable Mahākauṣṭhila further asked the venerable Śāriputra: “Is there just this, or is there more?” The venerable Śāriputra said: “Venerable Mahākauṣṭhila! There is more: the learned noble disciple knows illness as it really is, knows the arising of illness as it really is, knows the cessation of illness as it really is, and knows the path leading to the cessation of illness as it really is.

“What is knowing illness as it really is? Namely the three illnesses—the illness of desire, the illness of existence, and the illness of ignorance—these are called illness; thus one knows illness as it really is. What is knowing the arising of illness as it really is? The arising of ignorance is the arising of illness; this is called knowing the arising of illness as it really is. What is knowing the cessation of illness as it really is? The cessation of ignorance is the cessation of illness; thus one knows the cessation of illness as it really is. What is knowing the path leading to the cessation of illness as it really is? Namely the eightfold right path, as said before; thus one knows the path leading to the cessation of illness as it really is.

“If the learned noble disciple knows illness as it really is, knows the arising of illness as it really is, knows the cessation of illness as it really is, and knows the path leading to the cessation of illness as it really is, then the learned noble disciple in this Dharma and Discipline is perfect in right view, and so on up to: awakened to this right Dharma.”

The venerable Mahākauṣṭhila asked the venerable Śāriputra: “Is there just this, or is there more?” The venerable Śāriputra said to the venerable Mahākauṣṭhila: “There is more: the learned noble disciple knows suffering as it really is, knows the arising of suffering as it really is, knows the cessation of suffering as it really is, and knows the path leading to the cessation of suffering as it really is.

“What is knowing suffering as it really is? Namely the suffering of birth, the suffering of old age, the suffering of sickness, the suffering of death, the suffering of separation from those one loves, the suffering of meeting those one hates, the suffering of not getting what one wants; in brief, thus, it is the suffering of the five aggregates of clinging—this is called suffering; thus one knows suffering as it really is. What is knowing the arising of suffering as it really is? Craving for future existence, arising together with delight and craving, gathering attachment to this place and that—this is called the arising of suffering; thus one knows the arising of suffering as it really is. What is knowing the cessation of suffering as it really is? If craving for future existence, arising together with delight and craving, the defiled attachment to this place and that, is without remainder cut off, and so on up to: stilled and vanished—this is called the cessation of suffering; thus one knows the cessation of suffering as it really is. What is knowing the path leading to the cessation of suffering as it really is? Namely the eightfold noble path, as said above—this is called the path leading to the cessation of suffering; thus one knows the path leading to the cessation of suffering as it really is.

“Thus the learned noble disciple knows suffering as it really is, and knows the arising of suffering, the cessation of suffering, and the path leading to the cessation of suffering as they really are. Thus the noble disciple in our Dharma and Discipline is perfect in right view, accomplished in straight view, accomplished in unbreakable purity in the Buddha, has come into the right path, attained this right Dharma, awakened to this right Dharma.”

Mahākauṣṭhila further asked the venerable Śāriputra: “Are there just these dharmas, or is there more?” The venerable Śāriputra answered: “There is more: namely, the learned noble disciple knows old age and death as they really are, knows the arising of old age and death as it really is, knows the cessation of old age and death as it really is, and knows the path leading to the cessation of old age and death as it really is, as said in the discourse of analysis before. What is knowing the arising of old age and death as it really is? The arising of birth is the arising of old age and death; the cessation of birth is the cessation of old age and death; the path leading to the cessation of old age and death is the eightfold right path, as said before. The learned noble disciple knows these old age and death as they really are, and so on up to: knows the path leading to the cessation of old age and death as it really is. Thus the noble disciple in our Dharma and Discipline is perfect in right view, accomplished in straight view, accomplished in unbreakable purity in the Buddha, has come into the right Dharma, attained this right Dharma, awakened to this right Dharma. Thus with birth, existence, clinging, craving, feeling, contact, the six sense bases, name and form, consciousness, and formations—the noble disciple knows formations as they really are, and knows the arising of formations, the cessation of formations, and the path leading to the cessation of formations as they really are.

“What is knowing formations as they really are? There are three formations—bodily formations, verbal formations, and mental formations; thus one knows formations as they really are. What is knowing the arising of formations as it really is? The arising of ignorance is the arising of formations; thus one knows the arising of formations as it really is. What is knowing the cessation of formations as it really is? The cessation of ignorance is the cessation of formations; thus one knows the cessation of formations as it really is. What is knowing the path leading to the cessation of formations as it really is? Namely the eightfold noble path, as said before. Mahākauṣṭhila! This is called the noble disciple’s knowing formations as they really are, and knowing the arising of formations, the cessation of formations, and the path leading to the cessation of formations as they really are; in our Dharma and Discipline he is perfect in right view, accomplished in straight view, accomplished in unbreakable purity in the Buddha, has come into the right Dharma, attained this right Dharma, awakened to this right Dharma.”

Mahākauṣṭhila further asked the venerable Śāriputra: “Are there just these dharmas, or is there more?” Śāriputra answered: “Mahākauṣṭhila! Why do you keep chasing? You will never exhaust these discussions and reach their limit. If the noble disciple has cut off ignorance and knowledge has arisen, what need is there to seek further?” Then the two venerables, having discussed the meaning together, each returned to his own place.

〔345 · The Questions of Ajita in the Pārāyaṇa〕(0095b10)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Rājagṛha, in the Kalandaka Bamboo Grove. At that time the World-Honored One said to the venerable Śāriputra: “As I have said, what Ajita asked in the Pārāyaṇa:

  ‘Those who have attained the reckoning of dharmas, and those who train in the various trainings,

  their deportment and conduct complete—explain them for me, one by one.’

“Śāriputra! What is training? What is the reckoning of dharmas?” Then the venerable Śāriputra was silent and did not answer; the second time and the third time he was likewise silent. The Buddha said: “The real, Śāriputra!”

Śāriputra said to the Buddha: “The real, World-Honored One! World-Honored One! A bhikṣu, toward what is real, gives rise to weariness and dispassion, and heads toward complete cessation. It is born of the arising of nutriment; that bhikṣu, because of nutriment, gives rise to weariness and dispassion and heads toward complete cessation. If that nutriment ceases, this real thing is a thing that ceases; having fully known this, that bhikṣu gives rise to weariness and dispassion and heads toward complete cessation. This is called training.”

The Buddha further said: “Again, the real, Śāriputra!” Śāriputra said to the Buddha: “The real, World-Honored One! World-Honored One! If a bhikṣu, toward what is real, is weary, dispassionate, and completely ceased, without arousing the outflows, the mind well liberated. It is born of the arising of nutriment; if that real thing is itself a thing of complete cessation, then, having fully known this, the bhikṣu, toward cessation, gives rise to weariness, dispassion, and complete cessation, without arousing the outflows, the mind well liberated—this is the dharma of reckoning.”

The Buddha said to Śāriputra: “So it is, so it is, just as you say. A bhikṣu who, toward what is real, gives rise to weariness, dispassion, and complete cessation—this is called the reckoning of dharmas.” Having said this, the World-Honored One rose and entered his room to sit in meditation.

At that time the venerable Śāriputra, knowing that the World-Honored One had left not long before, said to the bhikṣus: “Venerable ones! At first I could not discern an answer to the World-Honored One’s first question, and so I remained silent. The World-Honored One then at once put to me a question that gladdens, and on the spot I understood the meaning. Even if the World-Honored One were to ask about this meaning for a day and a night, and so on up to seven nights, with different phrasing and different flavor, I could still, for as long as seven nights, explain it with different phrasing and different flavor.”

Then a certain bhikṣu went to where the Buddha was, bowed his head at his feet, withdrew and stood to one side, and said to the Buddha: “World-Honored One! The venerable Śāriputra has spoken wondrous, unprecedented words; in the midst of the great assembly he roared the lion’s roar outright, saying: ‘To the World-Honored One’s first question I could not discern any answer, and so on up to: asked three times, I was silent and did not answer. The World-Honored One then at once put a question that gladdens, and on the spot I understood. Even if the World-Honored One were to ask about this meaning for a day and a night, and so on up to seven nights, with different phrasing and different flavor, I could still, for as long as seven nights, explain it with different phrasing and different flavor.’”

The Buddha said to that bhikṣu: “That bhikṣu Śāriputra can truly, for whatever meaning I ask about for a day and a night, and so on up to seven nights, with different phrasing and different flavor, explain it, for as long as seven nights, with different phrasing and different flavor. Why is that? Because the bhikṣu Śāriputra has entered well into the realm of the Dharma.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, that bhikṣu, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.

〔346 · Three Things the World Does Not Love〕(0095c17)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Rājagṛha, in the Kalandaka Bamboo Grove. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “There are three things that are unloved, unwished for, and disagreeable to the world. What are the three? Namely old age, sickness, and death. If the world did not have these three things that are unloved, unwished for, and disagreeable, the Tathāgata, the Worthy One, the Perfectly Awakened One would not appear in the world, and the world would not know that there is the knowledge and vision of the Tathāgata, the Worthy One, the Perfectly Awakened One, proclaiming the right Dharma and Discipline. Because the world has these three things that are unloved, unwished for, and disagreeable—old age, sickness, and death—the Tathāgata, the Worthy One, the Perfectly Awakened One appears in the world, and the world knows that there is what the Tathāgata, the Worthy One, the Perfectly Awakened One knows and sees, proclaiming the right Dharma and Discipline.

“Because three things are not abandoned, one is unable to be free of old age, sickness, and death. What are the three? Namely greed, hatred, and delusion. Again, because three things are not abandoned, one is unable to be free of greed, hatred, and delusion. What are the three? Namely the view of the body, clinging to precepts, and doubt. Again, because three things are not abandoned, one is unable to be free of the view of the body, clinging to precepts, and doubt. What are the three? Namely wrong reflection, frequenting the wrong path, and a slack mind. Again, because three things are not abandoned, one is unable to be free of wrong reflection, frequenting the wrong path, and a slack mind. What are the three? Namely loss of mindfulness, lack of clear knowing, and a scattered mind. Again, because three things are not abandoned, one is unable to be free of loss of mindfulness, lack of clear knowing, and a scattered mind. What are the three? Namely restlessness, unrestraint, and not training in the precepts. Again, because three things are not abandoned, one is unable to be free of restlessness, unrestraint, and not training in the precepts. What are the three? Namely lack of faith, being hard to instruct, and slackness. Again, because three things are not abandoned, one is unable to be free of lack of faith, being hard to instruct, and laziness. What are the three? Namely no wish to see the noble ones, no wish to hear the Dharma, and always seeking others’ faults. Again, because three things are not abandoned, one is unable to be free of no wish to see the noble ones, no wish to hear the Dharma, and always seeking others’ faults. What are the three? Namely disrespect, harsh speech, and keeping bad friends. Again, because three things are not abandoned, one is unable to be free of disrespect, harsh speech, and keeping bad friends. What are the three? Namely shamelessness, lack of scruple, and heedlessness; because these three things are not abandoned, one is unable to be free of disrespect, harsh speech, and keeping bad friends.

“Why is that? Because of shamelessness and lack of scruple, one is heedless; because heedless, one is disrespectful; because disrespectful, one frequents bad friends; because one frequents bad friends, one has no wish to see the noble ones, no wish to hear the Dharma, and always seeks others’ faults; because one seeks others’ faults, one is without faith, hard to instruct, harsh of speech, and lazy; because lazy, one is restless, unrestrained, and does not train in the precepts; because one does not train in the precepts, one has lost mindfulness, lacks clear knowing, and has a scattered mind; because the mind is scattered, there are wrong reflection, frequenting the wrong path, and a slack mind; because the mind is slack, there are the view of the body, clinging to precepts, and doubt; because of doubt, one is not free of greed, hatred, and delusion; because one is not free of greed, hatred, and delusion, one is unable to be free of old age, sickness, and death.

“Because three things are abandoned, one is able to be free of old age, sickness, and death. What are the three? Namely greed, hatred, and delusion; once these three things are abandoned, one is able to be free of old age, sickness, and death. Again, because three things are abandoned, one is able to be free of greed, hatred, and delusion. What are the three? Namely the view of the body, clinging to precepts, and doubt; because these three things are abandoned, one is able to be free of greed, hatred, and delusion. Again, because three things are abandoned, one is able to be free of the view of the body, clinging to precepts, and doubt. What are the three? Namely wrong reflection, frequenting the wrong path, and arousing a slack mind; because these three things are abandoned, one is able to be free of the view of the body, clinging to precepts, and doubt. Again, because three things are abandoned, one is able to be free of wrong reflection, frequenting the wrong path, and a slack mind. What are the three? Namely a mind that has lost mindfulness, lack of clear knowing, and a scattered mind; because these three things are abandoned, one is able to be free of wrong reflection, frequenting the wrong path, and slackness of mind. Again, because three things are abandoned, one is able to be free of a mind that has lost mindfulness, lack of clear knowing, and a scattered mind. What are the three? Namely restlessness, unrestraint, and breaking the precepts; because these three things are abandoned, one is able to be free of a mind that has lost mindfulness, lack of clear knowing, and a scattered mind. Again, because three things are abandoned, one is able to be free of restlessness, unrestraint, and breaking the precepts. What are the three? Namely lack of faith, being hard to instruct, and laziness; because these three things are abandoned, one is able to be free of restlessness, unrestraint, and breaking the precepts. Again, because three things are abandoned, one is able to be free of lack of faith, being hard to instruct, and laziness. What are the three? Namely no wish to see the noble ones, no delight in hearing the Dharma, and being fond of seeking others’ faults; because these three things are abandoned, one is able to be free of lack of faith, being hard to instruct, and laziness. Again, because three things are abandoned, one is able to be free of no wish to see the noble ones, no wish to hear the Dharma, and being fond of seeking others’ faults. What are the three? Namely disrespect, harsh speech, and keeping bad friends; because these three things are abandoned, one is free of no wish to see the noble ones, no wish to hear the Dharma, and being fond of seeking others’ faults. Again, because three things are abandoned, one is able to be free of disrespect, harsh speech, and keeping bad friends. What are the three? Namely shamelessness, lack of scruple, and heedlessness.

“Why is that? Because one has shame and scruple, one is not heedless; because one is not heedless, there are respect, gentle speech, and keeping good friends; because one keeps good friends, one delights in seeing the worthy and noble ones, delights in hearing the right Dharma, and does not seek others’ faults; because one does not seek others’ faults, faith arises, and there are gentle speech and diligence; because diligent, one is not restless, dwells established in restraint, and trains in the precepts; because one trains in the precepts, one does not lose mindfulness, has clear knowing, and dwells with an unscattered mind; because the mind is not scattered, there are right reflection, frequenting the right path, and a mind that is not slack; because the mind is not slack, one does not cling to the view of the body, does not cling to precepts, and crosses beyond doubt; because one does not doubt, one does not arouse greed, hatred, and delusion; because one is free of greed, hatred, and delusion, one is able to abandon old age, sickness, and death.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.

〔347 · Going Forth Secretly as a Thief〕(0096b25)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Rājagṛha, in the Kalandaka Bamboo Grove. At that time kings, ministers, brāhmaṇas, elders, householders, and other people of the world together paid respect, honor, and offerings, and the Buddha and the assembly of śrāvakas greatly gained offerings—robes, food and drink, bedding, and medicine; while to the various heterodox sects none paid respect, honor, or offerings of robes, food and drink, bedding, and medicine.

At that time a great many of the heterodox gathered in the Hall of the Unprecedented and held this discussion: “We formerly were always served by kings, ministers, elders, householders, and all other people, who respected us and made offerings of robes, food and drink, bedding, and medicine; now all of it has been cut off, and people only respect and make offerings of robes, food and drink, bedding, and medicine to the ascetic Gautama and his great assembly of śrāvakas. Now, in this assembly of ours, who has wisdom and great strength, and is able to go secretly into the assembly of that ascetic Gautama and go forth there, and having heard his Dharma, come back and proclaim it widely, so that we may then, with that Dharma we have heard, instruct the kings, ministers, elders, and householders and make them have faith and delight, and so be able to restore the offerings as before?” At that time someone said: “There is a young man named Suśīma, intelligent and shrewd, who is able to go secretly into the assembly of the ascetic Gautama and go forth there, and having heard his Dharma, come back and proclaim it.”

At that time the wanderers of another sect came to where Suśīma was and spoke thus: “Today our great assembly gathered in the Hall of the Unprecedented and held this discussion: ‘We formerly were respected and served by the kings, ministers, elders, householders, and the people of the world, who made offerings of robes, food and drink, bedding, and medicine; now all of it has been cut off; the kings, ministers, elders, householders, and the people of the world all together serve the ascetic Gautama and his great assembly of śrāvakas. In this assembly of ours, who is intelligent and shrewd, able to go secretly into the assembly of the ascetic Gautama, go forth and train in the path, and having heard his Dharma, come back and proclaim it, instructing the kings, ministers, elders, and householders, so that our assembly may again receive respect, honor, and offerings?’ Among us someone said: ‘Only Suśīma is intelligent and shrewd, able to go secretly into the Dharma of Gautama, go forth and train in the path, hear him teach the Dharma, receive and hold all of it, and come back and proclaim it.’ So we have come especially to request you; kind sir, you should go.”

At that time Suśīma silently accepted the request and went to Rājagṛha, to the Kalandaka Bamboo Grove. At that time a great many bhikṣus had come out of their dwellings and were walking up and down in the open. Then Suśīma came to where the great many bhikṣus were and spoke thus: “Venerable ones! May I now go forth in the right Dharma, receive full ordination, and practice pure conduct?” Then the great many bhikṣus took Suśīma to where the World-Honored One was, bowed their heads at his feet, withdrew and stood to one side, and said to the Buddha: “World-Honored One! Now this wanderer of another sect Suśīma wishes to request going forth in the right Dharma, receiving full ordination, and practicing pure conduct.” Then the World-Honored One, knowing what was in the mind of Suśīma the wanderer of another sect, said to the bhikṣus: “You should ordain that wanderer of another sect Suśīma and let him go forth.” Then the bhikṣus ordained Suśīma and he went forth.

When he had been gone forth for half a month, a certain bhikṣu said to Suśīma: “Suśīma! You should know: our birth and death are ended, pure conduct has been established, what was to be done has been done; we know for ourselves that we shall not receive a later existence.” Then Suśīma said to the bhikṣu: “Venerable one! How is it? Have you trained in being apart from desire and from evil, unwholesome things, with initial and sustained thought, with joy and happiness born of separation, perfecting the first dhyāna, without arousing the outflows, the mind well liberated?” The bhikṣu answered: “No, Suśīma!”

He further asked: “How is it? Apart from initial and sustained thought, inwardly purified, with the mind one-pointed, without initial and sustained thought, with joy and happiness born of concentration, perfecting the second dhyāna, without arousing the outflows, the mind well liberated?” The bhikṣu answered: “No, Suśīma!” He further asked: “How is it? Has the venerable one, apart from joy, dwelt with a mind of equanimity, with right mindfulness and right knowledge, feeling happiness in body and mind—what the noble ones call equanimity—perfecting the third dhyāna, without arousing the outflows, the mind well liberated?” He answered: “No, Suśīma!” He further asked: “How is it? Has the venerable one, apart from suffering and with happiness stilled, sorrow and joy having already been abandoned, with the equanimity that is neither suffering nor happiness, with pure mindfulness and the mind one-pointed, perfected the fourth dhyāna, without arousing the outflows, the mind well liberated?” He answered: “No, Suśīma!” He further asked: “Again, in the peaceful liberations, the form and the formless, have you dwelt having realized them with the body and perfected them, without arousing the outflows, the mind well liberated?” He answered: “No, Suśīma!”

Suśīma further asked: “How is it? What the venerable one says is not consistent; the earlier and the later contradict each other. Why, not having attained dhyāna, do you yet make a declaration?” The bhikṣu answered: “I am one liberated by wisdom.” Having said this, the great many bhikṣus each rose from their seats and left.

Then Suśīma, knowing that the great many bhikṣus had left, reflected thus: “What these venerable ones say is not consistent; the earlier and the later contradict each other. They say they have not attained an attainment, and yet they declare that they know for themselves and have realized it.” Having reflected thus, he went to where the Buddha was, bowed his head at his feet, withdrew and stood to one side, and said to the Buddha: “World-Honored One! Those great many bhikṣus declared before me: ‘My birth is ended, pure conduct has been established, what was to be done has been done; I know for myself that I shall not receive a later existence.’ I then asked those venerable ones: ‘Have you attained being apart from desire and from evil, unwholesome things, and so on up to dwelling having realized it with the body, without arousing the outflows, the mind well liberated?’ They answered me: ‘No, Suśīma!’ I then said: ‘What you say is not consistent; the earlier and the later contradict each other. You say you have not entered an attainment, and yet you declare that you know for yourselves and have realized it.’ They answered me: ‘What we have attained is liberation by wisdom.’ Having said this, they each rose from their seats and left. I now ask the World-Honored One: why is what they say not consistent, the earlier and the later contradicting each other—not having attained an attainment, and yet saying that they know for themselves and have realized it?”

The Buddha said to Suśīma: “They first know the abiding of the Dharma, then know nirvāṇa. Those sons of good family, alone in a quiet place, intent in reflection, dwelling heedfully, apart from the view of self, without arousing the outflows, the mind well liberated.” Suśīma said to the Buddha: “I do not now know what first knowing the abiding of the Dharma, then knowing nirvāṇa is—those sons of good family, alone in a quiet place, intent in reflection, dwelling heedfully, apart from the view of self, without arousing the outflows, the mind well liberated.” The Buddha said to Suśīma: “Whether you know or do not know, it is just that one first knows the abiding of the Dharma, then knows nirvāṇa. Those sons of good family, alone in a quiet place, intent in reflection, dwelling heedfully, apart from the view of self, the mind well liberated.” Suśīma said to the Buddha: “I only wish that the World-Honored One would teach me the Dharma, so that I may come to know the knowledge of the abiding of the Dharma, and come to see the knowledge of the abiding of the Dharma.”

The Buddha said to Suśīma: “I shall now ask you; answer me as you see fit. Suśīma! What do you think? Because there is birth, there are old age and death; it is not that apart from birth there are old age and death—is it not so?” Suśīma answered: “It is so, World-Honored One!” “Because there is birth, there are old age and death; it is not that apart from birth there are old age and death. Thus with birth, existence, clinging, craving, feeling, contact, the six sense bases, name and form, consciousness, formations, and ignorance—because there is ignorance, there are formations; it is not that apart from ignorance there are formations—is it not so?” Suśīma said to the Buddha: “It is so, World-Honored One! Because there is ignorance, there are formations; it is not that apart from ignorance there are formations.”

The Buddha said to Suśīma: “Because there is no birth, there are no old age and death; it is not that apart from the cessation of birth old age and death cease—is it not so?” Suśīma said to the Buddha: “It is so, World-Honored One! Because there is no birth, there are no old age and death; it is not that apart from the cessation of birth old age and death cease.” “Thus, and so on up to: because there is no ignorance, there are no formations; it is not that apart from the cessation of ignorance formations cease—is it not so?” Suśīma said to the Buddha: “It is so, World-Honored One! Because there is no ignorance, there are no formations; it is not that apart from the cessation of ignorance formations cease.”

The Buddha said to Suśīma: “One who knows thus and sees thus—is he one who has been apart from desire and from evil, unwholesome things, and so on up to dwelling having realized it with the body and perfected it?” Suśīma said to the Buddha: “No, World-Honored One!” The Buddha said to Suśīma: “This is called first knowing the abiding of the Dharma, then knowing nirvāṇa. Those sons of good family, alone in a quiet place, intent in reflection, dwelling heedfully, apart from the view of self, without arousing the outflows, the mind well liberated.”

When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the venerable Suśīma, far from dust and free of stain, attained the pure Dharma-eye. Then Suśīma saw the Dharma and attained the Dharma, understood the Dharma and crossed beyond doubt, not through faith in another, not through another’s guidance; in the right Dharma his mind attained fearlessness. He bowed his head at the Buddha’s feet and said to the Buddha: “World-Honored One! I now confess my fault: I went forth secretly as a thief in the right Dharma, and so I confess my fault.” The Buddha said to Suśīma: “How did you go forth secretly as a thief in the right Dharma?” Suśīma said to the Buddha: “World-Honored One! A great many wanderers of another sect came to where I was and said to me: ‘Suśīma! You should know: we were formerly respected and given offerings by kings, ministers, elders, householders, and other people of the world, and now that has been cut off; people all together make offerings to the ascetic Gautama and his great assembly of śrāvakas. Go now secretly into the assembly of śrāvakas of the ascetic Gautama, go forth and receive the Dharma, and having obtained his Dharma, come back and proclaim it to us; we shall, with that Dharma we have heard, instruct the world and make them respect and make offerings as at first.’ Therefore, World-Honored One, I went forth secretly as a thief in the right Dharma and Discipline; today I confess my fault, and I only wish that the World-Honored One would allow me to confess my fault, out of compassion.”

The Buddha said to Suśīma: “I accept your confession. You should say it in full: ‘In former times I was foolish, unwholesome, and without wisdom, and went forth secretly as a thief in the right Dharma and Discipline; today I confess my fault; I see my offense myself and know my offense myself, and in the future I shall be accomplished in restraint, my merit will increase, and I shall never fall back or decline.’ Why is that? Whoever, having an offense, sees it himself, knows it himself, and confesses the fault will in the future be accomplished in restraint, his merit will increase, and he will never fall back or decline.”

The Buddha said to Suśīma: “Now I shall give a simile; the wise understand by means of a simile. It is like a king whose patrol has seized a robber, bound him, and sent him to the king, reporting: ‘Great King! This man has robbed; may the Great King punish him.’ The king says: ‘Take the offender away, bind his two hands behind his back, proclaim it with harsh cries throughout the whole country, then take him out of the city to the place where offenders are punished, and pierce him all over his body and four limbs with a hundred spears.’ The executioner, having received the king’s command, takes the offender, binds his two hands behind his back, cries it aloud with harsh cries throughout the city, takes him out of the city to the place where offenders are punished, and pierces him all over his body and four limbs with a hundred spears. At midday the king asks: ‘Is the offender still alive?’ The minister reports: ‘He is still alive.’ The king again commands the minister: ‘Pierce him again with a hundred spears.’ In the late afternoon he is again pierced with a hundred spears, and still the man does not die.”

The Buddha said to Suśīma: “That king, in punishing him, pierced him with three hundred spears; is there on that offender’s body still an unbroken place as big as the palm of a hand?” Suśīma said to the Buddha: “There is not, World-Honored One!” The Buddha further asked Suśīma: “At that time, that offender, because of being pierced with three hundred spears, was the suffering he felt extremely severe?” Suśīma said to the Buddha: “Extreme suffering, World-Honored One! If pierced with one spear, the pain is already hard to bear; how much more three hundred spears—how could it be endured?” The Buddha said to Suśīma: “That can still be borne; if one goes forth secretly as a thief in the right Dharma and Discipline, receives and holds the Dharma as a thief, and proclaims it to others, the pain one must undergo will be many times greater than that man’s.”

When the Buddha taught this Dharma, Suśīma the wanderer of another sect had his outflows ended and his mind liberated. When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the venerable Suśīma, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.

〔348 · The Tathāgata Has Accomplished the Ten Powers〕(0098a13)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Rājagṛha, in the Kalandaka Bamboo Grove. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “The Tathāgata has accomplished the ten powers, gained the four fearlessnesses, knows the abode of former Buddhas, can turn the Brahmā wheel, and in the midst of the great assembly roars the lion’s roar, saying: ‘When this exists, that exists; when this arises, that arises; namely, conditioned by ignorance there are formations…’” Thus taught at length, up to: “The whole great mass of suffering comes together, the whole great mass of suffering ceases. Bhikṣus! This is the true teaching made manifest, cutting the stream of birth and death, up to: that person makes all of it well manifest. Such a true teaching made manifest, cutting the stream of birth and death, suffices to make a son of good family go forth with right faith, practice with skillful means, dwell heedfully, and in the right Dharma and Discipline strive in ascetic practice, until skin, sinew, and bone remain while flesh and blood dry up; if he has not yet attained what is to be attained, he does not give up earnest diligence, with skillful means firm and capable. Why is that? One who is lazy and dwells in suffering can give rise to all kinds of evil, unwholesome things, and the bonds of future existence blaze and grow, and in the future there are birth, old age, sickness, and death, because he falls away from his great purpose. One who is diligent and delights in dwelling alone does not give rise to all kinds of evil, unwholesome things; the bonds of future existence and the blazing fruit of suffering do not increase birth, old age, sickness, and death in the future; his great purpose is fulfilled, and he attains the foremost field of the teaching. This is, before the great teacher, receiving the teaching of the Dharma in person: quiescence, nirvāṇa, heading straight for awakening, the Well-Gone One, the Rightly Awakened. Therefore, bhikṣus, you should contemplate one’s own good, the good of others, the good of both, and train diligently: ‘My going forth now is not foolish and not deluded; it has fruit and it has happiness; all who make offerings of robes, food and drink, bedding, and medicine gain great fruit, great merit, great benefit.’ Thus you should train.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.

〔349 · Welcome, Bhikṣus〕(0098b06)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Rājagṛha, in the Kalandaka Bamboo Grove. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “Welcome, bhikṣus! You have well gone forth, well gained your own good; at a time that comes through long ages, from time to time, you have been born in a holy place, your faculties complete, not foolish and not deluded, with no need for sign language, able to understand the meaning of what is well spoken and what is ill spoken. I now in this world am a Buddha—the Tathāgata, the Worthy One, the Perfectly Awakened One, the One Perfect in Knowledge and Conduct, the Well-Gone One, the Knower of the World, the Unsurpassed One, the Tamer of Persons, the Teacher of Gods and Humans, the Buddha, the World-Honored One—teaching the Dharma of quiescence, nirvāṇa, heading straight for awakening, the Well-Gone One, the Perfectly Awakened. Namely: when this exists, that exists; when this arises, that arises; namely, conditioned by ignorance there are formations, conditioned by formations there is consciousness, and so on up to: the whole great mass of suffering comes together; when ignorance ceases, formations cease, and so on up to: the whole great mass of suffering ceases.

“Bhikṣus! What is hard to obtain you have obtained: born in a holy place, your faculties complete, and so on up to: the whole great mass of suffering comes together, the whole great mass of suffering ceases. Therefore, bhikṣus, you should train thus: one’s own good, the good of others, the good of both. Going forth thus is not foolish and not deluded; it has fruit and it has happiness, the fruit of happiness; those who make offerings of robes, food and drink, bedding, and medicine all gain great fruit, great merit, great benefit. Therefore, bhikṣus, you should train thus.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.

〔350 · The Learned Noble Disciple Does Not Think〕(0098b22)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Rājagṛha, in the Kalandaka Bamboo Grove. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “The learned noble disciple does not think thus: ‘What existing, does this exist? What arising, does this arise? What not existing, does this not exist? What ceasing, does this cease?’ Yet that learned noble disciple knows: when this exists, that exists; when this arises, that arises; namely, conditioned by ignorance there are formations, and so on up to: the whole great mass of suffering comes together; when ignorance ceases, formations cease, and so on up to: the whole great mass of suffering ceases.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.

〔351 · Dwelling at Śrāvastī by the Elephant-Ear Pond〕(0098c01)Thus have I heard. At one time the venerable Nārada, the venerable Musīla, the venerable Shusheng, and the venerable Ānanda were staying at Śrāvastī, by the Elephant-Ear Pond. At that time the venerable Nārada said to the venerable Musīla: “Is there, apart from faith, apart from inclination, apart from hearsay, apart from reasoned reflection, apart from acceptance of a view after pondering, a right knowledge and vision of one’s own that arises thus: because of birth there are old age and death; it is not that apart from birth there are old age and death?” The venerable Musīla said: “There is, apart from faith, apart from inclination, apart from hearsay, apart from reasoned reflection, apart from acceptance of a view after pondering, a right knowledge and vision of one’s own that arises thus: because there is birth, there are old age and death; it is not that other than birth there are old age and death. I say thus: there is.”

“Venerable Musīla! Is there, apart from faith, and so on up to apart from acceptance, a knowledge and vision of one’s own that arises thus: the cessation of existence is quiescence, nirvāṇa?” The venerable Musīla answered: “There is, apart from faith, and so on up to apart from acceptance, a knowledge and vision of one’s own that arises thus: the cessation of existence is quiescence, nirvāṇa.” He further asked: “Venerable Musīla! You who say that with the cessation of existence there is quiescence, nirvāṇa—are you now an arhat, your outflows ended?” The venerable Musīla was silent and did not answer; asked the second time and the third time, he was still silent and did not answer.

Then the venerable Shusheng said to the venerable Musīla: “Stop for now; I shall answer the venerable Nārada for you.” The venerable Musīla said: “I now stop; answer for me.” Then the venerable Shusheng said to the venerable Nārada: “There is, apart from faith, and so on up to apart from acceptance, a knowledge and vision of one’s own that arises thus: with the cessation of existence there is quiescence, nirvāṇa.” Then the venerable Nārada asked the venerable Shusheng: “You who have, apart from faith, and so on up to apart from acceptance, a knowledge and vision of one’s own that arises thus, that with the cessation of existence there is quiescence, nirvāṇa—are you now an arhat whose outflows are ended?” The venerable Shusheng said: “I say that with the cessation of existence there is quiescence, nirvāṇa, but I am not an arhat whose outflows are ended.” The venerable Nārada said: “What you say is not consistent; the earlier and the later contradict each other. As the venerable one says, with the cessation of existence there is quiescence, nirvāṇa, and yet you say you are not an arhat whose outflows are ended?”

The venerable Shusheng said to the venerable Nārada: “Now I shall give a simile; the wise understand by means of a simile. It is like a well by the roadside in the wilderness, with no rope and no bucket to draw its water. Then a traveler, oppressed by heat and thirst, goes around the well searching, and there is no rope and no bucket; he looks closely at the well water, knows and sees it as it is, yet does not touch it with the body. Just so, I say that with the cessation of existence there is quiescence, nirvāṇa, and yet I myself have not attained arhatship with the outflows ended.”

Then the venerable Ānanda said to the venerable Nārada: “What the venerable Shusheng has said—how do you see it?” The venerable Nārada said to the venerable Ānanda: “The venerable Shusheng has spoken well and truly; what more could I say?” Then those venerables, each having spoken, rose from their seats and left.

〔352 · Not Knowing the Dharma as It Really Is〕(0099a06)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “If ascetics and brāhmaṇas do not know the dharma as it really is, and do not know the arising of the dharma, the cessation of the dharma, and the path leading to the cessation of the dharma as they really are, they are not ascetics, not counted among ascetics, not brāhmaṇas, not counted among brāhmaṇas; nor can they, by the meaning of an ascetic and the meaning of a brāhmaṇa, see the Dharma, know it for themselves, and realize it: ‘My birth is ended, pure conduct has been established, what was to be done has been done; I know for myself that I shall not receive a later existence.’

“What is not knowing the dharma as it really is? What is not knowing the arising of the dharma as it really is? What is not knowing the cessation of the dharma as it really is? What is not knowing the path leading to the cessation of the dharma as it really is? Namely, not knowing the dharma of old age and death as it really is, and not knowing the arising of old age and death, the cessation of old age and death, and the path leading to the cessation of old age and death as they really are. Thus, not knowing birth, existence, clinging, craving, feeling, contact, and the six sense bases as they really are, and not knowing the arising of the six sense bases, the cessation of the six sense bases, and the path leading to the cessation of the six sense bases as they really are. Thus, not knowing the dharmas as they really are, and not knowing the arising of the dharma, the cessation of the dharma, and the path leading to the cessation of the dharma as they really are.

“If ascetics and brāhmaṇas know the dharma as it really is, and know the arising of the dharma, the cessation of the dharma, and the path leading to the cessation of the dharma as they really are, you should know that these are ascetics and brāhmaṇas, counted among ascetics as ascetics, counted among brāhmaṇas as brāhmaṇas. By the meaning of an ascetic and the meaning of a brāhmaṇa, they see the Dharma, know it for themselves, and realize it: ‘My birth is ended, pure conduct has been established, what was to be done has been done; I know for myself that I shall not receive a later existence.’

“What dharma do they know as it really is? What arising of the dharma, cessation of the dharma, and path leading to the cessation of the dharma do they know as they really are? Namely, knowing the dharma of old age and death as it really is, and knowing the arising of old age and death, the cessation of old age and death, and the path leading to the cessation of old age and death as they really are. Thus, knowing birth, existence, clinging, craving, feeling, contact, and the six sense bases as they really are, and knowing the arising of the six sense bases, the cessation of the six sense bases, and the path leading to the cessation of the six sense bases as they really are. Thus, knowing the dharmas as they really are, and knowing the arising of the dharma, the cessation of the dharma, and the path leading to the cessation of the dharma as they really are.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.

〔353 · Not Knowing the Six Sense Bases as They Really Are〕(0099b02)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “If ascetics and brāhmaṇas do not know the dharma as it really is, and do not know the arising of the dharma, the cessation of the dharma, and the path leading to the cessation of the dharma as they really are, you should know that such ascetics and brāhmaṇas are not counted among ascetics as ascetics, not counted among brāhmaṇas as brāhmaṇas; nor can they, by the meaning of an ascetic and the meaning of a brāhmaṇa, see the Dharma, know it for themselves, and realize it: ‘My birth is ended, pure conduct has been established, what was to be done has been done; I know for myself that I shall not receive a later existence.’

“What dharma do they not know as it really is? What arising of the dharma, cessation of the dharma, and path leading to the cessation of the dharma do they not know as they really are? Namely, not knowing the dharma of the six sense bases as it really is, and not knowing the arising of the six sense bases, the cessation of the six sense bases, and the path leading to the cessation of the six sense bases as they really are, and yet being able to know contact as it really is—there is no such possibility; being able to know the arising of contact, the cessation of contact, and the path leading to the cessation of contact as they really are—there is no such possibility. Thus, being able to know feeling, craving, clinging, existence, birth, and old age and death as they really are—there is no such possibility.

“If ascetics and brāhmaṇas know the six sense bases as they really are, and know the arising of the six sense bases, the cessation of the six sense bases, and the path leading to the cessation of the six sense bases as they really are, then knowing contact as it really is—there is such a possibility. Thus, knowing feeling, craving, clinging, existence, birth, and old age and death as they really are—there is such a possibility.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.

〔354 · Wishing to Cross Beyond Contact〕(0099b19)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus… as said above. The difference is: “If ascetics and brāhmaṇas do not know the six sense bases as they really are, and yet wish to cross beyond contact—there is no such possibility; to cross beyond the arising of contact, the cessation of contact, and the path leading to the cessation of contact—there is no such possibility. Thus, to cross beyond feeling, craving, clinging, existence, birth, and old age and death—there is no such possibility; to cross beyond the arising of old age and death, the cessation of old age and death, and the path leading to the cessation of old age and death—there is no such possibility. If ascetics and brāhmaṇas know the six sense bases as they really are, and know the arising of the six sense bases, the cessation of the six sense bases, and the path leading to the cessation of the six sense bases as they really are, and cross beyond contact—there is such a possibility. Thus, to cross beyond feeling, craving, clinging, existence, birth, and old age and death—there is such a possibility; and so on up to: to cross beyond the path leading to the cessation of old age and death—there is such a possibility.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.

As with the three discourses on old age and death up to the six sense bases; thus, the three discourses on old age and death up to formations are likewise taught.

〔355 · One Should Fully Know Old Age and Death〕(0099c04)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “One should fully know old age and death, and fully know the arising of old age and death, the cessation of old age and death, and the path leading to the cessation of old age and death. Thus, and so on up to: one should fully know formations, the arising of formations, the cessation of formations, and the path leading to the cessation of formations.

“How should one fully know old age and death? One fully knows that conditioned by birth there are old age and death; thus one fully knows old age and death. What is the arising of old age and death? The arising of birth is the arising of old age and death; thus one fully knows the arising of old age and death. How does one fully know the cessation of old age and death? Namely, the cessation of birth is the cessation of old age and death; thus one fully knows the cessation of old age and death. How does one fully know the path leading to the cessation of old age and death? Namely, the eightfold noble path is the path leading to the cessation of old age and death; thus one fully knows the path leading to the cessation of old age and death. And so on up to: how does one fully know formations? Namely the three formations—bodily formations, verbal formations, and mental formations; thus one fully knows formations. How does one fully know the arising of formations? Namely, the arising of ignorance is the arising of formations; thus one fully knows the arising of formations. How does one fully know the cessation of formations? The cessation of ignorance is the cessation of formations; thus one fully knows the cessation of formations. How does one fully know the path leading to the cessation of formations? Namely, the eightfold noble path is the path leading to the cessation of formations; thus one fully knows the path leading to the cessation of formations.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.

〔356 · The Forty-Four Kinds of Knowledge〕(0099c19)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “There are forty-four kinds of knowledge. Listen closely, reflect well, and I shall explain them for you. What are the forty-four kinds of knowledge? Namely:

“The knowledge of old age and death, the knowledge of the arising of old age and death, the knowledge of the cessation of old age and death, the knowledge of the path leading to the cessation of old age and death;

“the knowledge of birth, the knowledge of the arising of birth, the knowledge of the cessation of birth, the knowledge of the path leading to the cessation of birth;

“the knowledge of existence, the knowledge of the arising of existence, the knowledge of the cessation of existence, the knowledge of the path leading to the cessation of existence;

“the knowledge of clinging, the knowledge of the arising of clinging, the knowledge of the cessation of clinging, the knowledge of the path leading to the cessation of clinging;

“the knowledge of craving, the knowledge of the arising of craving, the knowledge of the cessation of craving, the knowledge of the path leading to the cessation of craving;

“the knowledge of feeling, the knowledge of the arising of feeling, the knowledge of the cessation of feeling, the knowledge of the path leading to the cessation of feeling;

“the knowledge of contact, the knowledge of the arising of contact, the knowledge of the cessation of contact, the knowledge of the path leading to the cessation of contact;

“the knowledge of the six sense bases, the knowledge of the arising of the six sense bases, the knowledge of the cessation of the six sense bases, the knowledge of the path leading to the cessation of the six sense bases;

“the knowledge of name and form, the knowledge of the arising of name and form, the knowledge of the cessation of name and form, the knowledge of the path leading to the cessation of name and form;

“the knowledge of consciousness, the knowledge of the arising of consciousness, the knowledge of the cessation of consciousness, the knowledge of the path leading to the cessation of consciousness;

“the knowledge of formations, the knowledge of the arising of formations, the knowledge of the cessation of formations, the knowledge of the path leading to the cessation of formations.

“These are called the forty-four kinds of knowledge.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.

〔357 · The Seventy-Seven Kinds of Knowledge〕(0099c27)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “There are seventy-seven kinds of knowledge. Listen closely, reflect well, and I shall explain them for you. What are the seventy-seven kinds of knowledge? Namely:

“The knowledge that birth conditions old age and death; the knowledge that nothing else but birth conditions old age and death; the knowledge that in the past birth conditioned old age and death; the knowledge that in the past nothing else but birth conditioned old age and death; the knowledge that in the future birth will condition old age and death; the knowledge that in the future nothing else but birth will condition old age and death; and the knowledge of the abiding of the Dharma—the knowledge, through abandoning, that it is impermanent, conditioned, arisen from what the mind takes as object, a thing that is exhausted, that changes, that is let go of in dispassion, that ceases.

“The knowledge that existence conditions birth; the knowledge that nothing else but existence conditions birth; the knowledge that in the past existence conditioned birth; the knowledge that in the past nothing else but existence conditioned birth; the knowledge that in the future existence will condition birth; the knowledge that in the future nothing else but existence will condition birth; and the knowledge of the abiding of the Dharma—the knowledge, through abandoning, that it is impermanent, conditioned, arisen from what the mind takes as object, a thing that is exhausted, that changes, that is let go of in dispassion, that ceases.

“The knowledge that clinging conditions existence; the knowledge that nothing else but clinging conditions existence; the knowledge that in the past clinging conditioned existence; the knowledge that in the past nothing else but clinging conditioned existence; the knowledge that in the future clinging will condition existence; the knowledge that in the future nothing else but clinging will condition existence; and the knowledge of the abiding of the Dharma—the knowledge, through abandoning, that it is impermanent, conditioned, arisen from what the mind takes as object, a thing that is exhausted, that changes, that is let go of in dispassion, that ceases.

“The knowledge that craving conditions clinging; the knowledge that nothing else but craving conditions clinging; the knowledge that in the past craving conditioned clinging; the knowledge that in the past nothing else but craving conditioned clinging; the knowledge that in the future craving will condition clinging; the knowledge that in the future nothing else but craving will condition clinging; and the knowledge of the abiding of the Dharma—the knowledge, through abandoning, that it is impermanent, conditioned, arisen from what the mind takes as object, a thing that is exhausted, that changes, that is let go of in dispassion, that ceases.

“The knowledge that feeling conditions craving; the knowledge that nothing else but feeling conditions craving; the knowledge that in the past feeling conditioned craving; the knowledge that in the past nothing else but feeling conditioned craving; the knowledge that in the future feeling will condition craving; the knowledge that in the future nothing else but feeling will condition craving; and the knowledge of the abiding of the Dharma—the knowledge, through abandoning, that it is impermanent, conditioned, arisen from what the mind takes as object, a thing that is exhausted, that changes, that is let go of in dispassion, that ceases.

“The knowledge that contact conditions feeling; the knowledge that nothing else but contact conditions feeling; the knowledge that in the past contact conditioned feeling; the knowledge that in the past nothing else but contact conditioned feeling; the knowledge that in the future contact will condition feeling; the knowledge that in the future nothing else but contact will condition feeling; and the knowledge of the abiding of the Dharma—the knowledge, through abandoning, that it is impermanent, conditioned, arisen from what the mind takes as object, a thing that is exhausted, that changes, that is let go of in dispassion, that ceases.

“The knowledge that the six sense bases condition contact; the knowledge that nothing else but the six sense bases conditions contact; the knowledge that in the past the six sense bases conditioned contact; the knowledge that in the past nothing else but the six sense bases conditioned contact; the knowledge that in the future the six sense bases will condition contact; the knowledge that in the future nothing else but the six sense bases will condition contact; and the knowledge of the abiding of the Dharma—the knowledge, through abandoning, that it is impermanent, conditioned, arisen from what the mind takes as object, a thing that is exhausted, that changes, that is let go of in dispassion, that ceases.

“The knowledge that name and form condition the six sense bases; the knowledge that nothing else but name and form conditions the six sense bases; the knowledge that in the past name and form conditioned the six sense bases; the knowledge that in the past nothing else but name and form conditioned the six sense bases; the knowledge that in the future name and form will condition the six sense bases; the knowledge that in the future nothing else but name and form will condition the six sense bases; and the knowledge of the abiding of the Dharma—the knowledge, through abandoning, that it is impermanent, conditioned, arisen from what the mind takes as object, a thing that is exhausted, that changes, that is let go of in dispassion, that ceases.

“The knowledge that consciousness conditions name and form; the knowledge that nothing else but consciousness conditions name and form; the knowledge that in the past consciousness conditioned name and form; the knowledge that in the past nothing else but consciousness conditioned name and form; the knowledge that in the future consciousness will condition name and form; the knowledge that in the future nothing else but consciousness will condition name and form; and the knowledge of the abiding of the Dharma—the knowledge, through abandoning, that it is impermanent, conditioned, arisen from what the mind takes as object, a thing that is exhausted, that changes, that is let go of in dispassion, that ceases.

“The knowledge that formations condition consciousness; the knowledge that nothing else but formations conditions consciousness; the knowledge that in the past formations conditioned consciousness; the knowledge that in the past nothing else but formations conditioned consciousness; the knowledge that in the future formations will condition consciousness; the knowledge that in the future nothing else but formations will condition consciousness; and the knowledge of the abiding of the Dharma—the knowledge, through abandoning, that it is impermanent, conditioned, arisen from what the mind takes as object, a thing that is exhausted, that changes, that is let go of in dispassion, that ceases.

“The knowledge that ignorance conditions formations; the knowledge that nothing else but ignorance conditions formations; the knowledge that in the past ignorance conditioned formations; the knowledge that in the past nothing else but ignorance conditioned formations; the knowledge that in the future ignorance will condition formations; the knowledge that in the future nothing else but ignorance will condition formations; and the knowledge of the abiding of the Dharma—the knowledge of abandoning, that it is impermanent, conditioned, arisen from what the mind takes as object, a thing that is exhausted, a thing that changes, a thing of desirelessness, a thing that ceases.

“These are called the seventy-seven kinds of knowledge.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.

〔358 · The Dharma of Increase and the Dharma of Decrease〕(0100a12)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “There are the dharma of increase and the dharma of decrease. Listen closely, reflect well, and I shall explain them for you. What is the dharma of increase? Namely: when this exists, that exists; when this arises, that arises; namely, conditioned by ignorance there are formations, conditioned by formations there is consciousness, and so on up to: the whole great mass of suffering comes together—this is called the dharma of increase. What is the dharma of decrease? Namely: when this does not exist, that does not exist; when this ceases, that ceases; namely, when ignorance ceases, formations cease, and so on up to: the whole great mass of suffering ceases—this is called the dharma of decrease.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.

As with the dharma of increase and the dharma of decrease, so the dharma of arising, the dharma of change, the dharma of coming together, and the dharma of cessation are likewise as said above. As with the three discourses on what is to be taught, there are also three discourses on what should be known, likewise as said above.

〔359 · The Fetter Makes Consciousness Abide Grasping〕(0100a23)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “If there arise reflecting and false imagining, then there is the fetter, and consciousness abides grasping at an object; because consciousness abides grasping at an object, there are in the future birth, old age, sickness, death, sorrow, lamentation, distress, and suffering; just so, the whole great mass of suffering comes together. If one does not reflect and does not falsely imagine, there is no fetter, and consciousness does not abide grasping at an object; because consciousness does not abide grasping at an object, birth, old age, sickness, death, sorrow, lamentation, distress, and suffering in the future cease; just so, the whole great mass of suffering ceases.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.

〔360 · Entering into Name and Form〕(0100b02)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “If one reflects and falsely imagines, then there is the fetter, and consciousness abides grasping at an object; because consciousness abides grasping at an object, it enters into name and form; because it enters into name and form, there are in the future birth, old age, sickness, death, sorrow, lamentation, distress, and suffering; just so, the whole great mass of suffering comes together. If one does not reflect and has no false imagining, there is no fetter, and consciousness does not abide grasping at an object; because consciousness does not abide grasping at an object, it does not enter into name and form; because it does not enter into name and form, birth, old age, sickness, death, sorrow, lamentation, distress, and suffering cease; just so, the whole great mass of suffering ceases.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.

〔361 · Then There Is Coming and Going〕(0100b11)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “If one reflects and falsely imagines, then there is the fetter, and consciousness abides grasping at an object; because consciousness abides grasping at an object, it enters into name and form; because it enters into name and form, there is coming and going; because there is coming and going, there are birth and death; because there are birth and death, there are in the future birth, old age, sickness, death, sorrow, lamentation, distress, and suffering; just so, the whole great mass of suffering comes together. If one does not reflect and has no false imagining, there is no fetter, and consciousness does not abide grasping at an object; because consciousness does not abide grasping at an object, it does not enter into name and form; because it does not enter into name and form, there is no coming and going; because there is no coming and going, there are no birth and death; because there are no birth and death, birth, old age, sickness, death, sorrow, lamentation, distress, and suffering in the future cease; just so, the whole great mass of suffering ceases.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.

〔362 · The Learned Bhikṣu〕(0100b22)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “There is what is called the learned bhikṣu. How does the Tathāgata designate the learned bhikṣu?” The bhikṣus said to the Buddha: “The World-Honored One is the root of the Dharma, the eye of the Dharma, the support of the Dharma. We only wish that you would explain the learned bhikṣu for us; the bhikṣus, having heard it, will receive, hold, and practice it.” The Buddha said to the bhikṣus: “Listen closely, reflect well, and I shall explain it for you. Bhikṣus! If a bhikṣu hears of old age, sickness, and death, and gives rise to the dharma of weariness, dispassion, and complete cessation, this is called a learned bhikṣu. Thus, toward birth, existence, clinging, craving, feeling, contact, the six sense bases, name and form, consciousness, and formations, he gives rise to the dharma of weariness, dispassion, and complete cessation—this is called a learned bhikṣu; this is called the learned bhikṣu designated by the Tathāgata.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.

〔363 · The Bhikṣu Who Teaches the Dharma〕(0100c04)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “As to what is called the bhikṣu who teaches the Dharma: what is a bhikṣu who teaches the Dharma? How does the Tathāgata designate the bhikṣu who teaches the Dharma?” The bhikṣus said to the Buddha: “The World-Honored One is the root of the Dharma, the eye of the Dharma, the support of the Dharma. We only wish that you would explain the bhikṣu who teaches the Dharma for us; the bhikṣus, having heard it, will receive, hold, and practice it.” The Buddha said to the bhikṣus: “If a bhikṣu teaches of old age, sickness, and death, and gives rise to the dharma of weariness, dispassion, and complete cessation, this is called a bhikṣu who teaches the Dharma. Thus, if he teaches that birth, existence, clinging, craving, feeling, contact, the six sense bases, name and form, consciousness, and formations are a dharma of weariness, dispassion, and complete cessation, this is called a bhikṣu who teaches the Dharma. Bhikṣus! This is called the bhikṣu who teaches the Dharma designated by the Tathāgata.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.

〔364 · Practice in Accordance with the Dharma〕(0100c15)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “There is what is called practice in accordance with the Dharma. Bhikṣus! What is called practice in accordance with the Dharma?” The bhikṣus said to the Buddha: “The World-Honored One is the root of the Dharma, the eye of the Dharma, the support of the Dharma. Good, World-Honored One! We only wish that you would explain it for us; the bhikṣus, having heard it, will receive, hold, and practice it.” The Buddha said to the bhikṣus: “If a bhikṣu, toward old age, sickness, and death, gives rise to weariness and dispassion, heading toward complete cessation, this is called practice in accordance with the Dharma. Thus, toward birth, and so on up to formations, he gives rise to weariness and dispassion, heading toward complete cessation—this is called practice in accordance with the Dharma. Bhikṣus! This is called practice in accordance with the Dharma designated by the Tathāgata.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.

義疏Exposition

這一卷二十二經,是緣起食諦界相應的第二卷,承上卷說緣起,但說法的樣子變了。上卷多是世尊自述與世尊告比丘;這一卷前半有五經是對談:外道問浮彌,浮彌問舍利弗,阿難白佛,佛讚舍利弗「有應時智故,有來問者,能隨時答」〔T02 0094a11〕;拘絺羅一層一層問舍利弗;世尊以一偈問舍利弗,舍利弗三問默然;須深盜密出家,問比丘,問世尊;那羅問茂師羅,殊勝代答,阿難問那羅。中段三四八至三五〇、三五二至三五八是世尊告比丘,說此有故彼有、法與法集法滅、四十四智、七十七智、增法減法;三五一夾在其中,是那羅、茂師羅、殊勝、阿難四位尊者對談,世尊不在場。末段三五九至三六四仍是世尊告比丘,說思量妄想攀緣識住,說多聞比丘、說法比丘、法次法向。

這一卷有一句話,是全卷的中心:「彼先知法住,後知涅槃」〔T02 0097b06〕。須深問的是:不得禪定,怎麼能記說自知作證?世尊不答禪定,答次第:先知法住,後知涅槃。法住是什麼?世尊即以十二支順逆問須深,須深一一答「如是」,世尊說「是名先知法住,後知涅槃」〔T02 0097c01〕。這一卷從頭到尾,是先知法住的各種說法,和知了以後是什麼人。

一、苦樂從緣起生(經三四三)

外道問浮彌四句:「苦樂自作耶?」〔T02 0093c02〕他作、自他作、非自非他無因作。浮彌四答皆引世尊:「此是無記。」〔T02 0093c04〕外道再問:那沙門瞿曇說苦樂怎麼生?浮彌答:「世尊說苦樂從緣起生。」〔T02 0093c14〕外道不喜而去。

浮彌怕答錯,去問舍利弗。舍利弗說答對了,並且說出為什麼對:外道說苦樂自作,「彼亦從因起生;言不從緣起生者,無有是處」〔T02 0093c27〕;進一步,「亦緣觸生;若言不從觸生者,無有是處」〔T02 0094a02〕。四句無記,不是不知道,是這四句問錯了地方:它們問作者,世尊答的是緣。無論說自作他作,苦樂現起都是觸緣受,這一點問者自己也不能否認。

阿難在旁聽了,白佛。佛兩次說善哉,讚舍利弗「有應時智故,有來問者,能隨時答」〔T02 0094a11〕,並自述昔在王舍城仙人住處,外道以同樣的話來問,「我為斯等以如是義、如是句、如是味而為記說,如尊者舍利弗所說」〔T02 0094a15〕。阿難最後自己說解:「有生故有老死,非緣餘」〔T02 0094a25〕,一直到無明,「無明滅則行滅」〔T02 0094a27〕。這一經四個人說話,浮彌、舍利弗、阿難、世尊,說的是一件事,從一句「從緣起生」說到十二支。上卷末三經婆羅門、迦葉來問苦誰作,世尊答無記;這一卷首經是弟子答,答得與佛同。

二、何須更求(經三四四)

拘絺羅問舍利弗:多聞聖弟子成就什麼法,「名為見具足,直見成就,成就於佛不壞淨,來入正法,得此正法,悟此正法」〔T02 0094b10〕?舍利弗答五層,每層拘絺羅問「正有此等,更有餘耶?」〔T02 0094b27〕舍利弗答「有」,再說一層。第一層是不善法、不善根、善法、善根如實知;第二層是食與食集、食滅、食滅道跡;第三層是病,「三病——欲病、有病、無明病」〔T02 0094c18〕;第四層是苦與苦集、苦滅、苦滅道跡;第五層是老死乃至行,每支四句,「如前分別經說」〔T02 0095a18〕。

第六次問「唯有此法,更有餘耶?」〔T02 0095b06〕舍利弗不再往下答,說:「汝何為逐,汝終不能究竟諸論,得其邊際。若聖弟子斷除無明而生明,何須更求?」〔T02 0095b07〕五層中,第一層是善不善與其根,四項如實知;第二至第四層是四諦格式:食、病、苦,各有集、滅、道跡;第五層是老死至行十一支,每一支也是四諦格式,無明不另列四句,只作行之集。追問可以無窮,但觀緣生到無明為止,無明斷而明生,就是邊際。這一經的「更有餘耶」可與上卷「齊識而還」〔T02 0080c03〕同讀:所指不同,一是推因到識而轉還,一是問法到無明而止;都是路有邊際,不是問不完。

這一經也是一卷中「食」第一次出現。食之集是「當來有愛,喜、貪俱,彼彼樂著」〔T02 0094c03〕,與苦集〔T02 0095a05〕同以當來有愛說集,字面『樂著』『集著』一字之異。篇名「緣起食諦界」,食與諦在這一經裡並說。

三、學與法數(經三四五)

世尊舉波羅延那阿逸多所問的一偈問舍利弗:「若得諸法數,若復種種學,具威儀及行,為我分別說。」〔T02 0095b13〕問:「何等為學?何等為法數?」〔T02 0095b15〕舍利弗三問默然。世尊換一個問法:「真實。舍利弗!」〔T02 0095b17〕舍利弗即答:比丘於真實「厭、離欲、滅盡向」〔T02 0095b18〕;食集生,知食滅是真實滅,「厭、離欲、滅盡向,是名為學」〔T02 0095b20〕。世尊再問,舍利弗再答:真實者「厭、離欲、滅盡,不起諸漏,心善解脫」〔T02 0095b22〕,「是數法」〔T02 0095b25〕。世尊印可:「比丘於真實生厭、離欲、滅盡,是名法數。」〔T02 0095b26〕

學與法數的分別,在一個「向」字:有向是學,無向而解脫是法數。舍利弗後來對比丘說,世尊初問他不能辯,「世尊須臾復為作發喜問,我即開解如此之義」〔T02 0095c01〕,然後說世尊若以異句異味問七夜,他也能答七夜。異比丘以為奇特,白佛,世尊說不奇,「舍利弗比丘善入法界故」〔T02 0095c14〕。這裡的法界可與上卷「法住法界」〔T02 0084b17〕連讀,即緣起之法所住處;論則直釋法界為一切事法的名句文身,所以善入法界的人異句異味皆能答。入了,問法怎樣變都答得出。初問默然,舍利弗自己說是「我不能辯世尊初問,是故我默念住」〔T02 0095b29〕;世尊給一個「真實」,就有落腳處了。

四、三法不斷故(經三四六)

世尊說三法,「世間所不愛、不念、不可意」〔T02 0095c18〕,是老、病、死。沒有這三法,如來不出世;「以世間有老、病、死三法不可愛、不可念、不可意故,是故如來、應、等正覺出於世間」〔T02 0095c22〕。然後是十層三法:三法不斷不能離老病死,是貪恚癡;三法不斷不能離貪恚癡,是身見、戒取、疑;往上是不正思惟、習近邪道、懈怠心;失念、不正知、亂心;掉、不律儀、不學戒;不信、難教、懈怠;不欲見聖、不欲聞法、常求人短;不恭敬、戾語、習惡知識;無慚、無愧、放逸。

這十層逆說一遍,再順說一遍。逆說從無慚無愧起,「以無慚、無愧故放逸,放逸故不恭敬」〔T02 0096a15〕,一步一步到「不離貪、恚、癡故不堪能離老、病、死」〔T02 0096a21〕;順說從慚愧起,「以慚愧故不放逸,不放逸故恭敬順語、為善知識」〔T02 0096b16〕,到「離貪、恚、癡故堪能斷老、病、死」〔T02 0096b22〕。這一經沒有十二支的名字,但是同一個樣子:此有故彼有,此無故彼無。老病死的根,最後落在慚愧。緣起不只是十二支,凡此有故彼有的,都是。

五、先知法住,後知涅槃(經三四七)

外道因為供養斷絕,派須深到世尊眾中「密往詣彼沙門瞿曇眾中出家,聞彼法已,來還廣說」〔T02 0096c06〕。世尊知其心念,仍令比丘度他。半月後,有比丘對他說「我等生死已盡,梵行已立,所作已作,自知不受後有」〔T02 0097a04〕。須深問:初禪?二禪?三禪?四禪?寂靜解脫起色無色身作證?比丘一一答「不也,須深!」〔T02 0097a08〕須深說:不得禪定而復記說,前後相違。比丘答:「我是慧解脫也。」〔T02 0097a21〕

須深以此問佛。佛答:「彼先知法住,後知涅槃。」〔T02 0097b06〕須深說我不知。佛說:「不問汝知不知,且自先知法住,後知涅槃。」〔T02 0097b11〕須深求說法,「令我得知法住智,得見法住智」〔T02 0097b15〕。世尊問:「有生故有老死,不離生有老死耶?」〔T02 0097b17〕須深答如是;順推到無明,逆推「無生故無老死,不離生滅而老死滅耶?」〔T02 0097b22〕到「無無明故無行,不離無明滅而行滅」〔T02 0097b27〕。世尊問:這樣知這樣見,有離欲乃至身作證具足住嗎?須深答「不也」。世尊說:「是名先知法住,後知涅槃。」〔T02 0097c01〕

法住智是什麼,這一經自己給了答案:就是須深一句一句答「如是」的那十二支順逆。它不是禪定,不是身作證;它是知緣起的因果安立。慧解脫阿羅漢不得四禪而漏盡,世尊不說他們怎麼漏盡,只說次第:先知法住。知法住的人,知了涅槃是什麼,再「獨一靜處,專精思惟,不放逸住,離於我見,不起諸漏,心善解脫」〔T02 0097b06〕。須深聽到這裡,「遠塵離垢,得法眼淨」〔T02 0097c04〕,然後悔過。世尊受他悔過,說一個譬喻:王治罪人,「劖以三百矛」〔T02 0098a04〕,然後說「此尚可耳,若於正法、律盜密出家,盜受持法,為人宣說,當受苦痛倍過於彼」〔T02 0098a09〕。說到這裡,「外道須深漏盡意解」〔T02 0098a11〕。

這一經奇在兩處。一是須深得法眼淨在悔過之前,世尊給他的只是十二支問答,別無他法——法住智即得見法。二是漏盡在聽完三百矛之譬以後;他本是來盜法的,聽了盜法之罪,反而漏盡。這就是先知法住,後知涅槃:法住先知了,再「獨一靜處,專精思惟,不放逸住」〔T02 0097b06〕,涅槃在後面。

六、師子吼·善來·多聞聖弟子(經三四八至三五〇)

三四八說「如來成就十種力,得四無畏,知先佛住處,能轉梵輪,於大眾中震師子吼言:『此有故彼有,此起故彼起,謂緣無明行……』」〔T02 0098a14〕。師子吼的內容就是緣起。以此「真實教法顯現,斷生死流」〔T02 0098a18〕,善男子當正信出家,「皮筋骨立,血肉枯竭;若其未得所當得者,不捨慇懃精進」〔T02 0098a21〕。懈怠苦住生惡不善法,精進樂獨住者「得成第一教法之場」〔T02 0098a28〕。這一經把精進繫在緣起上:既然如來以緣起作師子吼,聽的人就當這樣用功。

三四九說「善來比丘!善出家、善得己利,曠世時時得生聖處」〔T02 0098b07〕,諸根具足,不愚不癡,又值佛在世說法,說的是「此有故彼有,此起故彼起」〔T02 0098b12〕。「難得之處已得」〔T02 0098b15〕,所以當學自利、利他、自他俱利。

三五〇說多聞聖弟子不這樣想:「何所有故此有?何所起故此起?何所無故此無?何所滅故此滅?」〔T02 0098b24〕而是知道「此有故彼有,此起故彼起,謂緣無明行」〔T02 0098b26〕。多聞聖弟子不是不問,是已經知了,不再問。這三經世尊都在王舍城,都說同一句話;三四八說佛以此吼,三四九說聞的人有福,三五〇說聞了而知的人不再問。這是三四七的註腳:法住智知了,問就止。

七、見水而不觸身(經三五一)

那羅問茂師羅:離開信、欲、聞、行覺想、見審諦忍,有「正自覺知見生」〔T02 0098c05〕,知有生故有老死嗎?茂師羅說有。再問:這樣有自覺知見,知「有滅、寂滅、涅槃」〔T02 0098c10〕嗎?茂師羅說有。那羅問:那你就是阿羅漢漏盡了嗎?茂師羅默然,三問默然。殊勝代答:我說有滅則寂滅涅槃,「而非漏盡阿羅漢也」〔T02 0098c23〕。那羅說這前後相違。殊勝說譬:「如曠野路邊有井,無繩無罐,得取其水。時,有行人,熱渴所逼,繞井求覓,無繩無罐,諦觀井水,如實知見,而不觸身。」〔T02 0098c27〕阿難問那羅怎麼看,那羅說:「尊者殊勝善說真實,知復何言。」〔T02 0099a04〕

這一經是三四七的反面。須深問的是:不得定怎能記說漏盡?這裡問的是:知涅槃怎能不是漏盡?答案是同一條:先知法住,後知涅槃;知了涅槃是有滅寂滅,是見水,不是觸身。見水的人確實見了,不是聽來的,「異信、異欲、異聞」〔T02 0098c04〕是說不靠這些;但是見了與喝到是兩件事。四位尊者對談,世尊不在場;茂師羅三問默然,請殊勝代答;殊勝給了個譬喻,那羅就認了。

八、沙門婆羅門之為沙門婆羅門(經三五二至三五四)

三五二說:沙門婆羅門「於法不如實知,法集、法滅、法滅道跡不如實知」〔T02 0099a08〕,就不是沙門婆羅門,不在沙門婆羅門數,也不能「見法自知作證」〔T02 0099a10〕。法是什麼?「謂於老死法不如實知,老死集、老死滅、老死滅道跡不如實知」〔T02 0099a14〕,如是生、有、取、愛、受、觸、六入處。反過來如實知的,就是沙門婆羅門。三五三換一個說法:六入處不如實知,「而於觸如實知者,無有是處」〔T02 0099b11〕,如是受愛取有生老死。三五四再換:六入處不如實知,「而欲超度觸者,無有是處」〔T02 0099b22〕。三經後有略說:「如老死,乃至六入處三經。如是老死,乃至行三經,亦如是說。」〔T02 0099c02〕

這三經把三四四舍利弗答的格式用在沙門婆羅門的定義上。沙門婆羅門不是名字,不是行相,是於緣起法四諦格式如實知。三五三、三五四說前支不知,後支不可能知,不可能超度;這是三四七「先知法住」的另一面:知有次第,從六入處起。

九、覺知·四十四智·七十七智·增減(經三五五至三五八)

三五五說「當覺知老死,覺知老死集、老死滅、老死滅道跡」〔T02 0099c05〕,乃至行。每支四句:老死是「緣生故有老死」〔T02 0099c08〕,集是生集,滅是生滅,道跡是八聖道;行是「三行,身行、口行、意行」〔T02 0099c13〕,集是無明集,滅是無明滅,道跡是八聖道。三五六算這個數:十一支各四,「有四十四種智」〔T02 0099c20〕。三五七算另一個數:每支七,「生緣老死智,非餘生緣老死智;過去生緣老死智,非餘過去生緣老死智;未來生緣老死智,非餘未來生緣老死智;及法住智,無常、有為、心所緣生、盡法、變易法、離欲法、滅法斷知智」〔T02 0100a01〕,十一支共「是名七十七種智」〔T02 0100a09〕。

七十七智裡「法住智」這個名字第二次出現。三四七須深求法住智,世尊以十二支順逆答他;三五七說法住智是七智之一,前六智是知此支緣彼支,於三世各知其然、知其非餘,第七是知這知本身也是「無常、有為、心所緣生、盡法、變易法」〔T02 0100a03〕。知緣起的智,自己也在緣起裡。這一句是「先知法住」的細目:法住智不是把十二支背下來,是三世各知其因,並知此知亦無常。

三五八說增法減法:「此有故彼有,此起故彼起,謂緣無明行,緣行識,乃至純大苦聚集,是名增法」〔T02 0100a14〕;「此無故彼無,此滅故彼滅,所謂無明滅則行滅,乃至純大苦聚滅,是名減法」〔T02 0100a16〕。後有略說,生法、變易法、集法、滅法同此。這是把這一句話換六個名字說。

十、思量妄想·多聞·說法·法次法向(經三五九至三六四)

三五九至三六一三經說同一件事,每經多一節。三五九:「若思量、若妄想生,彼使攀緣識住;有攀緣識住故,有未來世生、老、病、死、憂、悲、惱、苦。」〔T02 0100a24〕三六〇在識住與生老病死之間加「入於名色」〔T02 0100b04〕。三六一再加:「入名色故,則有往來;有往來故,則有生死」〔T02 0100b14〕。三經反面都是「若不思量、不妄想,無使無攀緣識住」〔T02 0100a26〕。思量妄想是什麼?經不解釋,只說它使識有所攀緣而住;上卷說「寧於四大身繫我、我所,不可於識繫我、我所」〔T02 0081c11〕,識繫處即攀緣處。這三經是從識住說十二支,與三四四「食」之四種中識食相連。

三六二、三六三、三六四三經格式同:世尊舉一名,諸比丘白佛「世尊是法根、法眼、法依」〔T02 0100b24〕,請說,世尊說。多聞比丘是「聞老、病、死,生厭、離欲、滅盡法」〔T02 0100b27〕乃至行;說法比丘是「說老、病、死,生厭、離欲、滅盡法」〔T02 0100c09〕乃至行;法次法向是「於老、病、死,生厭、離欲、滅盡向」〔T02 0100c20〕乃至行。多聞不是聞得多,說法不是說得多,法次法向不是向某一法;三者都是於十二支生厭、離欲、滅盡。三四五舍利弗答「學」是「厭、離欲、滅盡向」〔T02 0095b18〕,到卷末,這一句成了多聞、說法、法次法向三個名字的共同定義。一卷由學起,由法次法向止。

十一、一卷的讀法

這一卷可以用三四七讀。先知法住,後知涅槃,是全卷的綱。前五經是法住怎樣知:浮彌說從緣起生,舍利弗說觸緣受,拘絺羅問到無明為邊際,舍利弗說真實厭離欲滅盡向,世尊說慚愧到老病死十層。三四七自己說法住智就是十二支順逆。三四八至三五〇說佛以此吼,聞者有福,知者不問。三五一說知涅槃而未觸身。三五二至三五八說沙門婆羅門以此定,覺知、四十四智、七十七智以此數,增減以此名。三五九至三六四說從識住入十二支,多聞、說法、法次法向以厭離欲滅盡定。

二十二經裡,「此有故彼有」出現在三四八、三四九、三五〇、三五八,四經;「如實知」密集在三四四、三五二至三五四,三五五轉用「覺知」;「厭、離欲、滅盡」在三四五、三六二、三六三、三六四。上卷說的是這條路是什麼;這一卷說的是走在路上的人是什麼人:慧解脫者,見水未觸身者,多聞聖弟子,沙門婆羅門,多聞比丘,說法比丘,法次法向者。

最後讀須深。他是來偷法的,世尊知道,仍然度他;他問定,世尊答次第;他聽十二支見法;他悔過;他聽盜法之罪而漏盡。法住智是這樣給的:不問你知不知,「且自先知法住,後知涅槃」〔T02 0097b12〕。

承衍——攝事分所攝

攝事分卷九十四第三嗢拕南:「觸緣、見圓滿、實、解、不愛樂、法住智、精進、生處等為後。」〔T30n1579 0834a11〕八門攝本卷三四三至三五〇;第四嗢拕南「有滅、若沙門婆羅門、受智、流轉、與來往、佛順逆為後」〔T30n1579 0837b03〕六門攝三五一至三六一;卷末第五嗢拕南「安立、與因緣、觀察於食義、極多諸過患、雜染等為後」〔T30n1579 0838c04〕起,當卷十五食相應,本卷三六二至三六四三經論無別門,依見圓滿門所說「正法趣向」通之。門序隨經序。

觸緣門釋三四三浮彌之答:對無因惡因論者,弟子「略有三種無倒記別。一、開自宗記,二、伏他宗記,三、有執無執雜染清淨記」〔T30n1579 0834a16〕。浮彌答「從緣起生」是開自宗記:「謂諸苦樂皆從緣生,是我宗致」〔T30n1579 0834a18〕。舍利弗答觸緣受是伏他宗記:「於一切處由觸生受,何用妄計自他作等。若觸因受現不可得,更求餘因可為巧妙;然觸因受既現可得,故求餘因非為巧妙」〔T30n1579 0834a21〕。見圓滿門釋三四四:「若有棄捨無因、惡因,於因生法五種因中獲得正見,名見圓滿」〔T30n1579 0834b14〕,論另以五因攝說,分組與經之五層不逐層相等:經首層善不善與其根,論分作第一、第二因;經之食,論為第三因:「一、惡趣因,謂諸不善及不善根。二、善趣因,謂一切善及諸善根。三、於識住令識住因,謂四種食。四現法、後法雜染因,謂一切漏。五、清淨因,謂諦緣起」〔T30n1579 0834b20〕;經之「病」論作諸漏。「何須更求」論作:「觀緣生事,乃至無明為邊際故。過此更無緣生因觀,唯由此觀,自義究竟」〔T30n1579 0834b27〕。經之見具足、直見成就、佛不壞淨,論云「由此三緣,如其次第,名於正法趣向、親近及與正證」〔T30n1579 0834b18〕。

實門釋三四五:真實是「略有三種於現法中真實寂滅,乃至壽量未永止息,恒相續轉所知境事」〔T30n1579 0834c01〕,「一、六處,二、六處緣觸,三、觸緣受」〔T30n1579 0834c05〕;學與法數,論作「於彼有學正修行時,施設學性。於彼無學作是思惟:我一切盡,不復當盡。盡、無生智所思擇故,名思擇法」〔T30n1579 0834c02〕——法數即思擇法。解門釋舍利弗異句異味七夜能答:「具解諸阿羅漢,略有六種記別所解」〔T30n1579 0834c27〕,有異門、無異門、智、斷、總、別。不愛樂門釋三四六:「有三種法,是諸世間所愛所樂,依內而說。一者、勢力,二者、妙色,三者、壽命」〔T30n1579 0835a23〕,違害此三的是疾病、衰老、夭沒;經之十層三法,論攝為三學邪行正行:「若於三學起正行時,即能超越如是三事」〔T30n1579 0835a28〕。

法住智門釋三四七:「增上慧學增上力故,得法住智及涅槃智。用此二智以為依止,先由四種圓滿遠離受學轉時,令心解脫一切煩惱,得阿羅漢,成慧解脫」〔T30n1579 0835c21〕。法住智是:「聽聞隨順緣性緣起無倒教已,於緣生行因果分位,住異生地,便能如實以聞思修所成作意如理思惟,能以妙慧悟入信解苦真是苦、集真是集,滅真是滅,道真是道。諸如是等,如其因果安立法中所有妙智,名法住智」〔T30n1579 0835c25〕。涅槃智是:依法住智,「於苦集住厭逆想,於滅涅槃起寂靜想」〔T30n1579 0836a04〕,「如是妙智名涅槃智」〔T30n1579 0836a08〕。論說法住智在異生地即可得,正合經中須深聞十二支順逆而見法。精進門釋三四八:「大師圓備?謂諸如來成就十力、四無所畏」〔T30n1579 0836a14〕;聖教圓備是「開示一切順逆緣起、寂滅涅槃」〔T30n1579 0836a17〕;精進者「能辦自義、他義、俱義」〔T30n1579 0836b15〕。生處門釋三四九:「具四圓滿,能生聖處。若隨有一成此圓滿,於善說法毘奈耶中正修行時,名曰善來、善出家者」〔T30n1579 0836c05〕,四圓滿是「增上意樂圓滿,二、根圓滿,三、智圓滿,四、即於聖處有佛出世得值圓滿」〔T30n1579 0836c07〕。同門末釋三五〇多聞聖弟子不作是念:觀緣生者「略有二種作猶豫法。云何為二?一者、承習說無因論,二者、承習說惡因論」〔T30n1579 0836c28〕;「若有多聞諸聖弟子,遠離二種非真實論,正觀流轉,由是因緣,得善決定,無有疑惑,內證真實」〔T30n1579 0837a05〕。

有滅門釋三五一:「諸學見迹,雖於有滅寂靜涅槃,不隨他信,內聖慧眼自能觀見,然猶未能以身觸證」〔T30n1579 0837b05〕,井譬論作「雖以肉眼現見井中離諸塵穢清冷美水,并給水器,而於此水身未觸證」〔T30n1579 0837b07〕——論之井有水器,經之井「無繩無罐」〔T02 0098c27〕,詞不同,只錄不對。沙門婆羅門門釋三五二至三五四:世間稱沙門婆羅門者「但是世俗沙門及婆羅門,非第一義」〔T30n1579 0837b15〕,因為「不能如實了知諸雜染法、雜染法因,亦不如實了知彼滅、趣彼滅行」〔T30n1579 0837b18〕。受智門釋三五五至三五七之數:「於十一支安立四諦,依此一一支諦建立四十四事」〔T30n1579 0837c03〕,明觸所生受說四十四受事,明觸所生慧說四十四智事;七十七智是「三時遍智有差別故,如前所說決定遍智有差別故,由法住智所攝能取智無常性有差別故,當知建立七十七種智事差別」〔T30n1579 0837c09〕——論明說第七智是法住智所攝能取智之無常性,與經「及法住智,無常、有為」〔T02 0100a03〕合。流轉門釋三五八增減:「一、因增益故,二、果生起故;三、果增集故。如是一切略攝為一,總名諸法若增、若生、若集。依因果滅,如其所應,當知說名若減、若滅、若沒」〔T30n1579 0837c16〕。來往門釋三五九至三六一:「略有二種雜染。一、業愛雜染,二、妄見雜染」〔T30n1579 0837c23〕,「業愛雜染所造作故,名思所作;妄見雜染邪計起故,名計所執」〔T30n1579 0837c25〕——經之思量即思所作,妄想即計所執;異生「因彼所緣,於四識住令心生起諸雜染已,招集後有,循環往來不得解脫」〔T30n1579 0837c28〕,有學「不造新業,不欣後有」〔T30n1579 0838a02〕,無學「於諸識住其心雜染,及與當來所招後有,一切皆無」〔T30n1579 0838a06〕。佛順逆門釋過去諸佛與今佛「如理思惟緣起法已,證覺無上正等菩提」〔T30n1579 0838a09〕,為本篇結。

論於本卷所給最大的一把鑰匙是法住智門:法住智得於異生地,是聞思修所成之妙慧;涅槃智依之而起。經說「先知法住,後知涅槃」,論說明這「先」是異生即可,「後」是依之而起,兩智皆慧學所攝。慧解脫阿羅漢何以不得四禪而漏盡,經不說;論說此人有「初靜慮近分所攝勝三摩地以為依止」〔T30n1579 0835c20〕,是近分定而非根本禪,再以二智為依止。

緣起食諦界相應第二卷至此。承衍下接卷第十五。

The twenty-two discourses of this fascicle form the second fascicle of the Connected Discourses on Dependent Arising, Nutriment, the Truths, and the Elements. Like the fascicle before it, it speaks of dependent arising, but the manner of speaking has changed. The earlier fascicle was mostly the World-Honored One’s own account and the World-Honored One addressing the bhikṣus. Here five discourses in the first half of the fascicle are conversations: wanderers of another sect question Bhūmija, Bhūmija questions Śāriputra, Ānanda reports to the Buddha, and the Buddha praises Śāriputra, “because he has timely wisdom, when someone comes to ask he can answer as the occasion requires”; Mahākauṣṭhila questions Śāriputra layer by layer; the World-Honored One questions Śāriputra with a verse and Śāriputra is silent three times; Suśīma goes forth secretly as a thief, questions the bhikṣus, questions the World-Honored One; Nārada questions Musīla, Shusheng answers in his place, Ānanda questions Nārada. The middle group, 348 to 350 and 352 to 358, is the World-Honored One addressing the bhikṣus, speaking of “when this exists, that exists,” of the dharma and its arising and cessation, of the forty-four kinds of knowledge and the seventy-seven, of the dharma of increase and decrease; set among them, 351 is a conversation among four venerable ones, Nārada, Musīla, Shusheng, and Ānanda, with the World-Honored One not present. The last group, 359 to 364, is again the World-Honored One addressing the bhikṣus, speaking of reflecting and false imagining and consciousness abiding by grasping, and of the learned bhikṣu, the bhikṣu who teaches the Dharma, and practice in accordance with the Dharma.

There is one sentence in this fascicle that is the centre of the whole: “They first know the abiding of the Dharma, then know nirvāṇa.” What Suśīma asked was this: without attaining the dhyānas, how can one declare that one knows for oneself and has realized? The World-Honored One does not answer about dhyāna; he answers about sequence: first knowing the abiding of the Dharma, then knowing nirvāṇa. What is the abiding of the Dharma? The World-Honored One at once questions Suśīma through the twelve links forward and in reverse, Suśīma answers “so it is” to each, and the World-Honored One says, “This is called first knowing the abiding of the Dharma, then knowing nirvāṇa.” From beginning to end this fascicle is the several ways of first knowing the abiding of the Dharma, and what kind of person one is once one has known it.

I. Suffering and Happiness Arise from Conditions (Discourse 343)

The wanderers of another sect ask Bhūmija four questions: “Are suffering and happiness made by oneself?” made by another, made by both, made by neither, without cause. To all four Bhūmija answers by citing the World-Honored One: “This is undeclared.” The wanderers ask again: then how does the ascetic Gautama say suffering and happiness arise? Bhūmija answers: “The World-Honored One says that suffering and happiness arise from conditions.” The wanderers go away displeased.

Bhūmija, afraid he has answered wrongly, goes to ask Śāriputra. Śāriputra says he answered rightly, and says why it is right: when those of other sects say suffering and happiness are made by oneself, “those too arise from a cause; to say that they do not arise from conditions, there is no such possibility”; and further, “those too arise conditioned by contact; to say that they do not arise from contact, there is no such possibility.” The four undeclared questions are not a matter of not knowing; the four questions are asked in the wrong place. They ask about a maker; what the World-Honored One answers about is the condition. Whatever one says about self-making or other-making, the present arising of suffering and happiness is feeling conditioned by contact, and this the questioner himself cannot deny.

Ānanda, listening nearby, reports to the Buddha. The Buddha says “Good” twice, praises Śāriputra, “because he has timely wisdom, when someone comes to ask he can answer as the occasion requires,” and tells how long ago, dwelling at the sages’ abode in the hills of Rājagṛha, wanderers of another sect came to ask him with the same words, and “for them I declared it with such meaning, such phrasing, such flavor, as the venerable Śāriputra has said.” At the end Ānanda gives his own understanding: “because there is birth there is old age and death, and not from any other condition,” all the way to ignorance, “when ignorance ceases, formations cease.” Four people speak in this discourse, Bhūmija, Śāriputra, Ānanda, and the World-Honored One, and they speak of one thing, from the one phrase “arise from conditions” to the twelve links. In the last three discourses of the earlier fascicle a brāhmaṇa and Kāśyapa came to ask who makes suffering and the World-Honored One answered that it is undeclared; in the first discourse of this fascicle it is the disciples who answer, and they answer as the Buddha does.

II. What Need Is There to Seek Further? (Discourse 344)

Mahākauṣṭhila asks Śāriputra: what does the learned noble disciple accomplish so as to be “called perfection of view, accomplished in straight view, accomplished in unbreakable purity in the Buddha, having come into the right Dharma, attained this right Dharma, awakened to this right Dharma”? Śāriputra answers in five layers, and at each layer Mahākauṣṭhila asks, “Is there just this, or is there more?” and Śāriputra answers, “There is,” and gives another layer. The first layer is knowing as it really is the unwholesome, the unwholesome roots, the wholesome, and the wholesome roots; the second is nutriment, with its arising, its cessation, and the path leading to its cessation; the third is illness, “three illnesses: the illness of desire, the illness of existence, and the illness of ignorance”; the fourth is suffering, with its arising, cessation, and path; the fifth is old age and death down to formations, four sentences for each link, “as analysed in the earlier discourse.”

At the sixth question, “Is there only this, or is there more?” Śāriputra answers no further, and says: “Why do you keep chasing? You will never exhaust these discussions and reach their limit. If the noble disciple has cut off ignorance and knowledge has arisen, what need is there to seek further?” Of the five layers, the first is a separate matter, the four items of the wholesome and unwholesome and their roots, each known as it really is; the second to the fourth are in the pattern of the four truths, nutriment, illness, suffering, each with arising, cessation, and the path; the fifth is the eleven links from old age and death down to formations, each likewise in the pattern of the four truths, ignorance not given its own four sentences but set as the arising of formations. Questioning could go on without end, but the contemplation of what is dependently arisen stops at ignorance; ignorance cut off and knowledge arisen is the limit. The “is there more?” of this discourse may be read together with the earlier fascicle’s “turned back at consciousness”: what they point to differs, one is tracing causes to consciousness and turning back, the other is questioning to ignorance and stopping; both say that the road has a limit, and that it is not that the questions never end.

This discourse is also the first time in the fascicle that nutriment appears. The arising of nutriment is “craving for future existence, together with delight and craving, delighting in this and that,” and the arising of suffering is spoken of with the same craving for future existence, the two sentences differing by a single word. The section is named for dependent arising, nutriment, the truths, and the elements; in this discourse nutriment and the truths are spoken of together.

III. Training and the Reckoning of Dharmas (Discourse 345)

The World-Honored One takes up a verse from the Questions of Ajita in the Pārāyaṇa and puts it to Śāriputra: “Those who have reached the reckoning of dharmas, and those of the several trainings, their bearing and their conduct: explain this to me.” He asks, “What is training? What is the reckoning of dharmas?” Śāriputra is silent through three questions. The World-Honored One changes the way of asking: “The real, Śāriputra!” Śāriputra answers at once: a bhikṣu toward the real “grows weary, becomes dispassionate, and heads toward complete cessation”; it arises from the arising of nutriment, and knowing that the cessation of nutriment is the cessation of the real, “he grows weary, becomes dispassionate, and heads toward complete cessation; this is called training.” The World-Honored One asks again, and Śāriputra answers again: toward what is real one “grows weary, becomes dispassionate, and comes to complete cessation, without arousing the outflows, the mind well liberated”; “this is the dharma of reckoning.” The World-Honored One confirms: “A bhikṣu who toward the real grows weary, becomes dispassionate, and comes to complete cessation: this is called the reckoning of dharmas.”

The difference between training and the reckoning of dharmas lies in the word “heads toward”: one who still heads toward is in training; one who is liberated and no longer heads toward is the reckoning of dharmas. Afterward Śāriputra tells the bhikṣus that he could not answer the World-Honored One’s first question, and that “in a moment the World-Honored One put a question that gladdened me, and I at once understood this meaning,” and that were the World-Honored One to question him for seven nights with different phrasing and different flavor, he could answer for seven nights. A certain bhikṣu thinks this extraordinary and reports it to the Buddha, and the World-Honored One says it is not strange, “because the bhikṣu Śāriputra has entered well into the realm of the Dharma.” The realm of the Dharma here may be read together with the earlier fascicle’s “the Dharma abides, the realm of the Dharma,” that is, the place where the Dharma of dependent arising abides; the treatise, for its part, glosses the realm of the Dharma directly as the names, phrases, and syllables of all things, which is why one who has entered it well can answer in every phrasing and every flavor. Once one has entered, however the question is turned, one can answer. Of his silence at the first question Śāriputra says himself, “I could not answer the World-Honored One’s first question, and so I remained silent”; once the World-Honored One gave him “the real,” there was a place to stand.

IV. Because Three Things Are Not Cut Off (Discourse 346)

The World-Honored One speaks of three things “the world does not love, does not wish for, finds disagreeable”: old age, sickness, and death. Were there not these three things, the Tathāgata would not appear in the world; “because the world has these three things, old age, sickness, and death, which it does not love, does not wish for, and finds disagreeable, therefore the Tathāgata, the Worthy One, the Fully Awakened One appears in the world.” Then come ten layers of three things: because three things are not cut off one cannot be free of old age, sickness, and death, namely greed, hatred, and delusion; because three things are not cut off one cannot be free of greed, hatred, and delusion, namely the view of the body, clinging to precepts, and doubt; and upward through wrong reflection, frequenting the wrong path, and a slack mind; loss of mindfulness, lack of clear knowing, and a scattered mind; restlessness, unrestraint, and not training in the precepts; lack of faith, being hard to instruct, and slackness; no wish to see the noble ones, no wish to hear the Dharma, and always seeking others’ faults; disrespect, harsh speech, and keeping bad friends; shamelessness, lack of scruple, and heedlessness.

These ten layers are told once in reverse and once forward. In reverse, beginning from shamelessness and lack of scruple, “because of shamelessness and lack of scruple there is heedlessness, because of heedlessness there is disrespect,” step by step to “because one is not free of greed, hatred, and delusion one cannot be free of old age, sickness, and death”; forward, beginning from shame and scruple, “because of shame and scruple there is heedfulness, because of heedfulness there is respect, gentle speech, and keeping good friends,” down to “because one is free of greed, hatred, and delusion one can cut off old age, sickness, and death.” This discourse does not use the names of the twelve links, but it has the same shape: when this exists, that exists; when this does not exist, that does not exist. The root of old age, sickness, and death comes to rest, in the end, on shame and scruple. Dependent arising is not only the twelve links; whatever is such that when this exists that exists, is dependent arising.

V. First Knowing the Abiding of the Dharma, Then Knowing Nirvāṇa (Discourse 347)

Because their offerings had been cut off, the followers of other sects send Suśīma to the World-Honored One’s community “to go secretly to the ascetic Gautama’s community and go forth, hear his Dharma, and come back and expound it widely.” The World-Honored One knows what is in his mind and still tells the bhikṣus to admit him. After half a month a bhikṣu says to him, “We have ended birth and death, pure conduct is established, what was to be done is done, we know for ourselves that there is no further existence.” Suśīma asks: the first dhyāna? the second? the third? the fourth? the peaceful liberations, the form and the formless, realized with the body? To each the bhikṣus answer, “No, Suśīma.” Suśīma says: you have not attained the dhyānas and yet you declare this; what you say is inconsistent. A bhikṣu answers: “I am one liberated by wisdom.”

Suśīma brings this to the Buddha. The Buddha answers: “They first know the abiding of the Dharma, then know nirvāṇa.” Suśīma says he does not understand. The Buddha says: “Whether you understand or not is not the question; for yourself, first know the abiding of the Dharma, then know nirvāṇa.” Suśīma asks for teaching, “so that I may come to know the knowledge of the abiding of the Dharma, come to see the knowledge of the abiding of the Dharma.” The World-Honored One asks: “Because there is birth there is old age and death; apart from birth there is no old age and death, is that so?” Suśīma answers that it is so; forward to ignorance, and in reverse, “because there is no birth there is no old age and death; apart from the ceasing of birth there is no ceasing of old age and death, is that so?” down to “because there is no ignorance there are no formations; apart from the ceasing of ignorance there is no ceasing of formations.” The World-Honored One asks: knowing and seeing thus, does one have the attainment free of desire and of unwholesome things, down to realization with the body? Suśīma answers no. The World-Honored One says: “This is called first knowing the abiding of the Dharma, then knowing nirvāṇa.”

What the knowledge of the abiding of the Dharma is, this discourse answers for itself: it is those twelve links forward and in reverse to which Suśīma answered “so it is” one by one. It is not dhyāna, it is not realization with the body; it is knowing the establishment of cause and effect in dependent arising. Arhats liberated by wisdom are without the four dhyānas and yet their outflows are ended; the World-Honored One does not say how their outflows ended, only the sequence: first know the abiding of the Dharma. One who knows the abiding of the Dharma knows what nirvāṇa is, and then, “alone in a quiet place, intent in reflection, dwelling heedfully, apart from the view of self, without arousing the outflows, the mind is well liberated.” Hearing this far, Suśīma, “far from dust and free of stain, attained the pure Dharma-eye,” and then confesses. The World-Honored One accepts his confession and gives a simile: a king punishes a criminal, “pierced with three hundred spears,” and then says, “Even this is bearable; but to go forth secretly as a thief within the right Dharma and discipline, to receive and hold the Dharma as a thief and expound it to others, brings suffering many times greater than that.” At this point “the outflows of the wanderer Suśīma were ended and his mind set free.”

Two things in this discourse are remarkable. One is that Suśīma attains the pure Dharma-eye before his confession, and all the World-Honored One gave him was the question and answer on the twelve links, nothing else: the knowledge of the abiding of the Dharma is itself seeing the Dharma. The other is that his outflows end after he hears the simile of the three hundred spears; he came to steal the Dharma, and hearing of the offence of stealing the Dharma, his outflows end. This is first knowing the abiding of the Dharma, then knowing nirvāṇa: once the abiding of the Dharma is known, then “alone in a quiet place, intent in reflection, dwelling heedfully,” and nirvāṇa comes after.

VI. The Lion’s Roar, Welcome, and the Learned Noble Disciple (Discourses 348 to 350)

Discourse 348 says: “The Tathāgata has accomplished the ten powers and attained the four fearlessnesses; he knows the abode of former Buddhas, can turn the Brahmā wheel, and in the great assembly roars the lion’s roar, saying: ‘When this exists, that exists; when this arises, that arises; that is, conditioned by ignorance, formations…’” The content of the lion’s roar is dependent arising. By this “true teaching made manifest, cutting the stream of birth and death,” a son of good family should go forth in right faith, until “skin, sinew, and bone remain while flesh and blood dry up; if he has not yet attained what should be attained, he does not abandon earnest diligence.” Slackness and dwelling in distress give rise to all manner of unwholesome things; one who is diligent and delights in dwelling alone “attains the foremost field of the teaching.” This discourse ties diligence to dependent arising: since the Tathāgata roars the lion’s roar with dependent arising, those who hear should strive in this way.

Discourse 349 says: “Welcome, bhikṣus! Well gone forth, well gained your own good, through long ages, from time to time, born in a holy place,” with faculties complete, neither foolish nor dull, and meeting a Buddha in the world teaching the Dharma, which is “when this exists, that exists; when this arises, that arises.” “What is hard to attain has been attained,” and so one should train for one’s own good, the good of others, the good of both.

Discourse 350 says that the learned noble disciple does not think, “Because what exists does this exist? Because what arises does this arise? Because what does not exist does this not exist? Because what ceases does this cease?” but knows “when this exists, that exists; when this arises, that arises; that is, conditioned by ignorance, formations.” The learned noble disciple is not one who does not ask; he has already known, and so asks no more. In these three discourses the World-Honored One is at Rājagṛha and speaks the same sentence each time: 348 says the Buddha roars with it, 349 says those who hear it are fortunate, 350 says those who have heard it and know it ask no further. They are a gloss on 347: once the knowledge of the abiding of the Dharma is there, questioning stops.

VII. Seeing the Water without Touching It (Discourse 351)

Nārada asks Musīla: apart from faith, inclination, hearsay, reasoned reflection, and acceptance of a view after pondering, does “right knowledge and vision of one’s own arise” that because there is birth there is old age and death? Musīla says it does. He asks again: with such knowledge and vision of one’s own, does one know “the cessation of existence, quiescence, nirvāṇa”? Musīla says one does. Nārada asks: then you are an arhat whose outflows are ended? Musīla is silent, and silent through three questions. Shusheng answers in his place: I say that with the cessation of existence there is quiescence, nirvāṇa, “and yet I am not an arhat whose outflows are ended.” Nārada says this is inconsistent. Shusheng gives a simile: “It is like a well by the roadside in the wilderness, with no rope and no bucket by which to draw its water. A traveller comes, pressed by heat and thirst, circles the well in search of a way, finds no rope and no bucket, looks closely at the well water, knows and sees it as it is, yet does not touch it with the body.” Ānanda asks Nārada what he makes of it, and Nārada says, “The venerable Shusheng has spoken the real well; what more is there to say?”

This discourse is the reverse of 347. What Suśīma asked was: without attaining concentration, how can one declare the ending of the outflows? What is asked here is: knowing nirvāṇa, how can one not have ended the outflows? The answer is the same line: first knowing the abiding of the Dharma, then knowing nirvāṇa; to have known that nirvāṇa is the cessation of existence, quiescence, is to have seen the water, not to have touched it. One who has seen the water has truly seen it, not heard of it, which is what “apart from faith, apart from inclination, apart from hearsay” means; but to have seen it and to have drunk it are two things. Four venerable ones converse and the World-Honored One is not present; Musīla is silent through three questions and asks Shusheng to answer for him; Shusheng gives a simile and Nārada accepts it.

VIII. What Makes an Ascetic or a Brāhmaṇa an Ascetic or a Brāhmaṇa (Discourses 352 to 354)

Discourse 352 says: ascetics and brāhmaṇas who “do not know the dharma as it really is, and do not know as they really are the arising of the dharma, the cessation of the dharma, and the path leading to the cessation of the dharma” are not ascetics or brāhmaṇas, are not counted among ascetics or brāhmaṇas, and cannot “see the Dharma and know for themselves and realize.” What is the dharma? “That is, not knowing as it really is the dharma of old age and death, and not knowing as they really are the arising of old age and death, the cessation of old age and death, and the path leading to the cessation of old age and death,” and so for birth, existence, clinging, craving, feeling, contact, and the six sense bases. Those who know these as they really are are ascetics and brāhmaṇas. Discourse 353 puts it another way: not knowing the six sense bases as they really are, “and yet knowing contact as it really is, there is no such possibility,” and so for feeling, craving, clinging, existence, birth, old age and death. Discourse 354 puts it yet another way: not knowing the six sense bases as they really are, “and yet wishing to cross beyond contact, there is no such possibility.” After the three discourses comes an abridgement: “As with old age and death, so down to the six sense bases, three discourses. And as with old age and death, so down to formations, three discourses, likewise spoken.”

These three discourses apply the pattern of Śāriputra’s answer in 344 to the definition of ascetics and brāhmaṇas. An ascetic or a brāhmaṇa is not a name, not an appearance; it is knowing the Dharma of dependent arising as it really is in the pattern of the four truths. Discourses 353 and 354 say that if the earlier link is not known the later cannot be known, cannot be crossed beyond; this is the other face of “first knowing the abiding of the Dharma” in 347: knowing has a sequence, and it begins from the six sense bases.

IX. Fully Knowing, the Forty-Four Kinds of Knowledge, the Seventy-Seven, and Increase and Decrease (Discourses 355 to 358)

Discourse 355 says, “one should fully know old age and death, fully know the arising of old age and death, the cessation of old age and death, and the path leading to the cessation of old age and death,” down to formations. Four sentences for each link: old age and death is “conditioned by birth there is old age and death”; its arising is the arising of birth; its cessation is the cessation of birth; its path is the eightfold noble path; formations are “the three formations: bodily formations, verbal formations, and mental formations”; their arising is the arising of ignorance; their cessation is the cessation of ignorance; their path is the eightfold noble path. Discourse 356 counts this: eleven links, four each, “there are forty-four kinds of knowledge.” Discourse 357 counts another way: seven for each link, “the knowledge that birth conditions old age and death, and the knowledge that nothing else does; the knowledge that in the past birth conditioned old age and death, and the knowledge that nothing else did; the knowledge that in the future birth will condition old age and death, and the knowledge that nothing else will; and the knowledge of the abiding of the Dharma—the knowledge, through abandoning, that it is impermanent, conditioned, arisen from what the mind takes as object, a thing that is exhausted, that changes, that is let go of in dispassion, that ceases,” eleven links making “the seventy-seven kinds of knowledge.”

In the seventy-seven kinds of knowledge the name “knowledge of the abiding of the Dharma” appears for the second time. In 347 Suśīma asked for the knowledge of the abiding of the Dharma and the World-Honored One answered him with the twelve links forward and in reverse; in 357 the knowledge of the abiding of the Dharma is one of seven. The first six are knowing that this link conditions that one, in each of the three times knowing that it does so and that nothing else does; the seventh is knowing that this knowing itself is “impermanent, conditioned, arisen from what the mind takes as object, a thing that is exhausted, that changes.” The knowledge that knows dependent arising is itself within dependent arising. This sentence is the fine print of “first knowing the abiding of the Dharma”: the knowledge of the abiding of the Dharma is not having the twelve links by heart; it is knowing the cause of each in each of the three times, and knowing that this knowing too is impermanent.

Discourse 358 speaks of the dharma of increase and the dharma of decrease: “when this exists, that exists; when this arises, that arises; that is, conditioned by ignorance, formations; conditioned by formations, consciousness; down to the whole great mass of suffering comes together: this is called the dharma of increase”; “when this does not exist, that does not exist; when this ceases, that ceases; that is, when ignorance ceases, formations cease; down to the whole great mass of suffering ceases: this is called the dharma of decrease.” An abridgement follows: the dharma of arising, of change, of coming together, and of cessation are the same. This is the one sentence spoken under six names.

X. Reflecting and False Imagining; the Learned, the Teacher of the Dharma, Practice in Accordance with the Dharma (Discourses 359 to 364)

Discourses 359 to 361 say the same thing, each adding a step. 359: “If one reflects, if false imagining arises, that fetter makes consciousness abide grasping at an object; because consciousness abides grasping, there is in the future birth, old age, sickness, death, grief, lamentation, distress, and suffering.” 360 adds, between the abiding of consciousness and birth and old age, “enters into name and form.” 361 adds further: “because it enters name and form, there is coming and going; because there is coming and going, there is birth and death.” The reverse side of all three is “if one does not reflect, does not falsely imagine, there is no fetter and no consciousness abiding by grasping.” What reflecting and false imagining are, the discourse does not explain; it says only that they make consciousness abide by grasping at something. The earlier fascicle said one “would do better to bind self and what belongs to self to the body of the four great elements than to bind self and what belongs to self to consciousness”; where consciousness is bound is where it grasps. These three discourses speak the twelve links from the abiding of consciousness, and join with the consciousness-nutriment among the four nutriments of 344.

Discourses 362, 363, and 364 share one form: the World-Honored One names a term, the bhikṣus say to the Buddha, “The World-Honored One is the root of the Dharma, the eye of the Dharma, the support of the Dharma,” and ask him to teach, and the World-Honored One teaches. The learned bhikṣu is one who “hears of old age, sickness, and death, and gives rise to the dharma of weariness, dispassion, and complete cessation,” down to formations; the bhikṣu who teaches the Dharma is one who “speaks of old age, sickness, and death, and gives rise to the dharma of weariness, dispassion, and complete cessation,” down to formations; practice in accordance with the Dharma is “toward old age, sickness, and death, weariness, dispassion, and heading toward complete cessation,” down to formations. Learned does not mean having heard much, teaching the Dharma does not mean saying much, practice in accordance with the Dharma does not mean heading toward some particular dharma; all three are weariness, dispassion, and complete cessation toward the twelve links. In 345 Śāriputra answered that training is “grows weary, becomes dispassionate, and heads toward complete cessation”; by the end of the fascicle this phrase has become the common definition of three names, the learned, the teacher of the Dharma, and practice in accordance with the Dharma. The fascicle begins from training and ends at practice in accordance with the Dharma.

XI. How to Read the Fascicle

This fascicle can be read through 347. First knowing the abiding of the Dharma, then knowing nirvāṇa, is the outline of the whole. The first five discourses are how the abiding of the Dharma is known: Bhūmija says it arises from conditions, Śāriputra says feeling conditioned by contact, Mahākauṣṭhila asks up to ignorance as the limit, Śāriputra says weariness, dispassion, and heading toward cessation toward the real, the World-Honored One says the ten layers from shame and scruple to old age, sickness, and death. 347 says for itself that the knowledge of the abiding of the Dharma is the twelve links forward and in reverse. 348 to 350 say the Buddha roars with it, those who hear are fortunate, those who know ask no more. 351 says one may know nirvāṇa without having touched it with the body. 352 to 358 say that ascetics and brāhmaṇas are defined by it, that fully knowing, the forty-four kinds of knowledge, and the seventy-seven are counted by it, that increase and decrease are named by it. 359 to 364 say that one enters the twelve links from the abiding of consciousness, and that the learned, the teacher of the Dharma, and practice in accordance with the Dharma are defined by weariness, dispassion, and complete cessation.

Among the twenty-two discourses, “when this exists, that exists” appears in 348, 349, 350, and 358, four discourses; “knows as it really is” clusters in 344 and 352 to 354, with 355 turning to “fully know”; “weariness, dispassion, and complete cessation” is in 345, 362, 363, and 364. The earlier fascicle said what this road is; this fascicle says what kind of person walks on it: one liberated by wisdom, one who has seen the water without touching it, the learned noble disciple, the ascetic and the brāhmaṇa, the learned bhikṣu, the bhikṣu who teaches the Dharma, the one who practises in accordance with the Dharma.

Last, read Suśīma. He came to steal the Dharma, the World-Honored One knew it and admitted him all the same; he asked about concentration, the World-Honored One answered about sequence; he heard the twelve links and saw the Dharma; he confessed; he heard of the offence of stealing the Dharma and his outflows ended. This is how the knowledge of the abiding of the Dharma is given: whether you understand or not is not the question, “for yourself, first know the abiding of the Dharma, then know nirvāṇa.”

Carrying Forward — What the Compendium of Topics Gathers

The third summary verse of Fascicle 94 of the Compendium of Topics runs: “The condition of contact; perfection of view; the real; understanding; not delighting; the knowledge of the abiding of the Dharma; diligence; the place of birth, and so on, last.” Its eight headings gather Discourses 343 to 350 of this fascicle; the fourth summary verse, “the cessation of existence; if śramaṇas or brāhmaṇas; knowledge of feeling; transmigration; together with coming and going; the Buddha’s forward and reverse, last,” gathers 351 to 361 in six headings; from the fifth summary verse at the fascicle’s end, “establishing; together with causes and conditions; examining the meaning of nutriment; the very many faults; defilement, and so on, last,” the treatise passes to the nutriment discourses of Fascicle 15, and for the three discourses 362 to 364 of this fascicle it has no separate heading; they are reached through the “turning toward the right Dharma” spoken of under the heading of perfection of view. The order of headings follows the order of the discourses.

The heading of the condition of contact glosses Bhūmija’s answer in 343: against those who hold to no cause or a wrong cause, the disciple has “in brief three kinds of unerring declaration: first, the declaration that opens one’s own teaching; second, the declaration that overcomes the teaching of others; third, the declaration of defilement and purification with and without grasping.” Bhūmija’s answer, “arise from conditions,” is the declaration that opens one’s own teaching: “that is, all suffering and happiness arise from conditions; this is the position of our teaching.” Śāriputra’s answer about feeling conditioned by contact is the declaration that overcomes the teaching of others: “in every case feeling arises from contact; what use is there in falsely positing self-making, other-making, and the rest? If feeling with contact as cause were not found present, to seek another cause might be clever; but since feeling with contact as cause is found present, to seek another cause is not clever.” The heading of perfection of view glosses 344: “If one abandons no cause and wrong cause and attains right view regarding the five kinds of cause among things arisen from causes, this is called perfection of view.” The treatise gathers the discourse under five causes, grouped differently from its five layers, the discourse’s first layer being split into the treatise’s first two causes and its nutriment standing third: “first, the cause of the bad destinies, namely all that is unwholesome and the unwholesome roots; second, the cause of the good destinies, namely all that is wholesome and the wholesome roots; third, the cause that makes consciousness abide in the stations of consciousness, namely the four nutriments; fourth, the cause of defilement in this life and the next, namely all the outflows; fifth, the cause of purification, namely the truths and dependent arising.” The discourse’s “illness” the treatise renders as the outflows. “What need is there to seek further?” the treatise renders: “contemplating the matter of dependent arising up to ignorance as its limit; beyond this there is no further contemplation of the causes of dependent arising; by this contemplation alone one’s own aim is fulfilled.” The discourse’s perfection of view, accomplishment in straight view, and unbreakable purity in the Buddha the treatise explains: “by these three conditions, in order, one is said to turn toward, draw near to, and rightly realize the right Dharma.”

The heading of the real glosses 345: the real is “in brief three kinds of thing truly quiescent in this life, which continue to turn as objects of knowledge until the life span is wholly stilled,” namely “first, the six sense bases; second, contact conditioned by the six sense bases; third, feeling conditioned by contact”; training and the reckoning of dharmas the treatise renders: “while one in training is rightly practising toward them, the nature of training is established; one beyond training reflects thus: all of mine is exhausted and will not be exhausted again; because it is chosen by the knowledge of exhaustion and of non-arising, it is called the dharma of choosing”—the reckoning of dharmas is the dharma of choosing. The heading of understanding glosses Śāriputra’s being able to answer for seven nights in different phrasing and flavor: “arhats who possess understanding have in brief six kinds of declaration of what they understand,” declaration by other modes, without other modes, of knowledge, of cutting off, in sum, and in detail. The heading of not delighting glosses 346: “there are three things which the world loves and delights in, spoken with regard to what is within: first, strength; second, fine form; third, life,” and what harms these three is sickness, old age, and untimely death; the discourse’s ten layers of three things the treatise gathers into wrong practice and right practice in the three trainings: “when one practises rightly in the three trainings, one can pass beyond these three things.”

The heading of the knowledge of the abiding of the Dharma glosses 347: “by the increased power of the training in higher wisdom one attains the knowledge of the abiding of the Dharma and the knowledge of nirvāṇa. Taking these two knowledges as support, when one has first turned through the training in the four kinds of perfect seclusion, the mind is liberated from all afflictions, one attains arhatship, and becomes one liberated by wisdom.” The knowledge of the abiding of the Dharma is: “having heard the unerring teaching that accords with the conditioned nature of dependent arising, one who is still at the stage of an ordinary person can, with regard to the stages of cause and effect in dependently arisen formations, reflect rightly as it really is with the attention produced by hearing, reflection, and cultivation, and with fine wisdom enter into and trust that suffering is truly suffering, arising truly arising, cessation truly cessation, the path truly the path; all such fine knowledge regarding the things established as cause and effect is called the knowledge of the abiding of the Dharma.” The knowledge of nirvāṇa is: relying on the knowledge of the abiding of the Dharma, “toward suffering and its arising one abides in the thought of aversion, toward cessation, nirvāṇa, one gives rise to the thought of quiescence,” and “such fine knowledge is called the knowledge of nirvāṇa.” The treatise says the knowledge of the abiding of the Dharma can be attained while still at the stage of an ordinary person, which fits the discourse, where Suśīma hears the twelve links forward and in reverse and sees the Dharma. The heading of diligence glosses 348: “what is the perfect readiness of the great teacher? The Tathāgatas have accomplished the ten powers and the four fearlessnesses”; the perfect readiness of the holy teaching is “to open and show all dependent arising, forward and reverse, and quiescent nirvāṇa”; one who is diligent “can accomplish his own aim, the aim of others, and the aim of both.” The heading of the place of birth glosses 349: “with the four perfections one can be born in a holy place. If one who possesses these perfections practises rightly in the well-taught Dharma and discipline, he is called one who has come well and gone forth well”; the four perfections are “perfection of higher aspiration; second, perfection of faculties; third, perfection of knowledge; fourth, the perfection of meeting a Buddha arisen in the world in that holy place.” At the end of the same heading the treatise glosses 350, the learned noble disciple who does not think so: those who contemplate dependent arising have “in brief two things that make for doubt. What are the two? First, having taken up the teaching of no cause; second, having taken up the teaching of a wrong cause”; “if learned noble disciples keep away from these two untrue teachings and rightly contemplate transmigration, by this cause they attain firm certainty, have no doubt, and inwardly realize the real.”

The heading of the cessation of existence glosses 351: “those in training who have seen the track, although with regard to the cessation of existence, quiescent nirvāṇa, they do not follow others’ faith and the inner noble eye of wisdom can see for itself, still they cannot realize it by touching it with the body”; the simile of the well the treatise gives as “although with the fleshly eye he sees in the well the clear, cool, fine water free of all dirt, and a vessel for drawing it is at hand, still his body has not touched this water”—the treatise’s well has a vessel, the discourse’s well has “no rope and no bucket”; the words differ and are only recorded, not reconciled. The heading of if śramaṇas or brāhmaṇas glosses 352 to 354: those whom the world calls ascetics and brāhmaṇas “are only ascetics and brāhmaṇas in the conventional sense, not in the ultimate,” because “they cannot know as they really are the defiled things and the causes of defiled things, nor know as they really are their cessation and the practice leading to their cessation.” The heading of knowledge of feeling glosses the counts of 355 to 357: “upon the eleven links the four truths are established, and upon these, truth by truth and link by link, forty-four matters are set up”; by the feelings arisen from contact with knowledge forty-four matters of feeling are taught, by the wisdom arisen from contact with knowledge forty-four matters of knowledge; the seventy-seven kinds of knowledge are “because the thorough knowledge of the three times differs, because the certain thorough knowledge spoken of before differs, and because the impermanence of the apprehending knowledge included under the knowledge of the abiding of the Dharma differs, one should know that seventy-seven kinds of matters of knowledge are set up”—the treatise says plainly that the seventh knowledge is the impermanence of the apprehending knowledge included under the knowledge of the abiding of the Dharma, which fits the discourse’s “and the knowledge of the abiding of the Dharma—the knowledge that it is impermanent, conditioned.” The heading of transmigration glosses the increase and decrease of 358: “first, because the cause is augmented; second, because the result arises; third, because the result accumulates. All this gathered into one is called, in sum, the increase, the arising, and the coming together of things. By the cessation of cause and result, as fits, one should know it is called decrease, cessation, and vanishing.” The heading of coming and going glosses 359 to 361: “there are in brief two defilements: first, the defilement of karma and craving; second, the defilement of false views,” and “because the defilement of karma and craving is what makes, it is called what thought makes; because the defilement of false views arises from wrong reckoning, it is called what reckoning holds to”—the discourse’s reflecting is what thought makes, its false imagining is what reckoning holds to; the ordinary person, “because of these objects, having given rise to defilements of mind in the four stations of consciousness, gathers future existence and circles in coming and going without release,” those in training “make no new karma and take no pleasure in future existence,” and those beyond training have “no defilement of mind in the stations of consciousness and no future existence to be gathered, none at all.” The heading of the Buddha’s forward and reverse glosses how the Buddhas of the past and the present Buddha “having reflected rightly on the Dharma of dependent arising, realized unsurpassed right and full awakening,” and closes the section.

The greatest key the treatise gives to this fascicle is the heading of the knowledge of the abiding of the Dharma: that knowledge is attained at the stage of an ordinary person and is the fine wisdom produced by hearing, reflection, and cultivation; the knowledge of nirvāṇa arises in dependence on it. The discourse says “first knowing the abiding of the Dharma, then knowing nirvāṇa”; the treatise makes clear that the “first” is possible for an ordinary person and that the “then” arises in dependence on it, both knowledges belonging to the training in wisdom. Why arhats liberated by wisdom end their outflows without the four dhyānas, the discourse does not say; the treatise says such a person has “the excellent samādhi included in the threshold of the first dhyāna as support,” a threshold concentration and not a root dhyāna, and then takes the two knowledges as support.

Here ends the second fascicle of the Connected Discourses on Dependent Arising, Nutriment, the Truths, and the Elements. Carrying forward continues in Fascicle 15.

考據Apparatus

全段定位 本單元即《雜阿含經》卷第十四全卷:卷題「雜阿含經卷第十四」,譯署「宋天竺三藏求那跋陀羅譯」,經二十二部(經序三四三至三六四),偈一首(經345,世尊所引波羅延那阿逸多所問),無攝頌,卷末尾題「雜阿含經卷第十四」。全卷漢字一萬零一百二十一。住處三:王舍城迦蘭陀竹園(經343–350;經343 尊者浮彌住耆闍崛山,經344 尊者舍利弗、尊者摩訶拘絺羅住耆闍崛山,經347 眾多異道聚會未曾講堂),舍衛國象耳池側(經351,四尊者所住,佛不在場),舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園(經352–364)。說者:經346·348–350·352–361 為世尊告諸比丘(直說);經362–364 為世尊先設問、諸比丘請說、佛乃說;經343 為眾多外道出家問、尊者浮彌答,浮彌詣尊者舍利弗、舍利弗印可並廣說,尊者阿難白佛,佛印可並自述往昔,阿難結說;經344 為尊者摩訶拘絺羅六問、尊者舍利弗六答;經345 為世尊問、尊者舍利弗三默而後答,舍利弗語諸比丘,一比丘白佛,佛答;經347 為眾多異道請須深,須深問諸比丘、一比丘答,須深白佛、佛答,須深悔過;經351 為尊者那羅問、尊者茂師羅答而後默然、尊者殊勝代答並說譬、尊者阿難問那羅;經344·351 二經全經不出世尊之口。所對之鏡為《瑜伽師地論》攝事分契經事緣起食諦界擇攝(論卷九十四)。大正藏校記異讀四十五條(內八條為今行校本修訂列),見目九;大正注所載座標二十條,見目十。


一、科判定位

卷第十四之位——底本卷首:

「雜阿含經卷第十四」〔T02 0093b22〕 「宋天竺三藏求那跋陀羅譯」〔T02 0093b24〕

卷末尾題同作「雜阿含經卷第十四」〔T02 0100c25〕。經序起於(三四三):「如是我聞:一時,佛住王舍城迦蘭陀竹園」〔T02 0093b25〕。本卷為緣起食諦界相應之第二卷,承卷第十二。

住處(皆底本逐字):

  • 王舍城迦蘭陀竹園——「如是我聞:一時,佛住王舍城迦蘭陀竹園」〔T02 0093b25〕:經343;同句又見〔T02 0094b02〕〔T02 0095b10〕〔T02 0095c17〕〔T02 0096b25〕〔T02 0098a13〕〔T02 0098b06〕〔T02 0098b22〕:經344–350。
  • 耆闍崛山——「爾時,尊者浮彌比丘住耆闍崛山。」〔T02 0093b26〕:經343 浮彌所在;「爾時,尊者舍利弗、尊者摩訶拘絺羅住耆闍崛山」〔T02 0094b03〕:經344 二尊者所在。
  • 未曾講堂——「眾多異道聚會未曾講堂,作如是論:」〔T02 0096b29〕:經347 眾多異道聚會之處。
  • 舍衛國象耳池側——「如是我聞:一時,尊者那羅、尊者茂師羅、尊者殊勝、尊者阿難住舍衛國象耳池側」〔T02 0098c01〕:經351;本經不記佛之住處。
  • 舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園——「如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園」〔T02 0099a06〕:經352;同句又見〔T02 0099b02〕〔T02 0099b19〕〔T02 0099c04〕〔T02 0099c19〕〔T02 0099c27〕〔T02 0100a12〕〔T02 0100a23〕〔T02 0100b02〕〔T02 0100b11〕〔T02 0100b22〕〔T02 0100c04〕〔T02 0100c15〕:經353–364。

二十二經之型與所問所說(型依經文本身之「問」「答」「告」「白」;所問所說皆底本逐字):

經錨型所問・所說(逐字)
343〔T02 0093b25〕眾多外道出家問(四問)→尊者浮彌答以「無記」、苦樂從緣起生→浮彌詣尊者舍利弗請正→舍利弗印可並廣說→尊者阿難白佛→佛讚舍利弗並自述往昔→阿難白佛結說「欲有所問,寧有閑暇見答與不?」〔T02 0093b29〕;「苦樂自作耶」〔T02 0093c02〕;「世尊說苦樂從緣起生」〔T02 0093c14〕;「婆羅門所說苦樂自作者,亦緣觸生;若言不從觸生者」〔T02 0094a01〕;「如世尊所說義,我已解知,有生故有老死」〔T02 0094a25〕
344〔T02 0094b02〕尊者摩訶拘絺羅問→尊者舍利弗答(不善法·不善根·善法·善根)→拘絺羅五度追問「更有餘耶」,前四度舍利弗依次答以食·病·苦·老死至行,第五度追問(合初問為第六問)舍利弗止之「多聞聖弟子於此法、律,成就何法,名為見具足,直見成就,」〔T02 0094b09〕;「正有此等,更有餘耶?」〔T02 0094b27〕;「一者麁摶食,二者細觸食,三者意思食」〔T02 0094c01〕;「汝何為逐,汝終不能究竟諸論,得其邊際」〔T02 0095b07〕
345〔T02 0095b10〕世尊告舍利弗、引偈而問→舍利弗三默→佛言「真實」→舍利弗二答(學·數法)→佛印可,入室→舍利弗語諸比丘→一比丘白佛→佛答「若得諸法數,若復種種學,」〔T02 0095b13〕;「舍利弗!何等為學?何等為法數?」〔T02 0095b15〕;「舍利弗比丘善入法界故。」〔T02 0095c14〕
346〔T02 0095c17〕世尊告諸比丘(直說:老病死三法;十重三法(老、病、死+九重因端)之不斷與斷,逆次與順次)「有三法,世間所不愛」〔T02 0095c18〕;「以三法不斷故,」〔T02 0095c25〕;「以慚愧故不放逸,不放逸故恭敬順語」〔T02 0096b16〕
347〔T02 0096b25〕敘述(供養之盛衰)→眾多異道議→請須深→須深出家→一比丘自記→須深五問、比丘五答「不也」→比丘答「慧解脫」→須深白佛→佛答(先知法住)→佛問、須深答(順逆)→須深得法眼淨、悔過→佛受悔過、說譬→須深漏盡「眾多異道聚會未曾講堂,作如是論:」〔T02 0096b29〕;「我是慧解脫也。」〔T02 0097a21〕;「彼先知法住,後知涅槃。彼諸善男子獨一靜處」〔T02 0097b06〕;「唯願世尊為我說法,令我得知法住智,得見法住智。」〔T02 0097b14〕;「以譬得解。譬如國王有防邏者,捉捕盜賊」〔T02 0097c24〕
348〔T02 0098a13〕世尊告諸比丘(直說;中有「廣說乃至」之略)「如來成就十種力,得四無畏,知先佛住處,能轉梵輪,於大眾中震師子吼言」〔T02 0098a14〕;「當觀自利、利他、自他俱利」〔T02 0098b01〕
349〔T02 0098b06〕世尊告諸比丘(直說)「善來比丘!善出家、善得己利」〔T02 0098b07〕;「善得己利,曠世時時得生聖處,諸根具足,不愚不癡」〔T02 0098b07〕;「不愚不癡,不須手語,好說、惡說堪能解義。」〔T02 0098b08〕
350〔T02 0098b22〕世尊告諸比丘(直說)「何所有故此有?何所起故此起?」〔T02 0098b24〕;「然彼多聞聖弟子知所謂此有故彼有,此起故彼起,謂緣無明行」〔T02 0098b25〕
351〔T02 0098c01〕尊者那羅問→尊者茂師羅答二問、第三問默然三度→尊者殊勝代答、說井水之譬→尊者阿難問那羅→那羅讚殊勝「有異信、異欲、異聞、異行覺想、異見審諦忍,有如是正自覺知見生」〔T02 0098c03〕;「乃至異忍,得自覺知見生,所謂有滅、寂滅、涅槃耶?」〔T02 0098c09〕;「夫智者以譬得解,如曠野路邊有井,無繩無罐,」〔T02 0098c26〕
352〔T02 0099a06〕世尊告諸比丘(直說:不如實知與如實知)「婆羅門於法不如實知,法集、法滅、法滅道跡不如實知」〔T02 0099a07〕;「沙門之沙門數、婆羅門之婆羅門數。彼以沙門義」〔T02 0099a20〕
353〔T02 0099b02〕同上(六入處與觸以下)「謂六入處法不如實知,六入處集、六入處滅」〔T02 0099b10〕;「六入處滅道跡如實知者,於觸如實知,斯有是處。」〔T02 0099b15〕
354〔T02 0099b19〕同上而略(「如上說。差別者」;經末二句編者之言)「爾時,世尊告諸比丘……如上說。差別者」〔T02 0099b20〕;「而欲超度觸者,無有是處,觸集、觸滅、觸滅道跡超度者」〔T02 0099b22〕;「如老死,乃至六入處三經。」〔T02 0099c02〕;「如是老死,乃至行三經,亦如是說。」〔T02 0099c03〕
355〔T02 0099c04〕世尊告諸比丘(直說;中有「如是,乃至」之略)「當覺知老死,」〔T02 0099c05〕;「覺知緣生故有老死,如是老死覺知」〔T02 0099c08〕
356〔T02 0099c19〕同上「有四十四種智」〔T02 0099c20〕;「謂老死智、老死集智、老死滅智、老死滅道跡智」〔T02 0099c22〕
357〔T02 0099c27〕同上「有七十七種智」〔T02 0099c28〕;「生緣老死智,非餘生緣老死智;過去生緣老死智」〔T02 0100a01〕;「未來生緣老死智,非餘未來生緣老死智;及法住智,無常、有為」〔T02 0100a02〕;「心所緣生、盡法、變易法、無欲法、滅法斷智,是名七十七種智」〔T02 0100a09〕
358〔T02 0100a12〕同上(經末二句編者之言)「有增法、減法。」〔T02 0100a13〕;「如增法、減法。如是生法、變易法、集法、滅法如上說」〔T02 0100a20〕;「如當說三經,有應當知三經如上說。」〔T02 0100a22〕
359〔T02 0100a23〕同上「若思量、若妄想生」〔T02 0100a24〕;「若妄想生,彼使攀緣識住;有攀緣識住故,有未來世生」〔T02 0100a24〕
360〔T02 0100b02〕同上(較前經增「入於名色」)「若妄想者,則有使攀緣識住;有攀緣識住故,入於名色」〔T02 0100b03〕
361〔T02 0100b11〕同上(較前經增「往來」「生死」)「入於名色;入名色故,則有往來;」〔T02 0100b14〕
362〔T02 0100b22〕世尊設問→諸比丘請→佛說「有多聞比丘。」〔T02 0100b23〕;「世尊是法根、法眼、法依。唯願為說『多聞比丘』,諸比丘聞已」〔T02 0100b24〕
363〔T02 0100c04〕同上「所謂說法比丘」〔T02 0100c05〕
364〔T02 0100c15〕同上「謂法次法向。」〔T02 0100c16〕;「滅盡向,是名法次法向。如是生,乃至行,」〔T02 0100c21〕

經之相從(依經文本身之式;只錄同式,不判其義):

  1. 經343·344——二經皆弟子間之問答於耆闍崛山,舍利弗皆在其中;經343 外道問苦樂自作他作,經344 拘絺羅問見具足。
  2. 經345——舍利弗獨對世尊之問。
  3. 經346——三法十重(老、病、死+九重因端)之不斷與斷。
  4. 經347——須深盜密出家之事。
  5. 經348·349——如來出世之功德與比丘當自勉,二經結句「自利、利他、自他俱利」同。
  6. 經350——聖弟子不作是念。
  7. 經351——四尊者之問答,有滅即涅槃之知見與漏盡之別。
  8. 經352–354——沙門、婆羅門如實知與不如實知,三經一式而遞變。
  9. 經355–357——當覺知、四十四種智、七十七種智,三經一式而遞增。
  10. 經358——增法、減法。
  11. 經359–361——思量、妄想而有使、攀緣識住,三經一式而遞增。
  12. 經362–364——多聞比丘、說法比丘、法次法向,三經一式。

說者:經343 之說者,依次為外道出家、尊者浮彌、尊者舍利弗、尊者阿難、佛;佛自述往昔之語中,又有佛與外道之問答。經344 全經為尊者摩訶拘絺羅與尊者舍利弗二人之問答,世尊不在其中。經345 為佛與舍利弗之問答,佛去後舍利弗語諸比丘,一比丘轉述舍利弗之語白佛。經347 中說者最多:眾多異道、其中一人(「有一年少,名曰須深,」〔T02 0096c09〕)、須深、眾多比丘、一比丘、佛;佛之譬中又有防邏者、王、臣之語。經351 全經為四尊者之問答,世尊不在其中。其餘十七經皆世尊告諸比丘;經362–364 中諸比丘請說之辭同一。

偈:經345 一首,四句,五言,為世尊所引「波羅延那阿逸多所問」之偈(見目七)。本卷無攝頌。

略文:

經略文(逐字)錨所指
344「謂八正道,如前說,如是病滅道跡如實知」〔T02 0094c23〕本經上文食滅道跡之八聖道
344「云何苦滅道跡如實知?謂八聖道,如上說,是名苦滅道跡」〔T02 0095a08〕同上
344「如前分別經說。云何老死集如實知?」〔T02 0095a18〕本篇前卷義說之經
344「謂八正道,如前說,多聞聖弟子於此老死如實知,」〔T02 0095a19〕本經上文之八聖道
344「云何行滅道跡如實知?謂八聖道,如前說。摩訶拘絺羅」〔T02 0095a29〕同上
348「謂緣無明行……」〔T02 0098a17〕廣說乃至「純大苦聚集,純大苦聚滅」〔T02 0098a17〕緣起順次十二支
354「爾時,世尊告諸比丘……如上說。差別者」〔T02 0099b20〕經353
354「如老死,乃至六入處三經。」〔T02 0099c02〕經352–354 三經之式,自老死至六入處
354「如是老死,乃至行三經,亦如是說。」〔T02 0099c03〕同式三經,自老死至行
355「覺知老死集、老死滅、老死滅道跡。如是,乃至當覺知行」〔T02 0099c06〕生至識之覺知
356「如是生、有、取、愛、受、觸、六入處、名色、識、行智」〔T02 0099c23〕生至行之四智
357「如是生、有、取、愛、受、觸、六入處、名色、識、行、無明緣行智」〔T02 0100a05〕生至識之七智
358「如增法、減法。如是生法、變易法、集法、滅法如上說」〔T02 0100a20〕「滅法如上說。」〔T02 0100a20〕同式之經,生法·變易法·集法·滅法
358「如當說三經,有應當知三經如上說。」〔T02 0100a22〕同式之經,當說·應當知

攝事分之嗢拕南(論卷九十四,三首,只錄位次;與本卷之對應見目十①):

「觸緣、見圓滿、實、解、不愛樂、」〔T30n1579 0834a11〕 「法住智、精進、生處等為後。」〔T30n1579 0834a12〕 「有滅、若沙門婆羅門、受智、」〔T30n1579 0837b03〕 「流轉、與來往、佛順逆為後。」〔T30n1579 0837b04〕 「安立、與因緣、觀察於食義、」〔T30n1579 0838c04〕 「極多諸過患、雜染等為後。」〔T30n1579 0838c05〕

前二首十四項,依次與本卷經343–361 之位相當(經347 兼當「解」「法住智」「佛順逆」三項);第三首五項為食之擇攝,本卷唯經344 之四食與之同詞(目三),其餘屬後卷。

二、異譯對勘

本卷二十二經,《別譯雜阿含經》(大正藏第二冊第一〇〇號)未見對照經——大正注於本卷諸條之中,無一條標別譯經序;唯經364 一條「cf.」互見之條,所指為座標而非別譯(「cf. S. 12. 16. Dhammakathika.」,0100c15,見目十②)。本卷無別譯對勘注。不自建對照。

三、經論宗依(眼)

雜阿含為佛及弟子之說,其所依即經自身;論之於經,是擇攝而非所依。以下依本卷經序,列攝事分論文與本卷經文逐字同詞者(論之嗢拕南項名附於題下,為讀法,見目一);詞異者標明,不以論改經,不以經改論。

苦樂從觸緣生(經343·觸緣)

  • 經:「苦樂自作耶」〔T02 0093c02〕;「苦樂自他作耶?」〔T02 0093c06〕;「世尊說苦樂從緣起生」〔T02 0093c14〕;「婆羅門所說苦樂自作者,亦緣觸生;若言不從觸生者」〔T02 0094a01〕;「非自非他無因作者,彼亦緣觸生,若言不緣觸生者」〔T02 0094a03〕
  • 論:「於一切觸緣受有中,若諸沙門、或婆羅門,」〔T30n1579 0834a13〕;「於彼所問無差別記,謂諸苦樂皆從緣生,」〔T30n1579 0834a18〕;「若於彼問作如是記:諸計苦樂自作、他作、俱作、俱非無因而生」〔T30n1579 0834a19〕;「俱非無因而生,於一切處由觸生受,何用妄計自他作等」〔T30n1579 0834a20〕

同詞者「苦樂」「自作」「他作」「無因」「沙門」「婆羅門」「觸」;經「從緣起生」論「皆從緣生」,經「緣觸生」論「由觸生受」,經「自他作」論「俱作」,經「非自非他無因作」論「俱非無因而生」,經「此是無記」論「無差別記」,詞異。

見具足·直見成就·不壞淨(經344·見圓滿)

  • 經:「多聞聖弟子於此法、律,成就何法,名為見具足,直見成就,」〔T02 0094b09〕;「成就於佛不壞淨,來入正法,得此正法,悟此正法」〔T02 0094b11〕;「多聞聖弟子於不善法如實知、不善根如實知」〔T02 0094b12〕;「一者麁摶食,二者細觸食,三者意思食」〔T02 0094c01〕;「若聖弟子斷除無明而生明,何須更求」〔T02 0095b08〕
  • 論:「復次,若有棄捨無因、惡因,於因生法五種因中獲得正見,名見圓滿。於此正法及毘奈耶不可轉故」〔T30n1579 0834b14〕;「於此正法及毘奈耶不可轉故,亦得名為成正直見。」〔T30n1579 0834b15〕;「由於涅槃意樂淨故,亦名成就於佛證淨,於所知境智清淨故」〔T30n1579 0834b16〕;「云何名為從因生法五種因耶?一、惡趣因,謂諸不善及不善根」〔T30n1579 0834b19〕;「二、善趣因,謂一切善及諸善根。」〔T30n1579 0834b21〕;「於識住令識住因,謂四種食。四現法、後法雜染因」〔T30n1579 0834b21〕;「後法雜染因,謂一切漏。五、清淨因,謂諦緣起。」〔T30n1579 0834b22〕;「如實了知真實是道;名見圓滿。觀緣生事,乃至無明為邊際故」〔T30n1579 0834b26〕;「乃至無明為邊際故。過此更無緣生因觀,唯由此觀」〔T30n1579 0834b27〕

同詞者「正見」「正法」「不善」「善根」「食」「無明」「邊際」;經「見具足」論「見圓滿」,經「直見成就」論「成正直見」,經「成就於佛不壞淨」論「成就於佛證淨」,經「來入正法,得此正法,悟此正法」論「於正法趣向、親近及與正證」(「名於正法趣向、親近及與正證。云何名為從因生法五種因耶」〔T30n1579 0834b18〕),經「四食」論「四種食」,經「三病」論「一切漏」,詞異。經之次第為不善法·善法、食、病、苦、老死至行,論之五種因為惡趣因·善趣因、令識住因(四種食)、雜染因(一切漏)、清淨因(諦緣起),只錄兩序,不判其合。

四食之名(經344·兼食之擇攝)

  • 經:「一者麁摶食,二者細觸食,三者意思食」〔T02 0094c01〕;「三者意思食,四者識食,是名為食,如是食如實知。」〔T02 0094c01〕;「云何食集如實知?謂當來有愛,喜、貪俱,彼彼樂著」〔T02 0094c03〕
  • 論:「一者、段,二者、順樂受觸,三者、有漏意會思」〔T30n1579 0838c11〕;「有漏意會思,四者、能執諸根大種識。當知此中,段與現法氣力為食」〔T30n1579 0838c11〕;「正見生故,能斷無明,能生於明。」〔T30n1579 0839a27〕;「復次,若不如實觀此四食,便為憙、貪之所染污」〔T30n1579 0840a12〕

同詞者「食」「觸」「思」「識」「四食」「貪」「無明」「明」;經「麁摶食」論「段」,經「細觸食」論「順樂受觸」,經「意思食」論「有漏意會思」,經「識食」論「能執諸根大種識」,經「喜、貪俱」論「憙、貪之所染污」,經「斷除無明而生明」論「能斷無明,能生於明」,詞異。

學·法數·善入法界(經345·實)

  • 經:「舍利弗!何等為學?何等為法數?」〔T02 0095b15〕;「比丘真實者,厭、離欲、滅盡向。食集生,彼比丘以食故」〔T02 0095b18〕;「正使世尊一日一夜,乃至七夜,異句異味問斯義者,我亦悉能」〔T02 0095c02〕;「舍利弗比丘善入法界故。」〔T02 0095c14〕
  • 論:「復次,略有三種於現法中真實寂滅,乃至壽量未永止息」〔T30n1579 0834c01〕;「於彼有學正修行時,施設學性。於彼無學作是思惟」〔T30n1579 0834c02〕;「無生智所思擇故,名思擇法。云何為三?一、六處,二、六處緣觸」〔T30n1579 0834c04〕;「又即於彼厭離欲滅勤修正行。又能如實了知彼受觸所引生」〔T30n1579 0834c07〕;「等說一切事法增上名句文身,名為法界。諸有獲得無礙解故,」〔T30n1579 0834c19〕;「名句文身隨欲自在,是故說名善達法界。」〔T30n1579 0834c21〕;「乃至能於七日七夜,或過彼量,辭辯無竭。復以如是差別種類」〔T30n1579 0834c23〕

同詞者「真實」「學」「厭」「離欲」「滅」「法界」「七夜」(論「七日七夜」);經「法數」「數法」論「思擇法」,經「善入法界」論「善達法界」,經「異句異味」論「更以餘名,隨其所樂差別宣說」,詞異。經以「食集生」說真實者之所由,論以『六處、六處緣觸、觸緣受』三種實事說之,只錄兩說。

老病死·三法之不斷與斷(經346·不愛樂)

  • 經:「有三法,世間所不愛」〔T02 0095c18〕;「世間所不愛、不念、不可意。何等為三?謂老、病、死。」〔T02 0095c18〕;「以三法不斷故,」〔T02 0095c25〕;「謂身見、戒取、疑,復有三法不斷故,不堪能離身見」〔T02 0095c28〕
  • 論:「復次,有三種法,是諸世間所愛所樂,依內而說」〔T30n1579 0835a23〕;「能引所治不可愛樂三種別法:一者、疾病,二者、衰老,三者、夭沒。」〔T30n1579 0835a25〕;「若於三學起邪行時,便不堪任超越疾病、衰老、夭沒」〔T30n1579 0835a26〕;「無有堪能超異生地,無倒趣入正性離生,永斷三結」〔T30n1579 0835c11〕;「由不永斷三種結故,無有堪能依止修道得阿羅漢」〔T30n1579 0835c13〕;「於現法中無餘永斷貪瞋癡等一切煩惱,超越當來疾病、衰老及以夭沒」〔T30n1579 0835c14〕

同詞者「三法」(論「三種法」)「世間」「愛」「不堪」「斷」;經「世間所不愛」論「世間所愛所樂」(論以勢力、妙色、壽命三者為所愛,以疾病、衰老、夭沒為違害者),經「老、病、死」論「疾病、衰老、夭沒」,經「貪、恚、癡」論「貪瞋癡」,經「身見、戒取、疑」論「三結」,詞異。

先知法住·後知涅槃·慧解脫(經347·法住智·解)

  • 經:「我是慧解脫也。」〔T02 0097a21〕;「彼先知法住,後知涅槃。彼諸善男子獨一靜處」〔T02 0097b06〕;「唯願世尊為我說法,令我得知法住智,得見法住智。」〔T02 0097b14〕;「有生故有老死,不離生有老死耶?」〔T02 0097b17〕
  • 論:「增上慧學增上力故,得法住智及涅槃智。用此二智以為依止」〔T30n1579 0835c21〕;「令心解脫一切煩惱,得阿羅漢,成慧解脫。」〔T30n1579 0835c23〕;「此中云何名法住智?謂如有一,聽聞隨順緣性緣起無倒教已」〔T30n1579 0835c24〕;「如其因果安立法中所有妙智,名法住智。」〔T30n1579 0835c29〕;「又復云何名涅槃智?謂彼法爾若於苦集滅道,以其妙慧悟入信解是真苦集滅道諦時」〔T30n1579 0836a01〕;「便於涅槃能以妙慧悟入信解為寂靜等。如是妙智名涅槃智。」〔T30n1579 0836a07〕

同詞者「法住智」「涅槃」「慧解脫」「阿羅漢」;經「先知法住,後知涅槃」論「法住智及涅槃智」,論並以「依止彼法住智」而後悟入涅槃為次(「如是依止彼法住智,及因於苦、若苦因緣住厭逆想」〔T30n1579 0836a06〕),經以「先」「後」說之,詞異。

記說·我生已盡(經347·解)

  • 經:「梵行已立,所作已作,自知不受後有。」〔T02 0097a05〕;「世尊!彼眾多比丘於我面前記說:」〔T02 0097a26〕
  • 論:「復次,當知具解諸阿羅漢,略有六種記別所解」〔T30n1579 0834c27〕;「謂作是記:我生已盡,乃至廣說。智記別者,謂有問言」〔T30n1579 0835a03〕

同詞者「我生已盡」「阿羅漢」;經「記說」論「記別」,詞異。

順逆而問(經347·佛順逆)

  • 經:「有生故有老死,不離生有老死」〔T02 0097b18〕;「無生故無老死,不離生滅而老死滅耶?」〔T02 0097b22〕
  • 論:「如過去佛得菩提已,即於緣起作意攀緣順逆道理」〔T30n1579 0838a11〕

論說諸佛於緣起順逆而觀;經為佛以順逆問須深,同詞唯「緣起」之義,論無「有生故有老死」之句,只錄。

三百矛·三百鉾(經347·食之擇攝)

  • 經:「彼王治罪,劖以三百矛,彼罪人身寧有完處如手掌不」〔T02 0098a04〕
  • 論:「生如所說依識內苦,是故苾芻當觀識食如三百鉾之所鑽刺」〔T30n1579 0840a01〕

同詞者「三百」;經「矛」論「鉾」;經以之譬盜密出家之報,論以之觀識食,譬同而所譬異,只錄。

如來十力·四無畏·師子吼·精進(經348·精進)

  • 經:「如來成就十種力,得四無畏,知先佛住處,能轉梵輪,於大眾中震師子吼言」〔T02 0098a14〕;「於大眾中震師子吼言:」〔T02 0098a15〕;「方便修習,不放逸住,於正法、律精勤苦行,皮筋骨立」〔T02 0098a20〕;「不捨慇懃精進,方便堅固堪能。所以者何?」〔T02 0098a22〕;「當觀自利、利他、自他俱利」〔T02 0098b01〕;「自他俱利,精勤修學,我今出家,不愚不惑,有果有樂」〔T02 0098b01〕
  • 論:「云何名為大師圓備?謂諸如來成就十力、四無所畏」〔T30n1579 0836a14〕;「如是等名大師圓備。云何名為聖教圓備」〔T30n1579 0836a15〕;「能轉梵輪,於大眾中正師子吼,開示一切順逆緣起」〔T30n1579 0836a16〕;「若有安住懈怠心者,當知希求二種過患。一者、」〔T30n1579 0836b08〕;「無退失時,能辦自義、他義、俱義。云何名為能辦自義」〔T30n1579 0836b14〕;「謂出家已,由其二相說名有果。一者、證得煩惱離繫究竟涅槃」〔T30n1579 0836b16〕

同詞者「如來成就」「轉梵輪」「於大眾中」「師子吼」「懈怠」「出家」「有果」;經「十種力」論「十力」,經「四無畏」論「四無所畏」,經「震師子吼」論「正師子吼」,經「自利、利他、自他俱利」論「自義、他義、俱義」,經「精勤」「精進」論「勤精進」(「正觀六種圓備現前,足能發起勤精進住。」〔T30n1579 0836a09〕),詞異。

善來·生於聖處·不須手語(經349·生處)

  • 經:「善來比丘!善出家、善得己利」〔T02 0098b07〕;「善得己利,曠世時時得生聖處,諸根具足,不愚不癡」〔T02 0098b07〕;「不愚不癡,不須手語,好說、惡說堪能解義。」〔T02 0098b08〕
  • 論:「復次,具四圓滿,能生聖處。若隨有一成此圓滿」〔T30n1579 0836c05〕;「名曰善來、善出家者。云何名為四種圓滿?」〔T30n1579 0836c06〕;「無有中品愚癡障故;非手代言,無有上品愚癡障故」〔T30n1579 0836c17〕;「有力能解善說、惡說所有法義。即於聖處有佛出世得值圓滿者」〔T30n1579 0836c19〕

同詞者「善來」「善出家」「聖處」「愚癡」(經「不愚不癡」)「惡說」「義」;經「諸根具足」論「根圓滿」,經「不須手語」論「非手代言」,經「好說、惡說堪能解義」論「有力能解善說、惡說所有法義」,經「我今於此世作佛」論「即於聖處有佛出世」,詞異。

多聞聖弟子不作是念(經350·生處之後)

  • 經:「何所有故此有?何所起故此起?」〔T02 0098b24〕;「然彼多聞聖弟子知所謂此有故彼有,此起故彼起,謂緣無明行」〔T02 0098b25〕
  • 論:「復次,其於緣生諸行流轉修觀行者,略有二種作猶豫法」〔T30n1579 0836c28〕;「有諸法轉?若有多聞諸聖弟子,遠離二種非真實論」〔T30n1579 0837a05〕;「無有疑惑,內證真實。若於是處說有多聞諸聖弟子」〔T30n1579 0837a07〕

同詞者「多聞」「聖弟子」;論說遠離無因論、惡因論二種猶豫,經說不作「何所有故此有」之念而知「此有故彼有」,義近而論無經之句:〔查無:以「此有故彼有」「何所有」二語搜論卷九十三至九十六錄文,皆零見〕。只錄近義,不判其合。

有滅·寂滅涅槃·井水之譬(經351·有滅)

  • 經:「乃至異忍,得自覺知見生,所謂有滅、寂滅、涅槃耶?」〔T02 0098c09〕;「夫智者以譬得解,如曠野路邊有井,無繩無罐,」〔T02 0098c26〕;「得取其水。時,有行人,熱渴所逼,繞井求覓」〔T02 0098c28〕;「繞井求覓,無繩無罐,諦觀井水,如實知見,而不觸身」〔T02 0098c28〕
  • 論:「諸學見迹,雖於有滅寂靜涅槃,不隨他信」〔T30n1579 0837b05〕;「不隨他信,內聖慧眼自能觀見,然猶未能以身觸證」〔T30n1579 0837b05〕;「譬如有人熱渴所逼,馳詣深井,雖以肉眼現見井中離諸塵穢清冷美水」〔T30n1579 0837b07〕;「并給水器,而於此水身未觸證。如是有學,雖聖慧眼現見所求後煩惱斷最極寂靜」〔T30n1579 0837b08〕

同詞者「有滅」「涅槃」「熱渴所逼」「井」「水」「觸」「身」;經「寂滅、涅槃」論「寂靜涅槃」,經「異信」論「不隨他信」,經「如實知見」論「內聖慧眼自能觀見」,經「曠野路邊有井,無繩無罐」論「馳詣深井」「并給水器」,經「而不觸身」論「身未觸證」,經「自不得漏盡阿羅漢」論「如是有學」,詞異。

沙門義·婆羅門義·超度(經352–354·若沙門婆羅門)

  • 經:「婆羅門於法不如實知,法集、法滅、法滅道跡不如實知」〔T02 0099a07〕;「婆羅門數,彼亦非沙門義、婆羅門義,見法自知作證」〔T02 0099a09〕;「謂六入處法不如實知,六入處集、六入處滅」〔T02 0099b10〕;「而欲超度觸者,無有是處,觸集、觸滅、觸滅道跡超度者」〔T02 0099b22〕
  • 論:「復次,有諸沙門、若婆羅門,於貪瞋癡無餘斷滅真沙門義」〔T30n1579 0837b12〕;「於貪瞋癡無餘斷滅真沙門義、婆羅門義全未證得,而諸世間起沙門想」〔T30n1579 0837b12〕;「皆不忍許彼為沙門及婆羅門。所以者何?由彼不能如實了知諸雜染法」〔T30n1579 0837b17〕;「由彼不能如實了知諸雜染法、雜染法因,亦不如實了知彼滅、」〔T30n1579 0837b18〕;「趣彼滅行。雜染法者,謂老死支所攝眾苦及以生支」〔T30n1579 0837b20〕;「若無明觸及無明界所隨六處。業所作者,謂由緣起逆次道理」〔T30n1579 0837b23〕;「況當如彼諦現觀時能遍了知,或如修道未遍了知如無學地,未能超越」〔T30n1579 0837b26〕;「未能超越。」〔T30n1579 0837b27〕

同詞者「沙門」「婆羅門」「沙門義、婆羅門義」「如實」「滅」「老死」「六處」(經「六入處」);經「不如實知」論「不能如實了知」,經「法集」論「雜染法因」,經「法滅道跡」論「趣彼滅行」,經「超度」論「超越」,經「非沙門、沙門數」論「非第一義」(「然彼但是世俗沙門及婆羅門,非第一義。若第一義諸有沙門及婆羅門」〔T30n1579 0837b15〕),詞異。

覺知·四十四種智·七十七種智(經355–357·受智)

  • 經:「當覺知老死,」〔T02 0099c05〕;「有四十四種智」〔T02 0099c20〕;「謂老死智、老死集智、老死滅智、老死滅道跡智」〔T02 0099c22〕;「有七十七種智」〔T02 0099c28〕;「生緣老死智,非餘生緣老死智;過去生緣老死智」〔T02 0100a01〕;「未來生緣老死智,非餘未來生緣老死智;及法住智,無常、有為」〔T02 0100a02〕
  • 論:「由簡擇所緣為性明觸生慧。當知此中,於十一支安立四諦」〔T30n1579 0837c02〕;「於十一支安立四諦,依此一一支諦建立四十四事。」〔T30n1579 0837c03〕;「即依明觸所生諸受,宣說如是四十四種受事差別」〔T30n1579 0837c05〕;「宣說如是四十四種受事差別。即依明觸所生諸慧,宣說如是四十四種智事差別」〔T30n1579 0837c05〕;「宣說如是四十四種智事差別。此中後際所作老死,」〔T30n1579 0837c06〕;「其餘有支,亦因亦果。三時遍智有差別故,」〔T30n1579 0837c09〕;「如前所說決定遍智有差別故,由法住智所攝能取智無常性有差別故」〔T30n1579 0837c10〕;「由法住智所攝能取智無常性有差別故,當知建立七十七種智事差別」〔T30n1579 0837c10〕;「當知建立七十七種智事差別。如是顯示歷觀諸諦一切行相」〔T30n1579 0837c11〕

同詞者「四十四種」「智」「七十七種」「法住智」「老死」「無常」;經之十一支(老死至行)論作「十一支」,經之四智論作「四諦」,經「過去」「未來」論「三時遍智」,經「非餘」論「決定遍智」,經「及法住智,無常」論「由法住智所攝能取智無常性」,詞異。論以「四十四種受事」與「四十四種智事」分說;經355 之「覺知」與「受事」之對、經356 之「智」與「智事」之對,依論之次第為讀,只錄。

增法·減法(經358·流轉)

  • 經:「有增法、減法。」〔T02 0100a13〕;「如增法、減法。如是生法、變易法、集法、滅法如上說」〔T02 0100a20〕
  • 論:「何等為三?一、因增益故,二、果生起故;」〔T30n1579 0837c16〕;「總名諸法若增、若生、若集。依因果滅,如其所應,當知說名若減」〔T30n1579 0837c17〕;「當知說名若減、若滅、若沒。如是意趣差別道理不違法性」〔T30n1579 0837c18〕

同詞者「增」「減」「生」「集」「滅」;經「增法、減法」論「若增」「若減」,經「變易法」論無其詞(論有「若沒」),詞異。

思量·妄想·攀緣識住·往來(經359–361·與來往)

  • 經:「若思量、若妄想生」〔T02 0100a24〕;「若妄想生,彼使攀緣識住;有攀緣識住故,有未來世生」〔T02 0100a24〕;「若妄想者,則有使攀緣識住;有攀緣識住故,入於名色」〔T02 0100b03〕;「入於名色;入名色故,則有往來;」〔T02 0100b14〕
  • 論:「應知此中,業愛雜染所造作故,名思所作」〔T30n1579 0837c25〕;「妄見雜染邪計起故,名計所執。」〔T30n1579 0837c26〕;「由諸纏故及隨眠故。因彼所緣,於四識住令心生起諸雜染已」〔T30n1579 0837c27〕;「於四識住令心生起諸雜染已,招集後有,循環往來不得解脫」〔T30n1579 0837c28〕;「唯有隨眠依附相續能為雜染。因彼所緣,於諸識住雜染其心」〔T30n1579 0838a03〕

同詞者「識住」「往來」「緣」;經「思量」論「思所作」,經「妄想」論「計所執」,經「使」論「隨眠」,經「攀緣識住」論「因彼所緣,於四識住」,經「有未來世生」論「招集後有」,經「往來」論「循環往來」,詞異。經360·361 之「入於名色」,論食之擇攝有「如是由識入母胎故,得有名色;名色為緣,便有六處;由無明界所隨六處以為緣故」〔T30n1579 0839b26〕,同詞者「識」「名色」,經「入於名色」論「由識入母胎故,得有名色」,詞異。

多聞比丘·說法比丘·法次法向(經362–364·實之餘義)

  • 經:「有多聞比丘。」〔T02 0100b23〕;「生厭、離欲、滅盡法,是名多聞比丘。如是生、有、取、」〔T02 0100b27〕;「所謂說法比丘」〔T02 0100c05〕;「謂法次法向。」〔T02 0100c16〕
  • 論:「六處緣觸,三、觸緣受。當知此中,所有多聞諸聖弟子」〔T30n1579 0834c05〕;「所有多聞諸聖弟子,隨所領受,即於彼受如實遍知。」〔T30n1579 0834c06〕;「又即於彼厭離欲滅勤修正行。又能如實了知彼受觸所引生」〔T30n1579 0834c07〕

同詞者「多聞」「厭」「離欲」「滅」;經「厭、離欲、滅盡」論「厭離欲滅」,詞異。經364「法次法向」論無其詞,其近義者為見圓滿之段「於正法趣向」(〔T30n1579 0834b19〕,見經344):〔查無:以「法次法向」搜論卷九十三至九十六錄文,零見〕。「說法比丘」論亦無其詞:〔查無:以「說法比丘」「多聞比丘」二語搜論卷九十三至九十六錄文,皆零見〕。

四、本段釋要

本卷無逐文古疏。攝事分緣起食諦界擇攝即論之本母,其段落依自立之嗢拕南(目一)次第而下;以下依論之次第,自「於一切觸緣受有中」〔T30n1579 0834a13〕讀至論卷九十四食之擇攝,列其與本卷經文同詞之段(逐字+錨),並注同詞之經。論段之中與本卷經文無同詞者,不列。

一、觸緣——三種無倒記別(與經343 同詞「苦樂」「自作」「他作」「無因」「觸」)

「於一切觸緣受有中,若諸沙門、或婆羅門,」〔T30n1579 0834a13〕 「略有三種無倒記別。一、開自宗記,二、伏他宗記」〔T30n1579 0834a16〕 「於彼所問無差別記,謂諸苦樂皆從緣生,」〔T30n1579 0834a18〕 「若於彼問作如是記:諸計苦樂自作、他作、俱作、俱非無因而生」〔T30n1579 0834a19〕 「俱非無因而生,於一切處由觸生受,何用妄計自他作等」〔T30n1579 0834a20〕

論分開自宗記、伏他宗記、有執無執雜染清淨記三種;經343 舍利弗之答先說「從緣起生」、次說「緣觸生」,與論之前二記之詞相次,只錄。

二、見圓滿——五種因(與經344 同詞「正見」「不善」「善根」「食」「無明」「邊際」)

「於因生法五種因中獲得正見,名見圓滿。於此正法及毘奈耶不可轉故」〔T30n1579 0834b14〕 「於此正法及毘奈耶不可轉故,亦得名為成正直見。」〔T30n1579 0834b15〕 「由於涅槃意樂淨故,亦名成就於佛證淨,於所知境智清淨故」〔T30n1579 0834b16〕 「名於正法趣向、親近及與正證。云何名為從因生法五種因耶」〔T30n1579 0834b18〕 「於識住令識住因,謂四種食。四現法、後法雜染因」〔T30n1579 0834b21〕 「乃至無明為邊際故。過此更無緣生因觀,唯由此觀」〔T30n1579 0834b27〕

末句「邊際」,與經344 舍利弗止拘絺羅之語「汝終不能究竟諸論,得其邊際」同詞(「汝何為逐,汝終不能究竟諸論,得其邊際。若聖弟子斷除無明而生明,何須更求」〔T02 0095b07〕)。

三、實——三種實事·學與思擇法·善達法界(與經345 同詞「真實」「學」「法界」「七夜」;與經362–364 同詞「多聞」「厭離欲滅」)

「復次,略有三種於現法中真實寂滅,乃至壽量未永止息」〔T30n1579 0834c01〕 「於彼有學正修行時,施設學性。於彼無學作是思惟」〔T30n1579 0834c02〕 「無生智所思擇故,名思擇法。云何為三?一、六處,二、六處緣觸」〔T30n1579 0834c04〕 「六處緣觸,三、觸緣受。當知此中,所有多聞諸聖弟子」〔T30n1579 0834c05〕 「等說一切事法增上名句文身,名為法界。諸有獲得無礙解故,」〔T30n1579 0834c19〕 「名句文身隨欲自在,是故說名善達法界。」〔T30n1579 0834c21〕 「乃至能於七日七夜,或過彼量,辭辯無竭。復以如是差別種類」〔T30n1579 0834c23〕

經345 之「學」與「法數」,論作「施設學性」與「名思擇法」;經之「善入法界」,論先釋「法界」為「一切事法增上名句文身」,次說「善達法界」,再說『七日七夜……辭辯無竭』,與經舍利弗之自述「乃至七夜,以異句異味而解說之」同次。

四、解——六種記別(與經347 同詞「我生已盡」「阿羅漢」)

「復次,當知具解諸阿羅漢,略有六種記別所解」〔T30n1579 0834c27〕 「謂作是記:我生已盡,乃至廣說。智記別者,謂有問言」〔T30n1579 0835a03〕

經347 眾多比丘「記說」「我生已盡」,須深以其「不得正受,而復記說」為問;論說具解阿羅漢之六種記別,只錄同詞。

五、不愛樂——三法之違害(與經346 同詞「三法」「世間」「愛」「不堪」)

「復次,有三種法,是諸世間所愛所樂,依內而說」〔T30n1579 0835a23〕 「能引所治不可愛樂三種別法:一者、疾病,二者、衰老,三者、夭沒。」〔T30n1579 0835a25〕 「若於三學起邪行時,便不堪任超越疾病、衰老、夭沒」〔T30n1579 0835a26〕 「由不永斷三種結故,無有堪能依止修道得阿羅漢」〔T30n1579 0835c13〕 「於現法中無餘永斷貪瞋癡等一切煩惱,超越當來疾病、衰老及以夭沒」〔T30n1579 0835c14〕

論以三學之邪行與正行說之;經346 以十重三法之不斷與斷說之,二序不同,只錄。

六、法住智——法住智與涅槃智(與經347 同詞「法住智」「涅槃」「慧解脫」)

「增上慧學增上力故,得法住智及涅槃智。用此二智以為依止」〔T30n1579 0835c21〕 「令心解脫一切煩惱,得阿羅漢,成慧解脫。」〔T30n1579 0835c23〕 「此中云何名法住智?謂如有一,聽聞隨順緣性緣起無倒教已」〔T30n1579 0835c24〕 「如其因果安立法中所有妙智,名法住智。」〔T30n1579 0835c29〕 「又復云何名涅槃智?謂彼法爾若於苦集滅道,以其妙慧悟入信解是真苦集滅道諦時」〔T30n1579 0836a01〕 「便於涅槃能以妙慧悟入信解為寂靜等。如是妙智名涅槃智。」〔T30n1579 0836a07〕

七、精進——六種圓備(與經348 同詞「如來成就」「轉梵輪」「師子吼」「懈怠」「有果」)

「正觀六種圓備現前,足能發起勤精進住。」〔T30n1579 0836a09〕 「云何名為大師圓備?謂諸如來成就十力、四無所畏」〔T30n1579 0836a14〕 「如是等名大師圓備。云何名為聖教圓備」〔T30n1579 0836a15〕 「能轉梵輪,於大眾中正師子吼,開示一切順逆緣起」〔T30n1579 0836a16〕 「若有安住懈怠心者,當知希求二種過患。一者、」〔T30n1579 0836b08〕 「無退失時,能辦自義、他義、俱義。云何名為能辦自義」〔T30n1579 0836b14〕 「謂出家已,由其二相說名有果。一者、證得煩惱離繫究竟涅槃」〔T30n1579 0836b16〕

八、生處——四種圓滿(與經349 同詞「善來」「善出家」「聖處」「惡說」)

「復次,具四圓滿,能生聖處。若隨有一成此圓滿」〔T30n1579 0836c05〕 「名曰善來、善出家者。云何名為四種圓滿?」〔T30n1579 0836c06〕 「無有中品愚癡障故;非手代言,無有上品愚癡障故」〔T30n1579 0836c17〕 「有力能解善說、惡說所有法義。即於聖處有佛出世得值圓滿者」〔T30n1579 0836c19〕

其次一段說遠離二種猶豫之多聞聖弟子(「有諸法轉?若有多聞諸聖弟子,遠離二種非真實論」〔T30n1579 0837a05〕),與經350「多聞聖弟子不作是念」同詞「多聞」「聖弟子」,論無經之句(目三)。

九、有滅——學者見而未觸(與經351 同詞「有滅」「涅槃」「熱渴所逼」「井」「觸」)

「諸學見迹,雖於有滅寂靜涅槃,不隨他信」〔T30n1579 0837b05〕 「譬如有人熱渴所逼,馳詣深井,雖以肉眼現見井中離諸塵穢清冷美水」〔T30n1579 0837b07〕 「并給水器,而於此水身未觸證。如是有學,雖聖慧眼現見所求後煩惱斷最極寂靜」〔T30n1579 0837b08〕

十、若沙門婆羅門——世俗沙門與第一義(與經352–354 同詞「沙門義、婆羅門義」「如實」『超越/超度』)

「於貪瞋癡無餘斷滅真沙門義、婆羅門義全未證得,而諸世間起沙門想」〔T30n1579 0837b12〕 「然彼但是世俗沙門及婆羅門,非第一義。若第一義諸有沙門及婆羅門」〔T30n1579 0837b15〕 「由彼不能如實了知諸雜染法、雜染法因,亦不如實了知彼滅、」〔T30n1579 0837b18〕 「未能超越。」〔T30n1579 0837b27〕

十一、受智——四十四事·七十七種智事(與經355–357 同詞「四十四種」「七十七種」「智」「法住智」)

「於十一支安立四諦,依此一一支諦建立四十四事。」〔T30n1579 0837c03〕 「即依明觸所生諸受,宣說如是四十四種受事差別」〔T30n1579 0837c05〕 「宣說如是四十四種智事差別。此中後際所作老死,」〔T30n1579 0837c06〕 「如前所說決定遍智有差別故,由法住智所攝能取智無常性有差別故」〔T30n1579 0837c10〕 「當知建立七十七種智事差別。如是顯示歷觀諸諦一切行相」〔T30n1579 0837c11〕

十二、流轉——增·生·集與減·滅·沒(與經358 同詞「增」「減」「生」「集」「滅」)

「總名諸法若增、若生、若集。依因果滅,如其所應,當知說名若減」〔T30n1579 0837c17〕 「當知說名若減、若滅、若沒。如是意趣差別道理不違法性」〔T30n1579 0837c18〕

十三、與來往——二種雜染·四識住·循環往來(與經359–361 同詞「識住」「往來」)

「由諸纏故及隨眠故。因彼所緣,於四識住令心生起諸雜染已」〔T30n1579 0837c27〕 「於四識住令心生起諸雜染已,招集後有,循環往來不得解脫」〔T30n1579 0837c28〕

十四、佛順逆——過去諸佛與今佛於緣起順逆(與經347 佛以順逆問須深之式相近,同詞唯「緣起」)

「如過去佛得菩提已,即於緣起作意攀緣順逆道理」〔T30n1579 0838a11〕

十五、食之擇攝(與經344 之四食、經347 之三百矛、經360·361 之入於名色同詞)

「一者、段,二者、順樂受觸,三者、有漏意會思」〔T30n1579 0838c11〕 「有漏意會思,四者、能執諸根大種識。當知此中,段與現法氣力為食」〔T30n1579 0838c11〕 「正見生故,能斷無明,能生於明。」〔T30n1579 0839a27〕 「得有名色;名色為緣,便有六處;由無明界所隨六處以為緣故」〔T30n1579 0839b27〕 「生如所說依識內苦,是故苾芻當觀識食如三百鉾之所鑽刺」〔T30n1579 0840a01〕 「復次,若不如實觀此四食,便為憙、貪之所染污」〔T30n1579 0840a12〕

此段屬論之第三嗢拕南,其主屬後卷食之諸經;本卷所涉,只錄同詞。

五、諸家異釋

本卷無古德異釋。雜阿含無逐文古疏;攝事分為唯一之鏡,一家之說,無可分欄。

六、術語(首見名相·釋義唯取攝事分逐字)

先前諸卷已立之名相,本卷不重出;其中與本卷經文相涉者:法次法向·遠塵離垢法眼淨·阿羅漢·涅槃·離欲·如實知(承卷一);八聖道·阿難·漏盡·有為(承卷二);法根·法眼·法依·外道·如來、應、等正覺·戒取·無因無緣(承卷三);無記·甘露(承卷五);自作他作·正見至正定八支(承卷七);苦集道跡·苦滅道跡(承卷八);正士·苦樂自作他作(承卷九);此有故彼有·見法、得法、知法(承卷十);舍利弗·斷、吐、盡、離欲、滅、息、沒(承卷十三);摩訶拘絺羅·非自非他無因作·度疑·法住·法界·三行·法說義說(承卷十二);慧解脫(承前卷)。

名相本卷首見(逐字)錨攝事分
苦樂從緣起生「世尊說苦樂從緣起生。」〔T02 0093c14〕論作「皆從緣生」,其下並說「由觸生受」:「於彼所問無差別記,謂諸苦樂皆從緣生,」〔T30n1579 0834a18〕;「俱非無因而生,於一切處由觸生受,何用妄計自他作等」〔T30n1579 0834a20〕
應時智「善哉!舍利弗!有應時智故,有來問者,能隨時答」〔T02 0094a11〕論未釋
見具足·直見成就「多聞聖弟子於此法、律,成就何法,名為見具足,直見成就,」〔T02 0094b09〕論作「見圓滿」「成正直見」:「於因生法五種因中獲得正見,名見圓滿。於此正法及毘奈耶不可轉故」〔T30n1579 0834b14〕;「於此正法及毘奈耶不可轉故,亦得名為成正直見。」〔T30n1579 0834b15〕
不壞淨「成就於佛不壞淨,來入正法,得此正法,悟此正法」〔T02 0094b11〕論作「佛證淨」:「由於涅槃意樂淨故,亦名成就於佛證淨,於所知境智清淨故」〔T30n1579 0834b16〕
不善根·善根「多聞聖弟子於不善法如實知、不善根如實知」〔T02 0094b12〕「云何名為從因生法五種因耶?一、惡趣因,謂諸不善及不善根」〔T30n1579 0834b19〕;「二、善趣因,謂一切善及諸善根。」〔T30n1579 0834b21〕
四食(麁摶食·細觸食·意思食·識食)「一者麁摶食,二者細觸食,三者意思食」〔T02 0094c01〕論作「四種食」,四名作段·順樂受觸·有漏意會思·能執諸根大種識:「於識住令識住因,謂四種食。四現法、後法雜染因」〔T30n1579 0834b21〕;「一者、段,二者、順樂受觸,三者、有漏意會思」〔T30n1579 0838c11〕
三病(欲病·有病·無明病)「謂三病——欲病、有病、無明病——是名病,如是病如實知」〔T02 0094c18〕論未釋(見圓滿之段有「謂一切漏」〔T30n1579 0834b23〕,論無「病」之詞)
波羅延那·阿逸多所問「波羅延那阿逸多所問:」〔T02 0095b12〕論未釋
學·法數「舍利弗!何等為學?何等為法數?」〔T02 0095b15〕論作「學性」「思擇法」:「於彼有學正修行時,施設學性。於彼無學作是思惟」〔T30n1579 0834c02〕;「無生智所思擇故,名思擇法。云何為三?一、六處,二、六處緣觸」〔T30n1579 0834c04〕
發喜問「我不能辯世尊初問,是故我默念住。世尊須臾復為作發喜問」〔T02 0095b29〕論未釋
善入法界「舍利弗比丘善入法界故。」〔T02 0095c14〕論作「善達法界」:「等說一切事法增上名句文身,名為法界。諸有獲得無礙解故,」〔T30n1579 0834c19〕;「名句文身隨欲自在,是故說名善達法界。」〔T30n1579 0834c21〕
戾語·常求人短「不欲聞法、常求人短,復有三法不斷故,」〔T02 0096a09〕論未釋
無慚·無愧「何等為三?謂無慚、無愧、放逸,此三法不斷故」〔T02 0096a13〕論未釋
須深「如前?」時,有人言:「有一年少,名曰須深,」〔T02 0096c09〕論未釋
先知法住·後知涅槃·法住智「彼先知法住,後知涅槃。彼諸善男子獨一靜處」〔T02 0097b06〕論作「法住智及涅槃智」:「增上慧學增上力故,得法住智及涅槃智。用此二智以為依止」〔T30n1579 0835c21〕;「如其因果安立法中所有妙智,名法住智。」〔T30n1579 0835c29〕
盜密出家「我於正法中盜密出家,是故悔過。」〔T02 0097c07〕論未釋
十種力·四無畏「如來成就十種力」〔T02 0098a14〕論作「十力」「四無所畏」:「云何名為大師圓備?謂諸如來成就十力、四無所畏」〔T30n1579 0836a14〕;「如是等名大師圓備。云何名為聖教圓備」〔T30n1579 0836a15〕
梵輪·師子吼「如來成就十種力,得四無畏,知先佛住處,能轉梵輪,於大眾中震師子吼言」〔T02 0098a14〕「能轉梵輪,於大眾中正師子吼,開示一切順逆緣起」〔T30n1579 0836a16〕
聖處·手語「善得己利,曠世時時得生聖處,諸根具足,不愚不癡」〔T02 0098b07〕論作「非手代言」:「復次,具四圓滿,能生聖處。若隨有一成此圓滿」〔T30n1579 0836c05〕;「無有中品愚癡障故;非手代言,無有上品愚癡障故」〔T30n1579 0836c17〕
沙門數·沙門義「婆羅門數,彼亦非沙門義、婆羅門義,見法自知作證」〔T02 0099a09〕「於貪瞋癡無餘斷滅真沙門義、婆羅門義全未證得,而諸世間起沙門想」〔T30n1579 0837b12〕
超度「而欲超度觸者,無有是處,觸集、觸滅、觸滅道跡超度者」〔T02 0099b22〕論作「超越」:「未能超越。」〔T30n1579 0837b27〕
四十四種智「有四十四種智」〔T02 0099c20〕「宣說如是四十四種智事差別。此中後際所作老死,」〔T30n1579 0837c06〕
七十七種智「有七十七種智」〔T02 0099c28〕「當知建立七十七種智事差別。如是顯示歷觀諸諦一切行相」〔T30n1579 0837c11〕
增法·減法「有增法、減法。」〔T02 0100a13〕論作「若增」「若減」:「總名諸法若增、若生、若集。依因果滅,如其所應,當知說名若減」〔T30n1579 0837c17〕;「當知說名若減、若滅、若沒。如是意趣差別道理不違法性」〔T30n1579 0837c18〕
說法比丘「所謂說法比丘」〔T02 0100c05〕論未釋

本表『首見』以前諸卷之錄文為比:所列或為前卷未見之詞,或為前卷已見之詞於本卷首成之新組合(如『無慚·無愧』之「無愧」前見卷七〔T02 0049a10〕、「善根」前見卷九〔T02 0057b23〕,此處之新在本卷十重三法之因果脈絡與攝事分之釋,非在詞之對舉;卷七作「無慙」〔T02 0049a10〕,字形亦與本卷異)。緣觸生·有滅·異信·攀緣識住·思量·妄想·往來·多聞比丘,前卷已見,不列。

七、譬喻·修辭

譬喻二則:

  1. 王法治賊·劖以百矛至三百矛(經347)——佛為須深說:「以譬得解。譬如國王有防邏者,捉捕盜賊」〔T02 0097c24〕;「然後將出城外刑罪人處,遍身四體,劖以百矛。」〔T02 0097c27〕;「彼典刑者受王教令,送彼罪人」〔T02 0097c28〕;「彼王治罪,劖以三百矛,彼罪人身寧有完處如手掌不」〔T02 0098a04〕;合法:「此尚可耳,若於正法、律盜密出家,盜受持法」〔T02 0098a09〕。譬之次第:捉捕→縛送→反縛宣令→刑處刺百矛→日中再刺→日晡再刺→問有無完處→問苦劇否→合以盜密出家之苦「倍過於彼」。論以「三百鉾」觀識食(目三),所譬不同。
  2. 曠野井水·無繩無罐(經351)——尊者殊勝為尊者那羅說:「夫智者以譬得解,如曠野路邊有井,無繩無罐,」〔T02 0098c26〕;「得取其水。時,有行人,熱渴所逼,繞井求覓」〔T02 0098c28〕;「繞井求覓,無繩無罐,諦觀井水,如實知見,而不觸身」〔T02 0098c28〕;合法:「如是,我說有滅則寂滅、涅槃,而自不得漏盡阿羅漢」〔T02 0099a01〕。本卷二譬皆以「今當說譬」起(見下表);經351 之譬為弟子所說,非佛親說。論同用熱渴深井之譬說有學(目三)。

偈(經345)——世尊所引「波羅延那阿逸多所問」,一首四句,五言:

「若得諸法數,若復種種學,」〔T02 0095b13〕 「具威儀及行,為我分別說。」〔T02 0095b14〕

偈後世尊之問,以偈之「法數」與「學」二詞分問(「舍利弗!何等為學?何等為法數?」〔T02 0095b15〕);舍利弗之答則先「學」後「數法」,與偈之序相反,只錄。

定型句:

句錨經
「欲有所問,寧有閑暇見答與不?」〔T02 0093b29〕;「欲有所問,寧有閑暇見答與不」〔T02 0094b06〕343·344
「仁者但問,知者當答。」〔T02 0094b08〕344
「正有此等,更有餘耶?」〔T02 0094b27〕〔T02 0094c15〕;「正有此法,復有餘耶?」〔T02 0095a15〕;「唯有此法,更有餘耶?」〔T02 0095b06〕344(六問,第三問「正有此等,更有餘耶?」〔T02 0094c27〕跨行)
「此是無記。」〔T02 0093c04〕〔T02 0093c07〕〔T02 0093c09〕343
「此有故彼有,此起故彼起」〔T02 0098a16〕;「然彼多聞聖弟子知所謂此有故彼有,此起故彼起」〔T02 0098b25〕348·350(經349·358 跨行)
默然三度「尊者舍利弗默然不答,第二、第三亦復默然。佛言:」〔T02 0095b15〕;「尊者茂師羅默然不答,第二、第三問亦默然不答」〔T02 0098c14〕345·351
「所說不同,前後相違」「尊者所說不同,前後相違」〔T02 0097a19〕;「所說不同,前後相違,如尊者所說,有滅則寂滅」〔T02 0098c24〕347·351
「今當說譬」「今當說譬,其智慧者,」〔T02 0097c23〕;「今當說譬,夫智者以譬得解」〔T02 0098c26〕347·351
「諦聽,善思,當為汝說」「諦聽,善思,當為汝說。何等為四十四種智」〔T02 0099c21〕356–358·362
「世尊是法根、法眼、法依。」〔T02 0100c07〕〔T02 0100c18〕(經362 跨行:「世尊是法根、法眼、法依。唯願為說『多聞比丘』,諸比丘聞已」〔T02 0100b24〕)362–364
「自利、利他、自他俱利」「當觀自利、利他、自他俱利」〔T02 0098b01〕;「是故,比丘!當如是學,自利、利他、自他俱利。」〔T02 0098b16〕348·349

問答之型——本卷問答有三型:一、弟子間之往復(經343·344·351),經344 初問成就何法,續以「更有餘耶」追問五度,合為六問往復,答者依次推進,至第六問止之以「汝終不能究竟諸論,得其邊際」;二、佛問而弟子默然、後答(經345),默然三度與經351 茂師羅之默然三度同式,而一默後開解、一默後由他人代答;三、佛設問、諸比丘請說而佛說(經362–364),請說之辭同一。經347 須深問比丘五度,比丘五度答「不也」,為本卷最長之往復。

反覆句式——經346 十重三法(老、病、死+九重因端)之不斷,逆次推至無慚、無愧、放逸,再以「所以者何」順次推至老、病、死;斷之一面同其次第而反其義,經末再以「所以者何」順次推之,四度往返。經352–354 一式而三變:如實知與不如實知(352)、六入處與觸以下之有無是處(353)、超度(354)。經355–357 一式而遞增:四項覺知(355)、四十四智(356)、七十七智(357)。經359–361 一式而遞增:攀緣識住(359)、加入於名色(360)、再加往來·生死(361)。

偈之體——經345 之偈五言四句,二句一韻;偈在世尊語中,為所引而非所說。本卷無攝頌。

八、徵引承衍

  • 攝事分之同詞——本卷經文與攝事分同詞之處,逐字已列於目三、目四、目六、目十①;此處只列錨:〔T30n1579 0834a13〕〔T30n1579 0834a16〕〔T30n1579 0834a18〕〔T30n1579 0834a19〕〔T30n1579 0834a20〕〔T30n1579 0834b14〕〔T30n1579 0834b15〕〔T30n1579 0834b16〕〔T30n1579 0834b18〕〔T30n1579 0834b19〕〔T30n1579 0834b21〕〔T30n1579 0834b22〕〔T30n1579 0834b23〕〔T30n1579 0834b26〕〔T30n1579 0834b27〕〔T30n1579 0834c01〕〔T30n1579 0834c02〕〔T30n1579 0834c04〕〔T30n1579 0834c05〕〔T30n1579 0834c06〕〔T30n1579 0834c07〕〔T30n1579 0834c19〕〔T30n1579 0834c21〕〔T30n1579 0834c23〕〔T30n1579 0834c27〕〔T30n1579 0835a03〕〔T30n1579 0835a23〕〔T30n1579 0835a25〕〔T30n1579 0835a26〕〔T30n1579 0835c11〕〔T30n1579 0835c13〕〔T30n1579 0835c14〕〔T30n1579 0835c21〕〔T30n1579 0835c23〕〔T30n1579 0835c24〕〔T30n1579 0835c29〕〔T30n1579 0836a01〕〔T30n1579 0836a06〕〔T30n1579 0836a07〕〔T30n1579 0836a09〕〔T30n1579 0836a14〕〔T30n1579 0836a15〕〔T30n1579 0836a16〕〔T30n1579 0836b08〕〔T30n1579 0836b14〕〔T30n1579 0836b16〕〔T30n1579 0836c05〕〔T30n1579 0836c06〕〔T30n1579 0836c17〕〔T30n1579 0836c19〕〔T30n1579 0836c28〕〔T30n1579 0837a05〕〔T30n1579 0837a07〕〔T30n1579 0837b05〕〔T30n1579 0837b07〕〔T30n1579 0837b08〕〔T30n1579 0837b12〕〔T30n1579 0837b15〕〔T30n1579 0837b17〕〔T30n1579 0837b18〕〔T30n1579 0837b20〕〔T30n1579 0837b23〕〔T30n1579 0837b26〕〔T30n1579 0837b27〕〔T30n1579 0837c02〕〔T30n1579 0837c03〕〔T30n1579 0837c05〕〔T30n1579 0837c06〕〔T30n1579 0837c09〕〔T30n1579 0837c10〕〔T30n1579 0837c11〕〔T30n1579 0837c16〕〔T30n1579 0837c17〕〔T30n1579 0837c18〕〔T30n1579 0837c25〕〔T30n1579 0837c26〕〔T30n1579 0837c27〕〔T30n1579 0837c28〕〔T30n1579 0838a03〕〔T30n1579 0838a11〕〔T30n1579 0838c11〕〔T30n1579 0839a27〕〔T30n1579 0839b26〕〔T30n1579 0839b27〕〔T30n1579 0840a01〕〔T30n1579 0840a12〕。
  • 嗢拕南之承衍——論卷九十四「觸緣、見圓滿、實、解、不愛樂、法住智、精進、生處等為後。」〔T30n1579 0834a11〕一首八項之段,與本卷經343–350 之位相當;「有滅、若沙門婆羅門、受智、流轉、與來往、佛順逆為後。」〔T30n1579 0837b03〕一首六項之段,與本卷經351–361 之位相當,末項「佛順逆」與經347 之順逆問相近(目四);「安立、與因緣、觀察於食義、」〔T30n1579 0838c04〕一首屬食之擇攝,本卷唯經344 之四食同詞(目三)。卷十二已對之二首(論卷九十三總嗢拕南及「二諦等」之別嗢拕南),本卷不重列。
  • 卷內之承衍——經352–354 三經同式:經352 說法之如實知,經353 說六入處與觸以下之如實知之有無是處,經354「如上說。差別者」〔T02 0099b20〕回指經353 而改說超度。經355–357 三經同式而遞增其數。經359–361 三經同式而遞增其支:經360 增「入於名色」,經361 再增「往來」「生死」。經362–364 三經同式:諸比丘請說之辭同一,所說之「生厭、離欲、滅盡」同一,唯所施設之名異(多聞比丘·說法比丘·法次法向)。經343 舍利弗說「緣觸生」,經344 舍利弗說四食之觸食,經345 舍利弗說「食集生」,三經同屬舍利弗之說,只錄不釋。經347 須深問比丘之語「云何不得禪定而復記說」與經351 那羅問殊勝之語「而復言非漏盡阿羅漢耶」,皆以「所說不同,前後相違」詰之(目七),只錄不釋。
  • 本卷之外——經344「如前分別經說」(「如前分別經說。云何老死集如實知?」〔T02 0095a18〕)所回指者,在本篇前卷之義說諸經;不指定卷與經序,只錄。經364「法次法向」,前篇已見,只錄不釋。

九、校本定位

大正藏校記於本卷異讀共四十五條(【大】=大正藏原刊;【宋】【元】【明】=三本,大正注略稱【三】;【宮-CB】【思溪-CB】【磧-CB】【麗-CB】為今行校本所記;今行字=今行錄文所取之字;「無」=該本無此字;並錄不判;#002·#003·#018·#019·#022·#030·#032·#037 八條為今行校本修訂列·非大正原注):

#錨今行字異讀
0010093b29與【元】【明】以
0020093c28非【大】亦;今行從【麗-CB】(今行校本修訂列·非大正原注)
0030093c29因【大】緣;今行從【麗-CB】(今行校本修訂列·非大正原注)
0040094a23苦樂【大】苦;【宋】【元】【明】苦樂;今行從【宮-CB】【思溪-CB】【磧-CB】
0050094b04定【宋】【元】【明】無
0060094b07與【元】【明】以
0070094b08但【宋】【元】【明】且
0080094b10律【明】者
0090094c01摶【宋】【元】摧
0100094c09是【宋】【元】【明】實知
0110094c16言【宋】【元】【明】語
0120094c16復【宋】【元】【明】無
0130095a05集【宋】【元】【明】染
0140095a13道【宋】【元】【明】法
0150095a15更【宋】【元】【明】亦更
0160095a16死【宋】【元】【明】死老死
0170095b05者【元】老
0180095b12那【大】耶(今行校本修訂列·非大正原注)
0190095b13數【大】教(今行校本修訂列·非大正原注)
0200095b15數【元】【明】故
0210095c02正【宋】政
0220095c13七夜異句異味【大】異句異味,七夜(今行校本修訂列·非大正原注)
0230095c21世間【宋】【元】【明】無
0240095c24應【宋】【元】【明】無
0250096a26復【宋】【元】【明】復有
0260096c05力【宋】【元】【明】士
0270096c29欲【宋】【元】【明】無
0280097a19須深【明】無
0290097b07住【大】法;【元】【明】住;今行從【磧-CB】
0300097b10住【大】法;【元】【明】住;今行從【磧-CB】(今行校本修訂列·非大正原注)
0310097c17唯【宋】【元】【明】惟
0320097c26宣【大】宜;今行從【麗-CB】(今行校本修訂列·非大正原注)
0330098a05無【宋】【元】【明】不
0340098a22血【宋】【元】【明】而
0350098a27老【宋】者
0360098b01自他【宋】【元】【明】無
0370100a16減【大】滅;今行從【麗-CB】(今行校本修訂列·非大正原注)
0380100b06集【宋】【元】【明】無
0390100c16次【宋】以
0400100c17次【宋】以
0410100c18唯【宋】【元】【明】惟
0420100c21次【宋】以
0430100c22次【宋】以
0440100c23次【宋】以
0450100c25第【明】無

#008 之大正注原文作「〔律〕-【明】,律+(者)【明】」,兼記二讀;今行之列記為【明】者,照錄而不判。

可記者八事(並錄不判):

  1. 經343 之字(#001–#004)——「寧有閑暇見答與不」之「與」(0093b29)【元】【明】作以;舍利弗語「無有是處」之上「非」「因」二字(0093c28·0093c29),【大】作亦、緣,今行從【麗-CB】(皆今行校本修訂列),即【大】讀作『亦自他作』『亦從緣作』之類;「而生苦樂」之「苦樂」(0094a23),【大】作苦,今行從【宮-CB】【思溪-CB】【磧-CB】及三本。白話依今行。
  2. 經344 之字(#005–#017)——「從禪定起」之「定」(0094b04)三本無;「寧有閑暇見答與不」之「與」(0094b07)【元】【明】作以,與經343 同;「仁者但問」之「但」(0094b08)三本作且;「於此法、律」之「律」(0094b10)【明】作者,大正注兼記【明】無律、律下有者二讀;「麁摶食」之「摶」(0094c01)【宋】【元】作摧;「是」(0094c09)三本作實知;「舍利弗言」之「言」(0094c16)三本作語;「復更有餘」之「復」(0094c16)三本無;「彼彼集著」之「集」(0095a05)三本作染;「來入正道」之「道」(0095a13)三本作法;「更有餘」之「更」(0095a15)三本作亦更;「老死」之「死」(0095a16)三本作死老死;「悟此正法」下「者」字(0095b05)【元】作老。白話依今行;「來入正道」之句,白話依今行作「來入正道」。
  3. 經345 之字(#018–#022)——「波羅延那」之「那」(0095b12),【大】作耶;偈首句「若得諸法數」之「數」(0095b13),【大】作教,即【大】讀作『若得諸法教』;「何等為法數」之「數」(0095b15)【元】【明】作故;「正使世尊」之「正」(0095c02)【宋】作政;「乃至七夜異句異味」(0095c13),【大】作「異句異味,七夜」,二序互倒。#018·#019·#022 皆今行校本修訂列。白話依今行。
  4. 經346 之字(#023–#025)——「不出於世間」之「世間」(0095c21)三本無;「應、等正覺」之「應」(0095c24)三本無;「復三法斷故」之「復」(0096a26)三本作復有。白話依今行。
  5. 經347 之字(#026–#033)——「誰有智慧、大力」之「力」(0096c05)三本作士,即三本讀作『大士』;「欲求於正法中出家」之「欲」(0096c29)三本無;「不也,須深」之「須深」(0097a19)【明】無;「不放逸住」之「住」二處(0097b07·0097b10),【大】作法,即【大】讀作『不放逸法』,今行從【磧-CB】及【元】【明】(0097b10 為今行校本修訂列);「唯願世尊」之「唯」(0097c17)三本作惟;「惡聲宣令」之「宣」(0097c26),【大】作宜(今行校本修訂列);「無也,世尊」之「無」(0098a05)三本作不。白話依今行。
  6. 經348 之字(#034–#036)——「血肉枯竭」之「血」(0098a22)三本作而;「增長生、老」之「老」(0098a27)【宋】作者;「自他俱利」之「自他」(0098b01)三本無,即三本讀作『自利、利他、俱利』。白話依今行。
  7. 經358·360 之字(#037·#038)——「云何減法」之「減」(0100a16),【大】作滅,即【大】讀作『云何滅法』,與上文「增法、減法」之「減」不一;今行從【麗-CB】(今行校本修訂列)。經360「如是純大苦聚集」之「集」(0100b06)三本無。白話依今行。
  8. 經364 及尾題之字(#039–#045)——「法次法向」之「次」五處(0100c16·0100c17·0100c21·0100c22·0100c23),【宋】皆作以,即【宋】讀作『法以法向』;「唯願為說」之「唯」(0100c18)三本作惟;尾題「雜阿含經卷第十四」之「第」(0100c25)【明】無。白話依今行。

標點二處:經348 師子吼之語,底本作「此有故彼有,此起故彼起,謂緣無明行……」〔T02 0098a16〕,次以「廣說乃至」〔T02 0098a17〕,再接「純大苦聚集,純大苦聚滅。」〔T02 0098a17〕,底本以「……」與「廣說乃至」示略文,白話照錄其略而不補;經354 底本作「爾時,世尊告諸比丘……如上說。差別者」〔T02 0099b20〕,底本以「……」示略文,白話照錄。又經343 佛自述往昔、經344 舍利弗之答,底本每段以開引號起而不閉,白話依段閉合;經343 佛所引與外道之問答、經347 須深所轉述諸比丘與外道之語、經362·363 諸比丘請說之「多聞比丘」「說法比丘」,皆在內層引號中,白話拉平入句。

gaiji:本卷錄文無私用區字,亦無擴充 B 區字。 夾註:本卷無。 偈之行式:經345 偈一首,底本二行,每行二句(0095b13·0095b14),首行之首為世尊語之引號與偈之內層引號,末行之末為偈之內層收號,偈在世尊語之內層;白話以二行偈體錄之,每行二句。

十、攝事分本母·SN 座標·別譯異文

①攝事分本母(逐經)——唯以論文與經文逐字同詞同喻者為成立,各引論文一句;義近而論無其詞者,以今語一句帶過,標〔義對位·論無同詞〕;論與經有同詞而依對位之法只列參者,標〔義對位·同詞見目三〕。論之嗢拕南項名附於經序之後,為讀法(目一)。

經本母(逐字)錨同詞
343(觸緣)「若於彼問作如是記:諸計苦樂自作、他作、俱作、俱非無因而生」〔T30n1579 0834a19〕0834a19苦樂·自作·他作·無因·觸
344(見圓滿)「於因生法五種因中獲得正見,名見圓滿。於此正法及毘奈耶不可轉故」〔T30n1579 0834b14〕;食之擇攝,「一者、段,二者、順樂受觸,三者、有漏意會思」〔T30n1579 0838c11〕(次要)0834b14·0838c11正見·正法·不善·善根·食·無明·邊際
345(實)「名句文身隨欲自在,是故說名善達法界。」〔T30n1579 0834c21〕0834c21真實·學·厭·離欲·滅·法界·七夜
346(不愛樂)「復次,有三種法,是諸世間所愛所樂,依內而說」〔T30n1579 0835a23〕0835a23三法·世間·愛·不堪·斷
347(解·法住智·佛順逆)「增上慧學增上力故,得法住智及涅槃智。用此二智以為依止」〔T30n1579 0835c21〕;解之段,「謂作是記:我生已盡,乃至廣說。智記別者,謂有問言」〔T30n1579 0835a03〕(次要);佛順逆之段,『佛於緣起順逆而觀,與佛以順逆問須深之式相近』〔義對位·同詞見目三〕;食之擇攝,「生如所說依識內苦,是故苾芻當觀識食如三百鉾之所鑽刺」〔T30n1579 0840a01〕(同數異譬,次要)0835c21·0835a03·0840a01法住智·涅槃·慧解脫·阿羅漢·我生已盡·三百
348(精進)「能轉梵輪,於大眾中正師子吼,開示一切順逆緣起」〔T30n1579 0836a16〕0836a16如來成就·十力·轉梵輪·大眾中·師子吼·懈怠·有果
349(生處)「復次,具四圓滿,能生聖處。若隨有一成此圓滿」〔T30n1579 0836c05〕0836c05善來·善出家·聖處·愚癡·惡說·義
350本經未見本母直釋;生處之後一段,『多聞聖弟子遠離無因、惡因二論,正觀流轉而無疑惑』〔義對位·同詞見目三〕——
351(有滅)「譬如有人熱渴所逼,馳詣深井,雖以肉眼現見井中離諸塵穢清冷美水」〔T30n1579 0837b07〕0837b07有滅·涅槃·熱渴所逼·井·水·觸·身
352(若沙門婆羅門)「於貪瞋癡無餘斷滅真沙門義、婆羅門義全未證得,而諸世間起沙門想」〔T30n1579 0837b12〕0837b12沙門·婆羅門·沙門義·婆羅門義·如實·滅
353(若沙門婆羅門)「若無明觸及無明界所隨六處。業所作者,謂由緣起逆次道理」〔T30n1579 0837b23〕0837b23六處·如實
354(若沙門婆羅門)「未能超越。」〔T30n1579 0837b27〕0837b27超越(經「超度」)
355(受智)「即依明觸所生諸受,宣說如是四十四種受事差別」〔T30n1579 0837c05〕;『依十一支安立四諦而有四十四種受事,與本經十一支各四項之覺知相次』〔義對位·同詞見目三〕0837c05四十四種·老死
356(受智)「宣說如是四十四種智事差別。此中後際所作老死,」〔T30n1579 0837c06〕0837c06四十四種·智·老死
357(受智)「當知建立七十七種智事差別。如是顯示歷觀諸諦一切行相」〔T30n1579 0837c11〕0837c11七十七種·智·法住智·無常
358(流轉)「當知說名若減、若滅、若沒。如是意趣差別道理不違法性」〔T30n1579 0837c18〕0837c18增·減·生·集·滅
359(與來往)「由諸纏故及隨眠故。因彼所緣,於四識住令心生起諸雜染已」〔T30n1579 0837c27〕0837c27識住·緣
360(與來往)同上;食之擇攝,「得有名色;名色為緣,便有六處;由無明界所隨六處以為緣故」〔T30n1579 0839b27〕(次要)0837c27·0839b27識住·識·名色
361(與來往)「於四識住令心生起諸雜染已,招集後有,循環往來不得解脫」〔T30n1579 0837c28〕0837c28識住·往來
362本經未見本母直釋;實之段,『多聞聖弟子於所領受如實遍知,厭離欲滅勤修正行』〔義對位·同詞見目三〕——
363本經未見本母直釋;同上〔義對位·同詞見目三〕;「說法比丘」論無其詞——
364本經未見本母直釋;見圓滿之段,『於正法趣向』,與「法次法向」義近〔義對位·論無同詞〕——

卷九十四嗢拕南前二首十四項,對本卷之經者已列上表,無一項落空。「受智」一項兼「受事」「智事」二義,與經355–357 三經之對,依論之次第為讀。

②SN 座標(逐經·唯錄大正注原文):

經大正注逐字錨
343「S. 12. 25. Bhūmija.(浮彌)」0093b25
344大正注未記—
345「S. 12. 31-32. Bhūtaṃ, Kaḷāra.」0095b10
346大正注未記—
347「S. 12. 70. Susīma.(須深)」0096b25
348「S. 12. 21-22. Dasabala.」0098a13
349大正注未記—
350「S. 12. 49. Ariyasāvaka.」0098b22
351「S. 12. 68. Kosambī.」0098c01
352「S. 12. 13-14. Samaṇa-brāhmaṇā.」0099a06
353「S. 12. 13-14. Samaṇa-brāhmaṇā.」0099b02
354「S. 12. 71-81. Samaṇa-brāhmaṇā.」0099b19;同注又見 0099c02
355「S. 12. 28. Bhikkhū.」0099c04
356「S. 12. 33. Ñānassa vatthūni.」0099c19
357「S. 12. 35-36. Avijjāpaccayā.」0099c27
358「S. 12. 35-36. Avijjāpaccāya.」0100a12;同注又見 0100a20
359「S. 12. 38. Cetanā.」0100a23
360「S. 12. 39. Cetanā.」0100b02
361「S. 12. 40. Cetanā.」0100b11
362大正注未記—
363「S. 12. 16. Dhammakathika.」0100c04
364「cf. S. 12. 16. Dhammakathika.」0100c15

大正注二十條(經354·358 各二條,經364 一條為「cf.」互見),皆「S. 12.」;經344·346·349·362 四經未記。二十二經中十八經有座標。經357 一條,今行校本另列「S. 12. 34. Ñānassa vatthūni.(2)」,與大正注原文所記不同,二者並錄不判。經357「Avijjāpaccayā」與經358「Avijjāpaccāya」字形之異,照原錄。

大正注於經中名目另有對音之注,逐字錄之以備檢:「Pārāyana, Ajitapañha. [Sn. V. 2.].」(0095b12,波羅延那阿逸多所問);「偈文 Sn. 1038.」(0095b13);「那羅 Nārada.」「茂師羅 Musīla.」(0098c01);「殊勝 Saviṭṭha.」「Ānanda.」(0098c02)。

③別譯異文:別譯未見對照經(見目二)。

Placement of the passage as a whole. This unit is the whole of Fascicle 14 of the Saṃyukta Āgama: the fascicle title 「雜阿含經卷第十四」—“Saṃyukta Āgama, Fascicle 14”; the translator’s attribution 「宋天竺三藏求那跋陀羅譯」—“translated by Guṇabhadra, Tripiṭaka master from India, in the Song”; twenty-two discourses (discourse numbers 343 to 364); one verse (Discourse 345, the Pārāyaṇa, the Questions of Ajita, quoted by the World-Honored One); no summary verse; and the closing title at the end of the fascicle, 「雜阿含經卷第十四」—“Saṃyukta Āgama, Fascicle 14.” There are 10,121 Chinese characters in the fascicle. There are three dwelling places: Rājagṛha, in the Kalandaka Bamboo Grove (Discourses 343–350; in Discourse 343 the venerable Bhūmija is on Vulture Peak, in Discourse 344 the venerable Śāriputra and the venerable Mahākauṣṭhila are on Vulture Peak, and in Discourse 347 a great many of the heterodox gather in the Hall of the Unprecedented); Śrāvastī, by the Elephant-Ear Pond (Discourse 351, where four venerables dwell, the Buddha not being present); and Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park (Discourses 352–364). Speakers: in Discourses 346, 348–350, and 352–361 the World-Honored One addresses the bhikṣus (direct teaching); in Discourses 362–364 the World-Honored One first puts a question, the bhikṣus request the teaching, and the Buddha then teaches it; in Discourse 343 a great many wanderers of another sect ask and the venerable Bhūmija answers, Bhūmija goes to the venerable Śāriputra, Śāriputra approves and teaches at length, the venerable Ānanda tells the Buddha, the Buddha approves and tells of his own former times, and Ānanda states the conclusion; in Discourse 344 the venerable Mahākauṣṭhila asks six times and the venerable Śāriputra answers six times; in Discourse 345 the World-Honored One asks, the venerable Śāriputra is silent three times and then answers, Śāriputra speaks to the bhikṣus, a bhikṣu tells the Buddha, and the Buddha answers; in Discourse 347 a great many of the heterodox request Suśīma, Suśīma asks the bhikṣus and a bhikṣu answers, Suśīma tells the Buddha and the Buddha answers, and Suśīma confesses his fault; in Discourse 351 the venerable Nārada asks, the venerable Musīla answers and then is silent, the venerable Shusheng answers in his place and gives a simile, and the venerable Ānanda questions Nārada; Discourses 344 and 351 do not, in the whole of either discourse, come from the mouth of the World-Honored One. The mirror set against it is the selection and gathering on dependent arising, nutriment, the truths, and the elements, in the topics of the sūtras, in the Compendium of Topics of the Yogācārabhūmi (Fascicle 94 of the treatise). The Taishō collation notes give forty-five variant readings (eight of them rows of revision in the current edition), see the ninth topic; the coordinates carried in the Taishō notes number twenty, see the tenth topic.


I. Doctrinal-Outline Placement

The place of Fascicle 14—the head of the fascicle in the base text:

「雜阿含經卷第十四」—“Saṃyukta Āgama, Fascicle 14”〔T02 0093b22〕 「宋天竺三藏求那跋陀羅譯」—“translated by Guṇabhadra, Tripiṭaka master from India, in the Song”〔T02 0093b24〕

The closing title at the end of the fascicle likewise reads 「雜阿含經卷第十四」—“Saṃyukta Āgama, Fascicle 14”〔T02 0100c25〕. The sequence of discourses begins at (343): 「如是我聞:一時,佛住王舍城迦蘭陀竹園」—“Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Rājagṛha, in the Kalandaka Bamboo Grove”〔T02 0093b25〕. This fascicle is the second fascicle of the Connected Discourses on Dependent Arising, Nutriment, the Truths, and the Elements, carrying on from Fascicle 12.

Dwelling places (all verbatim from the base text):

  • Rājagṛha, in the Kalandaka Bamboo Grove—「如是我聞:一時,佛住王舍城迦蘭陀竹園」—“Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Rājagṛha, in the Kalandaka Bamboo Grove”〔T02 0093b25〕: Discourse 343; the same phrase is also found at〔T02 0094b02〕〔T02 0095b10〕〔T02 0095c17〕〔T02 0096b25〕〔T02 0098a13〕〔T02 0098b06〕〔T02 0098b22〕: Discourses 344–350.
  • Vulture Peak—「爾時,尊者浮彌比丘住耆闍崛山。」—“At that time the venerable bhikṣu Bhūmija was staying on Vulture Peak.”〔T02 0093b26〕: where Bhūmija of Discourse 343 was; 「爾時,尊者舍利弗、尊者摩訶拘絺羅住耆闍崛山」—“At that time the venerable Śāriputra and the venerable Mahākauṣṭhila were staying on Vulture Peak”〔T02 0094b03〕: where the two venerables of Discourse 344 were.
  • The Hall of the Unprecedented—「眾多異道聚會未曾講堂,作如是論:」—“a great many of the heterodox gathered in the Hall of the Unprecedented and held this discussion:”〔T02 0096b29〕: where the great many of the heterodox of Discourse 347 gathered.
  • Śrāvastī, by the Elephant-Ear Pond—「如是我聞:一時,尊者那羅、尊者茂師羅、尊者殊勝、尊者阿難住舍衛國象耳池側」—“Thus have I heard. At one time the venerable Nārada, the venerable Musīla, the venerable Shusheng, and the venerable Ānanda were staying at Śrāvastī, by the Elephant-Ear Pond”〔T02 0098c01〕: Discourse 351; this discourse does not record where the Buddha was staying.
  • Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park—「如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園」—“Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park”〔T02 0099a06〕: Discourse 352; the same phrase is also found at〔T02 0099b02〕〔T02 0099b19〕〔T02 0099c04〕〔T02 0099c19〕〔T02 0099c27〕〔T02 0100a12〕〔T02 0100a23〕〔T02 0100b02〕〔T02 0100b11〕〔T02 0100b22〕〔T02 0100c04〕〔T02 0100c15〕: Discourses 353–364.

The types of the twenty-two discourses, and what is asked and what is said (the types follow the discourses’ own 「問」—“asked,” 「答」—“answered,” 「告」—“said to,” and 「白」—“said to [a superior]”; what is asked and what is said are all verbatim from the base text):

DiscourseAnchorTypeWhat is asked · what is said (verbatim)
343〔T02 0093b25〕A great many wanderers of another sect ask (four questions) → the venerable Bhūmija answers with 「無記」—“undeclared,” and that suffering and happiness arise from conditions → Bhūmija goes to the venerable Śāriputra to ask for correction → Śāriputra approves and teaches at length → the venerable Ānanda tells the Buddha → the Buddha praises Śāriputra and tells of his own former times → Ānanda tells the Buddha and states the conclusion「欲有所問,寧有閑暇見答與不?」—“We wish to ask something; would you have the leisure to answer us or not?”〔T02 0093b29〕; 「苦樂自作耶」—“Are suffering and happiness made by oneself?”〔T02 0093c02〕; 「世尊說苦樂從緣起生」—“The World-Honored One says that suffering and happiness arise from conditions”〔T02 0093c14〕; 「婆羅門所說苦樂自作者,亦緣觸生;若言不從觸生者」—“brāhmaṇas speak of, the suffering and happiness made by oneself, also arise conditioned by contact; to say that they do not arise from contact”〔T02 0094a01〕; 「如世尊所說義,我已解知,有生故有老死」—“The meaning of what the World-Honored One has said I have already understood: because there is birth, there are old age and death”〔T02 0094a25〕
344〔T02 0094b02〕The venerable Mahākauṣṭhila asks → the venerable Śāriputra answers (unwholesome things · unwholesome roots · wholesome things · wholesome roots) → Kauṣṭhila presses five times more with 「更有餘耶」—“is there more?”; to the first four Śāriputra answers in turn with nutriment · illness · suffering · old age and death up to formations, and to the fifth pressing (with the first question, the sixth question) Śāriputra stops him「多聞聖弟子於此法、律,成就何法,名為見具足,直見成就,」—“accomplished in what dharma is a learned noble disciple in this Dharma and Discipline called one of perfection of view, accomplished in straight view,”〔T02 0094b09〕; 「正有此等,更有餘耶?」—“Is there just this, or is there more?”〔T02 0094b27〕; 「一者麁摶食,二者細觸食,三者意思食」—“first, coarse morsel food; second, subtle contact; third, mental intention”〔T02 0094c01〕; 「汝何為逐,汝終不能究竟諸論,得其邊際」—“Why do you keep chasing? You will never exhaust these discussions and reach their limit”〔T02 0095b07〕
345〔T02 0095b10〕The World-Honored One addresses Śāriputra, quotes a verse, and asks → Śāriputra is silent three times → the Buddha says 「真實」—“The real” → Śāriputra answers twice (training · the dharma of reckoning) → the Buddha approves and enters his room → Śāriputra speaks to the bhikṣus → a bhikṣu tells the Buddha → the Buddha answers「若得諸法數,若復種種學,」—“Those who have attained the reckoning of dharmas, and those who train in the various trainings,”〔T02 0095b13〕; 「舍利弗!何等為學?何等為法數?」—“Śāriputra! What is training? What is the reckoning of dharmas?”〔T02 0095b15〕; 「舍利弗比丘善入法界故。」—“because the bhikṣu Śāriputra has entered well into the realm of the Dharma.”〔T02 0095c14〕
346〔T02 0095c17〕The World-Honored One says to the bhikṣus (direct teaching: the three things old age, sickness, and death; the not abandoning and the abandoning of three things in ten tiers (old age, sickness, and death, and nine tiers of their causes), in reverse and forward order)「有三法,世間所不愛」—“There are three things that the world does not love”〔T02 0095c18〕; 「以三法不斷故,」—“Because three things are not abandoned,”〔T02 0095c25〕; 「以慚愧故不放逸,不放逸故恭敬順語」—“because of shame and scruple one is not heedless; because one is not heedless, there are respect and gentle speech”〔T02 0096b16〕
347〔T02 0096b25〕Narration (the rise and fall of offerings) → the great many of the heterodox discuss → they request Suśīma → Suśīma goes forth → a bhikṣu declares his own attainment → Suśīma asks five times and the bhikṣu answers five times 「不也」—“No” → the bhikṣu answers 「慧解脫」—“liberated by wisdom” → Suśīma tells the Buddha → the Buddha answers (first knowing the abiding of the Dharma) → the Buddha asks and Suśīma answers (forward and reverse) → Suśīma attains the pure Dharma-eye and confesses his fault → the Buddha accepts the confession and gives a simile → Suśīma’s outflows are ended「眾多異道聚會未曾講堂,作如是論:」—“a great many of the heterodox gathered in the Hall of the Unprecedented and held this discussion:”〔T02 0096b29〕; 「我是慧解脫也。」—“I am one liberated by wisdom.”〔T02 0097a21〕; 「彼先知法住,後知涅槃。彼諸善男子獨一靜處」—“They first know the abiding of the Dharma, then know nirvāṇa. Those sons of good family, alone in a quiet place”〔T02 0097b06〕; 「唯願世尊為我說法,令我得知法住智,得見法住智。」—“I only wish that the World-Honored One would teach me the Dharma, so that I may come to know the knowledge of the abiding of the Dharma, and come to see the knowledge of the abiding of the Dharma.”〔T02 0097b14〕; 「以譬得解。譬如國王有防邏者,捉捕盜賊」—“understand by means of a simile. It is like a king whose patrol has seized a robber”〔T02 0097c24〕
348〔T02 0098a13〕The World-Honored One says to the bhikṣus (direct teaching; within it an abbreviation, 「廣說乃至」—“taught at length, up to”)「如來成就十種力,得四無畏,知先佛住處,能轉梵輪,於大眾中震師子吼言」—“The Tathāgata has accomplished the ten powers, gained the four fearlessnesses, knows the abode of former Buddhas, can turn the Brahmā wheel, and in the midst of the great assembly roars the lion’s roar, saying”〔T02 0098a14〕; 「當觀自利、利他、自他俱利」—“you should contemplate one’s own good, the good of others, the good of both”〔T02 0098b01〕
349〔T02 0098b06〕The World-Honored One says to the bhikṣus (direct teaching)「善來比丘!善出家、善得己利」—“Welcome, bhikṣus! You have well gone forth, well gained your own good”〔T02 0098b07〕; 「善得己利,曠世時時得生聖處,諸根具足,不愚不癡」—“well gained your own good; through long ages, from time to time, you have been born in a holy place, your faculties complete, not foolish and not deluded”〔T02 0098b07〕; 「不愚不癡,不須手語,好說、惡說堪能解義。」—“not foolish and not deluded, with no need for sign language, able to understand the meaning of what is well spoken and what is ill spoken.”〔T02 0098b08〕
350〔T02 0098b22〕The World-Honored One says to the bhikṣus (direct teaching)「何所有故此有?何所起故此起?」—“What existing, does this exist? What arising, does this arise?”〔T02 0098b24〕; 「然彼多聞聖弟子知所謂此有故彼有,此起故彼起,謂緣無明行」—“Yet that learned noble disciple knows: when this exists, that exists; when this arises, that arises; namely, conditioned by ignorance there are formations”〔T02 0098b25〕
351〔T02 0098c01〕The venerable Nārada asks → the venerable Musīla answers two questions and is silent three times at the third → the venerable Shusheng answers in his place and gives the simile of the well water → the venerable Ānanda questions Nārada → Nārada praises Shusheng「有異信、異欲、異聞、異行覺想、異見審諦忍,有如是正自覺知見生」—“Is there, apart from faith, apart from inclination, apart from hearsay, apart from reasoned reflection, apart from acceptance of a view after pondering, a right knowledge and vision of one’s own that arises thus”〔T02 0098c03〕; 「乃至異忍,得自覺知見生,所謂有滅、寂滅、涅槃耶?」—“and so on up to apart from acceptance, a knowledge and vision of one’s own that arises thus: the cessation of existence is quiescence, nirvāṇa?”〔T02 0098c09〕; 「夫智者以譬得解,如曠野路邊有井,無繩無罐,」—“the wise understand by means of a simile. It is like a well by the roadside in the wilderness, with no rope and no bucket,”〔T02 0098c26〕
352〔T02 0099a06〕The World-Honored One says to the bhikṣus (direct teaching: not knowing as it really is and knowing as it really is)「婆羅門於法不如實知,法集、法滅、法滅道跡不如實知」—“brāhmaṇas do not know the dharma as it really is, and do not know the arising of the dharma, the cessation of the dharma, and the path leading to the cessation of the dharma as they really are”〔T02 0099a07〕; 「沙門之沙門數、婆羅門之婆羅門數。彼以沙門義」—“counted among ascetics as ascetics, counted among brāhmaṇas as brāhmaṇas. By the meaning of an ascetic”〔T02 0099a20〕
353〔T02 0099b02〕As above (the six sense bases, and contact onward)「謂六入處法不如實知,六入處集、六入處滅」—“namely, not knowing the dharma of the six sense bases as it really is, the arising of the six sense bases, the cessation of the six sense bases”〔T02 0099b10〕; 「六入處滅道跡如實知者,於觸如實知,斯有是處。」—“know the path leading to the cessation of the six sense bases as it really is, then knowing contact as it really is—there is such a possibility.”〔T02 0099b15〕
354〔T02 0099b19〕As above, but abbreviated (「如上說。差別者」—“as said above. The difference is”; the two sentences at the end of the discourse are the editor’s words)「爾時,世尊告諸比丘……如上說。差別者」—“At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus… as said above. The difference is”〔T02 0099b20〕; 「而欲超度觸者,無有是處,觸集、觸滅、觸滅道跡超度者」—“and yet wish to cross beyond contact—there is no such possibility; to cross beyond the arising of contact, the cessation of contact, and the path leading to the cessation of contact”〔T02 0099b22〕; 「如老死,乃至六入處三經。」—“As with old age and death, up to the six sense bases, three discourses.”〔T02 0099c02〕; 「如是老死,乃至行三經,亦如是說。」—“Thus old age and death, up to formations, three discourses, are likewise taught.”〔T02 0099c03〕
355〔T02 0099c04〕The World-Honored One says to the bhikṣus (direct teaching; within it an abbreviation, 「如是,乃至」—“thus, up to”)「當覺知老死,」—“One should fully know old age and death,”〔T02 0099c05〕; 「覺知緣生故有老死,如是老死覺知」—“one fully knows that conditioned by birth there are old age and death; thus one fully knows old age and death”〔T02 0099c08〕
356〔T02 0099c19〕As above「有四十四種智」—“There are forty-four kinds of knowledge”〔T02 0099c20〕; 「謂老死智、老死集智、老死滅智、老死滅道跡智」—“namely the knowledge of old age and death, the knowledge of the arising of old age and death, the knowledge of the cessation of old age and death, the knowledge of the path leading to the cessation of old age and death”〔T02 0099c22〕
357〔T02 0099c27〕As above「有七十七種智」—“There are seventy-seven kinds of knowledge”〔T02 0099c28〕; 「生緣老死智,非餘生緣老死智;過去生緣老死智」—“the knowledge that birth conditions old age and death; the knowledge that nothing else but birth conditions old age and death; the knowledge that in the past birth conditioned old age and death”〔T02 0100a01〕; 「未來生緣老死智,非餘未來生緣老死智;及法住智,無常、有為」—“the knowledge that in the future birth will condition old age and death; the knowledge that in the future nothing else but birth will condition old age and death; and the knowledge of the abiding of the Dharma, impermanent, conditioned”〔T02 0100a02〕; 「心所緣生、盡法、變易法、無欲法、滅法斷智,是名七十七種智」—“arisen from what the mind takes as object, a thing that is exhausted, a thing that changes, a thing of desirelessness, a thing that ceases—the knowledge of abandoning; these are called the seventy-seven kinds of knowledge”〔T02 0100a09〕
358〔T02 0100a12〕As above (the two sentences at the end of the discourse are the editor’s words)「有增法、減法。」—“There are the dharma of increase and the dharma of decrease.”〔T02 0100a13〕; 「如增法、減法。如是生法、變易法、集法、滅法如上說」—“As with the dharma of increase and the dharma of decrease, so the dharma of arising, the dharma of change, the dharma of coming together, and the dharma of cessation are as said above”〔T02 0100a20〕; 「如當說三經,有應當知三經如上說。」—“As with the three discourses on what is to be taught, there are three discourses on what should be known, as said above.”〔T02 0100a22〕
359〔T02 0100a23〕As above「若思量、若妄想生」—“If there arise reflecting and false imagining”〔T02 0100a24〕; 「若妄想生,彼使攀緣識住;有攀緣識住故,有未來世生」—“if false imagining arises, that fetter makes consciousness abide grasping at an object; because consciousness abides grasping at an object, there are in the future birth”〔T02 0100a24〕
360〔T02 0100b02〕As above (adding, beyond the previous discourse, 「入於名色」—“enters into name and form”)「若妄想者,則有使攀緣識住;有攀緣識住故,入於名色」—“if one falsely imagines, then there is the fetter, and consciousness abides grasping at an object; because consciousness abides grasping at an object, it enters into name and form”〔T02 0100b03〕
361〔T02 0100b11〕As above (adding, beyond the previous discourse, 「往來」—“coming and going” and 「生死」—“birth and death”)「入於名色;入名色故,則有往來;」—“it enters into name and form; because it enters into name and form, then there is coming and going;”〔T02 0100b14〕
362〔T02 0100b22〕The World-Honored One puts a question → the bhikṣus request → the Buddha teaches「有多聞比丘。」—“There is the learned bhikṣu.”〔T02 0100b23〕; 「世尊是法根、法眼、法依。唯願為說『多聞比丘』,諸比丘聞已」—“The World-Honored One is the root of the Dharma, the eye of the Dharma, the support of the Dharma. We only wish that you would explain ‘the learned bhikṣu’; the bhikṣus, having heard it”〔T02 0100b24〕
363〔T02 0100c04〕As above「所謂說法比丘」—“what is called the bhikṣu who teaches the Dharma”〔T02 0100c05〕
364〔T02 0100c15〕As above「謂法次法向。」—“namely practice in accordance with the Dharma.”〔T02 0100c16〕; 「滅盡向,是名法次法向。如是生,乃至行,」—“heading toward complete cessation, this is called practice in accordance with the Dharma. Thus birth, and so on up to formations,”〔T02 0100c21〕

How the discourses group together (by the discourses’ own form; only shared form is recorded, and no judgement is made on their meaning):

  1. Discourses 343 and 344—both are questions and answers among disciples on Vulture Peak, and Śāriputra is present in both; in Discourse 343 the wanderers of another sect ask whether suffering and happiness are made by oneself or made by another, and in Discourse 344 Kauṣṭhila asks about perfection of view.
  2. Discourse 345—Śāriputra alone answers the World-Honored One’s question.
  3. Discourse 346—the not abandoning and the abandoning of three things in ten tiers (old age, sickness, and death, and nine tiers of their causes).
  4. Discourse 347—the matter of Suśīma’s going forth secretly as a thief.
  5. Discourses 348 and 349—the merit of the Tathāgata’s appearing in the world, and that the bhikṣus should exert themselves; the closing phrase of the two discourses, 「自利、利他、自他俱利」—“one’s own good, the good of others, the good of both,” is the same.
  6. Discourse 350—the noble disciple does not think thus.
  7. Discourse 351—questions and answers among four venerables: the difference between the knowledge and vision that the cessation of existence is nirvāṇa and the ending of the outflows.
  8. Discourses 352–354—ascetics and brāhmaṇas knowing as it really is and not knowing as it really is; three discourses in one form, changing step by step.
  9. Discourses 355–357—fully knowing, the forty-four kinds of knowledge, the seventy-seven kinds of knowledge; three discourses in one form, increasing step by step.
  10. Discourse 358—the dharma of increase and the dharma of decrease.
  11. Discourses 359–361—reflecting and false imagining, and so there is the fetter, and consciousness abides grasping at an object; three discourses in one form, increasing step by step.
  12. Discourses 362–364—the learned bhikṣu, the bhikṣu who teaches the Dharma, practice in accordance with the Dharma; three discourses in one form.

Speakers: the speakers of Discourse 343 are, in order, the wanderers of another sect, the venerable Bhūmija, the venerable Śāriputra, the venerable Ānanda, and the Buddha; within the Buddha’s account of his own former times there are, again, questions and answers between the Buddha and wanderers of another sect. The whole of Discourse 344 is the questions and answers of two persons, the venerable Mahākauṣṭhila and the venerable Śāriputra; the World-Honored One is not among them. Discourse 345 is questions and answers between the Buddha and Śāriputra; after the Buddha leaves, Śāriputra speaks to the bhikṣus, and a bhikṣu reports Śāriputra’s words to the Buddha. Discourse 347 has the most speakers: the great many of the heterodox, one among them (「有一年少,名曰須深,」—“There is a young man named Suśīma,”〔T02 0096c09〕), Suśīma, the great many bhikṣus, a bhikṣu, and the Buddha; within the Buddha’s simile there are also the words of the patrol, of the king, and of his minister. The whole of Discourse 351 is the questions and answers of four venerables; the World-Honored One is not among them. In the remaining seventeen discourses the World-Honored One addresses the bhikṣus throughout; in Discourses 362–364 the words with which the bhikṣus request the teaching are one and the same.

Verse: one, in Discourse 345, of four lines, five characters to the line, the verse of 「波羅延那阿逸多所問」—“the Pārāyaṇa, the Questions of Ajita” quoted by the World-Honored One (see the seventh topic). This fascicle has no summary verse.

Abbreviated passages:

DiscourseAbbreviated passage (verbatim)AnchorWhat it points to
344「謂八正道,如前說,如是病滅道跡如實知」—“namely the eightfold right path, as said before; thus one knows the path leading to the cessation of illness as it really is”〔T02 0094c23〕The eightfold noble path of the path leading to the cessation of nutriment earlier in this discourse
344「云何苦滅道跡如實知?謂八聖道,如上說,是名苦滅道跡」—“What is knowing the path leading to the cessation of suffering as it really is? Namely the eightfold noble path, as said above—this is called the path leading to the cessation of suffering”〔T02 0095a08〕As above
344「如前分別經說。云何老死集如實知?」—“as said in the discourse of analysis before. What is knowing the arising of old age and death as it really is?”〔T02 0095a18〕The discourse in the preceding fascicle of this collection that expounds the meaning
344「謂八正道,如前說,多聞聖弟子於此老死如實知,」—“namely the eightfold right path, as said before. The learned noble disciple knows these old age and death as they really are,”〔T02 0095a19〕The eightfold noble path earlier in this discourse
344「云何行滅道跡如實知?謂八聖道,如前說。摩訶拘絺羅」—“What is knowing the path leading to the cessation of formations as it really is? Namely the eightfold noble path, as said before. Mahākauṣṭhila”〔T02 0095a29〕As above
348「謂緣無明行……」—“namely, conditioned by ignorance there are formations…”〔T02 0098a17〕 taught at length, up to 「純大苦聚集,純大苦聚滅」—“the whole great mass of suffering comes together, the whole great mass of suffering ceases”〔T02 0098a17〕The twelve links of dependent arising in forward order
354「爾時,世尊告諸比丘……如上說。差別者」—“At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus… as said above. The difference is”〔T02 0099b20〕Discourse 353
354「如老死,乃至六入處三經。」—“As with old age and death, up to the six sense bases, three discourses.”〔T02 0099c02〕The form of the three Discourses 352–354, from old age and death to the six sense bases
354「如是老死,乃至行三經,亦如是說。」—“Thus old age and death, up to formations, three discourses, are likewise taught.”〔T02 0099c03〕Three discourses of the same form, from old age and death to formations
355「覺知老死集、老死滅、老死滅道跡。如是,乃至當覺知行」—“fully know the arising of old age and death, the cessation of old age and death, and the path leading to the cessation of old age and death. Thus, and so on up to: one should fully know formations”〔T02 0099c06〕The fully knowing of birth up to consciousness
356「如是生、有、取、愛、受、觸、六入處、名色、識、行智」—“thus the knowledge of birth, existence, clinging, craving, feeling, contact, the six sense bases, name and form, consciousness, and formations”〔T02 0099c23〕The four knowledges of birth up to formations
357「如是生、有、取、愛、受、觸、六入處、名色、識、行、無明緣行智」—“thus birth, existence, clinging, craving, feeling, contact, the six sense bases, name and form, consciousness, formations—the knowledge that ignorance conditions formations”〔T02 0100a05〕The seven knowledges of birth up to consciousness
358「如增法、減法。如是生法、變易法、集法、滅法如上說」—“As with the dharma of increase and the dharma of decrease, so the dharma of arising, the dharma of change, the dharma of coming together, and the dharma of cessation are as said above”〔T02 0100a20〕「滅法如上說。」—“the dharma of cessation are as said above.”〔T02 0100a20〕Discourses of the same form: the dharma of arising · the dharma of change · the dharma of coming together · the dharma of cessation
358「如當說三經,有應當知三經如上說。」—“As with the three discourses on what is to be taught, there are three discourses on what should be known, as said above.”〔T02 0100a22〕Discourses of the same form: what is to be taught · what should be known

The uddānas of the Compendium of Topics (Fascicle 94 of the treatise, three verses; only their order is recorded; for their correspondence with this fascicle see the tenth topic, ①):

「觸緣、見圓滿、實、解、不愛樂、」—“the Condition of Contact, Perfection of View, the Real, Understanding, Not Delighting,”〔T30n1579 0834a11〕 「法住智、精進、生處等為後。」—“Knowledge of the Abiding of the Dharma, Diligence, the Place of Birth, and so on, come after.”〔T30n1579 0834a12〕 「有滅、若沙門婆羅門、受智、」—“the Cessation of Existence, If Śramaṇas or Brāhmaṇas, Knowledge of Feeling,”〔T30n1579 0837b03〕 「流轉、與來往、佛順逆為後。」—“Transmigration, and Coming and Going, the Buddha’s Forward and Reverse, come after.”〔T30n1579 0837b04〕 「安立、與因緣、觀察於食義、」—“Establishing, together with Causes and Conditions, Examining the Meaning of Nutriment,”〔T30n1579 0838c04〕 「極多諸過患、雜染等為後。」—“the Very Many Dangers, Defilement, and so on, come after.”〔T30n1579 0838c05〕

The fourteen items of the first two verses correspond, in order, to the positions of Discourses 343–361 of this fascicle (Discourse 347 corresponds at once to the three items 「解」—“Understanding,” 「法住智」—“Knowledge of the Abiding of the Dharma,” and 「佛順逆」—“the Buddha’s Forward and Reverse”); the five items of the third verse are the selection and gathering on nutriment, and in this fascicle only the four nutriments of Discourse 344 share words with it (the third topic); the rest belong to later fascicles.

II. Collation with the Alternate Translations

For the twenty-two discourses of this fascicle, the Alternate Translation of the Saṃyukta Āgama (Taishō vol. 2, no. 100) has no parallel discourse found—among the Taishō notes to this fascicle, not one marks a discourse number of the Alternate Translation; there is only one cross-reference note marked 「cf.」—“cf.,” at Discourse 364, and what it points to is a coordinate, not the Alternate Translation (「cf. S. 12. 16. Dhammakathika.」—“cf. S. 12. 16. Dhammakathika.,” 0100c15, see the tenth topic, ②). This fascicle has no collation notes against the Alternate Translation. No parallel is constructed here.

III. Scriptural and Treatise Grounding (the “eye”)

The Saṃyukta Āgama is what the Buddha and his disciples spoke, and its ground is the sūtra itself; the treatise stands to the sūtra as a selection and gathering, not as its ground. Listed below, in the order of the discourses of this fascicle, are the passages of the treatise text in the Compendium of Topics that share the same words, verbatim, with the text of the discourses of this fascicle (the names of the treatise’s uddāna items are appended beneath each heading, as readings; see the first topic); where the words differ this is marked, and the sūtra is not changed by the treatise, nor the treatise by the sūtra.

Suffering and happiness arise from the condition of contact (Discourse 343 · the Condition of Contact)

  • Sūtra: 「苦樂自作耶」—“Are suffering and happiness made by oneself?”〔T02 0093c02〕; 「苦樂自他作耶?」—“Are suffering and happiness made by both self and another?”〔T02 0093c06〕; 「世尊說苦樂從緣起生」—“The World-Honored One says that suffering and happiness arise from conditions”〔T02 0093c14〕; 「婆羅門所說苦樂自作者,亦緣觸生;若言不從觸生者」—“brāhmaṇas speak of, the suffering and happiness made by oneself, also arise conditioned by contact; to say that they do not arise from contact”〔T02 0094a01〕; 「非自非他無因作者,彼亦緣觸生,若言不緣觸生者」—“made neither by self nor by another, without cause—these too arise conditioned by contact; to say that they do not arise conditioned by contact”〔T02 0094a03〕
  • Treatise: 「於一切觸緣受有中,若諸沙門、或婆羅門,」—“Among all that is, feeling conditioned by contact, if ascetics or brāhmaṇas,”〔T30n1579 0834a13〕; 「於彼所問無差別記,謂諸苦樂皆從緣生,」—“to what they ask, a declaration without distinction: namely, all suffering and happiness arise from conditions,”〔T30n1579 0834a18〕; 「若於彼問作如是記:諸計苦樂自作、他作、俱作、俱非無因而生」—“If to their question one makes such a declaration: those who reckon suffering and happiness made by oneself, made by another, made by both, or arisen from neither, without cause”〔T30n1579 0834a19〕; 「俱非無因而生,於一切處由觸生受,何用妄計自他作等」—“arisen from neither, without cause—in every case feeling arises through contact; what use is it falsely to reckon them made by oneself, by another, and so on?”〔T30n1579 0834a20〕

The shared words are 「苦樂」—“suffering and happiness,” 「自作」—“made by oneself,” 「他作」—“made by another,” 「無因」—“without cause,” 「沙門」—“ascetic,” 「婆羅門」—“brāhmaṇa,” and 「觸」—“contact”; the sūtra has 「從緣起生」—“arise from conditions,” the treatise 「皆從緣生」—“all arise from conditions”; the sūtra 「緣觸生」—“arise conditioned by contact,” the treatise 「由觸生受」—“feeling arises through contact”; the sūtra 「自他作」—“made by both self and another,” the treatise 「俱作」—“made by both”; the sūtra 「非自非他無因作」—“made neither by self nor by another, without cause,” the treatise 「俱非無因而生」—“arisen from neither, without cause”; the sūtra 「此是無記」—“this is undeclared,” the treatise 「無差別記」—“a declaration without distinction”; the words differ.

Perfection of view · accomplished in straight view · unbreakable purity (Discourse 344 · Perfection of View)

  • Sūtra: 「多聞聖弟子於此法、律,成就何法,名為見具足,直見成就,」—“accomplished in what dharma is a learned noble disciple in this Dharma and Discipline called one of perfection of view, accomplished in straight view,”〔T02 0094b09〕; 「成就於佛不壞淨,來入正法,得此正法,悟此正法」—“accomplished in unbreakable purity in the Buddha, one who has come into the right Dharma, attained this right Dharma, awakened to this right Dharma”〔T02 0094b11〕; 「多聞聖弟子於不善法如實知、不善根如實知」—“the learned noble disciple knows unwholesome things as they really are, knows the unwholesome roots as they really are”〔T02 0094b12〕; 「一者麁摶食,二者細觸食,三者意思食」—“first, coarse morsel food; second, subtle contact; third, mental intention”〔T02 0094c01〕; 「若聖弟子斷除無明而生明,何須更求」—“If the noble disciple has cut off ignorance and knowledge has arisen, what need is there to seek further”〔T02 0095b08〕
  • Treatise: 「復次,若有棄捨無因、惡因,於因生法五種因中獲得正見,名見圓滿。於此正法及毘奈耶不可轉故」—“Further, if one has cast off no-cause and wrong cause, and has gained right view regarding the five kinds of cause among the things that arise from causes, this is called perfection of view. Because in this right Dharma and Vinaya one cannot be turned away”〔T30n1579 0834b14〕; 「於此正法及毘奈耶不可轉故,亦得名為成正直見。」—“because in this right Dharma and Vinaya one cannot be turned away, one is also called accomplished in right and straight view.”〔T30n1579 0834b15〕; 「由於涅槃意樂淨故,亦名成就於佛證淨,於所知境智清淨故」—“because the inclination toward nirvāṇa is pure, one is also called accomplished in the purity of realization in the Buddha; because knowledge of the objects to be known is pure”〔T30n1579 0834b16〕; 「云何名為從因生法五種因耶?一、惡趣因,謂諸不善及不善根」—“What are called the five kinds of cause of the things that arise from causes? First, the cause of the bad destinies, namely the unwholesome things and the unwholesome roots”〔T30n1579 0834b19〕; 「二、善趣因,謂一切善及諸善根。」—“second, the cause of the good destinies, namely all that is wholesome and the wholesome roots.”〔T30n1579 0834b21〕; 「於識住令識住因,謂四種食。四現法、後法雜染因」—“the cause that makes consciousness abide in the stations of consciousness, namely the four kinds of nutriment. Fourth, the cause of defilement in this life and later lives”〔T30n1579 0834b21〕; 「後法雜染因,謂一切漏。五、清淨因,謂諦緣起。」—“the cause of defilement in later lives, namely all the outflows. Fifth, the cause of purification, namely the truths and dependent arising.”〔T30n1579 0834b22〕; 「如實了知真實是道;名見圓滿。觀緣生事,乃至無明為邊際故」—“knows clearly as it really is that this is truly the path; this is called perfection of view. Because one contemplates the things arisen from conditions, up to ignorance as their limit”〔T30n1579 0834b26〕; 「乃至無明為邊際故。過此更無緣生因觀,唯由此觀」—“up to ignorance as their limit. Beyond this there is no further contemplation of the causes of what arises from conditions; only through this contemplation”〔T30n1579 0834b27〕

The shared words are 「正見」—“right view,” 「正法」—“right Dharma,” 「不善」—“unwholesome,” 「善根」—“wholesome roots,” 「食」—“nutriment,” 「無明」—“ignorance,” and 「邊際」—“limit”; the sūtra has 「見具足」—“perfection of view,” the treatise 「見圓滿」—“perfection of view”; the sūtra 「直見成就」—“accomplished in straight view,” the treatise 「成正直見」—“accomplished in right and straight view”; the sūtra 「成就於佛不壞淨」—“accomplished in unbreakable purity in the Buddha,” the treatise 「成就於佛證淨」—“accomplished in the purity of realization in the Buddha”; the sūtra 「來入正法,得此正法,悟此正法」—“has come into the right Dharma, attained this right Dharma, awakened to this right Dharma,” the treatise 「於正法趣向、親近及與正證」—“toward the right Dharma, heading toward it, drawing near to it, and rightly realizing it” (「名於正法趣向、親近及與正證。云何名為從因生法五種因耶」—“is called heading toward, drawing near to, and rightly realizing the right Dharma. What are called the five kinds of cause of the things that arise from causes”〔T30n1579 0834b18〕); the sūtra 「四食」—“the four nutriments,” the treatise 「四種食」—“the four kinds of nutriment”; the sūtra 「三病」—“the three illnesses,” the treatise 「一切漏」—“all the outflows”; the words differ. The sūtra’s order is unwholesome things · wholesome things, nutriment, illness, suffering, old age and death up to formations; the treatise’s five kinds of cause are the cause of the bad destinies · the cause of the good destinies, the cause that makes consciousness abide (the four kinds of nutriment), the cause of defilement (all the outflows), and the cause of purification (the truths and dependent arising); only the two orders are recorded, and no judgement is made on whether they match.

The names of the four nutriments (Discourse 344 · together with the selection and gathering on nutriment)

  • Sūtra: 「一者麁摶食,二者細觸食,三者意思食」—“first, coarse morsel food; second, subtle contact; third, mental intention”〔T02 0094c01〕; 「三者意思食,四者識食,是名為食,如是食如實知。」—“third, mental intention; fourth, consciousness—these are called nutriment; thus one knows nutriment as it really is.”〔T02 0094c01〕; 「云何食集如實知?謂當來有愛,喜、貪俱,彼彼樂著」—“What is knowing the arising of nutriment as it really is? Namely craving for future existence, together with delight and craving, delighting in and attached to this place and that”〔T02 0094c03〕
  • Treatise: 「一者、段,二者、順樂受觸,三者、有漏意會思」—“first, morsel; second, contact conducive to pleasant feeling; third, mental volition with the outflows”〔T30n1579 0838c11〕; 「有漏意會思,四者、能執諸根大種識。當知此中,段與現法氣力為食」—“mental volition with the outflows; fourth, the consciousness that holds the faculties and the great elements. Know that here, morsel food is nutriment for the strength of this present life”〔T30n1579 0838c11〕; 「正見生故,能斷無明,能生於明。」—“because right view arises, one can cut off ignorance and can give rise to knowledge.”〔T30n1579 0839a27〕; 「復次,若不如實觀此四食,便為憙、貪之所染污」—“Further, if one does not contemplate these four nutriments as they really are, one is then defiled by delight and craving”〔T30n1579 0840a12〕

The shared words are 「食」—“nutriment,” 「觸」—“contact,” 「思」—“intention,” 「識」—“consciousness,” 「四食」—“the four nutriments,” 「貪」—“craving,” 「無明」—“ignorance,” and 「明」—“knowledge”; the sūtra has 「麁摶食」—“coarse morsel food,” the treatise 「段」—“morsel”; the sūtra 「細觸食」—“subtle contact,” the treatise 「順樂受觸」—“contact conducive to pleasant feeling”; the sūtra 「意思食」—“mental intention,” the treatise 「有漏意會思」—“mental volition with the outflows”; the sūtra 「識食」—“consciousness,” the treatise 「能執諸根大種識」—“the consciousness that holds the faculties and the great elements”; the sūtra 「喜、貪俱」—“together with delight and craving,” the treatise 「憙、貪之所染污」—“defiled by delight and craving”; the sūtra 「斷除無明而生明」—“cut off ignorance and knowledge has arisen,” the treatise 「能斷無明,能生於明」—“can cut off ignorance and can give rise to knowledge”; the words differ.

Training · the reckoning of dharmas · entering well into the realm of the Dharma (Discourse 345 · the Real)

  • Sūtra: 「舍利弗!何等為學?何等為法數?」—“Śāriputra! What is training? What is the reckoning of dharmas?”〔T02 0095b15〕; 「比丘真實者,厭、離欲、滅盡向。食集生,彼比丘以食故」—“a bhikṣu, toward what is real, weariness, dispassion, heading toward complete cessation. It is born of the arising of nutriment; that bhikṣu, because of nutriment”〔T02 0095b18〕; 「正使世尊一日一夜,乃至七夜,異句異味問斯義者,我亦悉能」—“Even if the World-Honored One were to ask about this meaning for a day and a night, and so on up to seven nights, with different phrasing and different flavor, I could still”〔T02 0095c02〕; 「舍利弗比丘善入法界故。」—“because the bhikṣu Śāriputra has entered well into the realm of the Dharma.”〔T02 0095c14〕
  • Treatise: 「復次,略有三種於現法中真實寂滅,乃至壽量未永止息」—“Further, in brief there are three kinds of real quiescence in this present life, while the life span has not yet forever ceased”〔T30n1579 0834c01〕; 「於彼有學正修行時,施設學性。於彼無學作是思惟」—“when those still in training are rightly practicing, the nature of training is designated. Those beyond training reflect thus”〔T30n1579 0834c02〕; 「無生智所思擇故,名思擇法。云何為三?一、六處,二、六處緣觸」—“because it is what the knowledge of non-arising discerns, it is called the dharma of discernment. What are the three? First, the six bases; second, contact conditioned by the six bases”〔T30n1579 0834c04〕; 「又即於彼厭離欲滅勤修正行。又能如實了知彼受觸所引生」—“and toward them, too, diligently practicing rightly in weariness, dispassion, and cessation. And able to know clearly as it really is that feeling is brought about by contact”〔T30n1579 0834c07〕; 「等說一切事法增上名句文身,名為法界。諸有獲得無礙解故,」—“the collections of names, phrases, and syllables that predominate over the dharmas of all things spoken of are called the realm of the Dharma. Because those who have gained unobstructed understanding,”〔T30n1579 0834c19〕; 「名句文身隨欲自在,是故說名善達法界。」—“are free as they wish in the collections of names, phrases, and syllables, they are therefore called well versed in the realm of the Dharma.”〔T30n1579 0834c21〕; 「乃至能於七日七夜,或過彼量,辭辯無竭。復以如是差別種類」—“up to being able, for seven days and seven nights, or beyond that measure, to speak with eloquence that is never exhausted. Again, with such distinct kinds”〔T30n1579 0834c23〕

The shared words are 「真實」—“real,” 「學」—“training,” 「厭」—“weariness,” 「離欲」—“dispassion,” 「滅」—“cessation,” 「法界」—“the realm of the Dharma,” and 「七夜」—“seven nights” (the treatise has 「七日七夜」—“seven days and seven nights”); the sūtra has 「法數」—“the reckoning of dharmas” and 「數法」—“the dharma of reckoning,” the treatise 「思擇法」—“the dharma of discernment”; the sūtra 「善入法界」—“has entered well into the realm of the Dharma,” the treatise 「善達法界」—“well versed in the realm of the Dharma”; the sūtra 「異句異味」—“with different phrasing and different flavor,” the treatise 「更以餘名,隨其所樂差別宣說」—“again with other names, proclaiming it with distinctions as one pleases”; the words differ. The sūtra teaches by 「食集生」—“it is born of the arising of nutriment” whence the real comes about; the treatise teaches it by three real things, ‘the six bases, contact conditioned by the six bases, and feeling conditioned by contact’; only the two teachings are recorded.

Old age, sickness, and death · the not abandoning and the abandoning of three things (Discourse 346 · Not Delighting)

  • Sūtra: 「有三法,世間所不愛」—“There are three things that the world does not love”〔T02 0095c18〕; 「世間所不愛、不念、不可意。何等為三?謂老、病、死。」—“unloved, unwished for, and disagreeable to the world. What are the three? Namely old age, sickness, and death.”〔T02 0095c18〕; 「以三法不斷故,」—“Because three things are not abandoned,”〔T02 0095c25〕; 「謂身見、戒取、疑,復有三法不斷故,不堪能離身見」—“namely the view of the body, clinging to precepts, and doubt. Again, because three things are not abandoned, one is unable to be free of the view of the body”〔T02 0095c28〕
  • Treatise: 「復次,有三種法,是諸世間所愛所樂,依內而說」—“Further, there are three kinds of things that the world loves and delights in, spoken of with regard to what is inward”〔T30n1579 0835a23〕; 「能引所治不可愛樂三種別法:一者、疾病,二者、衰老,三者、夭沒。」—“three distinct things, unloved and undelightful, that bring about what is to be counteracted: first, sickness; second, aging; third, untimely death.”〔T30n1579 0835a25〕; 「若於三學起邪行時,便不堪任超越疾病、衰老、夭沒」—“If one gives rise to wrong practice in the three trainings, one is then unable to pass beyond sickness, aging, and untimely death”〔T30n1579 0835a26〕; 「無有堪能超異生地,無倒趣入正性離生,永斷三結」—“is unable to pass beyond the stage of ordinary beings, to enter without inversion the rightness that is free of rebirth, and forever cut off the three bonds”〔T30n1579 0835c11〕; 「由不永斷三種結故,無有堪能依止修道得阿羅漢」—“because one has not forever cut off the three kinds of bond, one is unable, relying on the path of cultivation, to attain arhatship”〔T30n1579 0835c13〕; 「於現法中無餘永斷貪瞋癡等一切煩惱,超越當來疾病、衰老及以夭沒」—“in this present life to cut off forever, without remainder, all the afflictions, greed, hatred, delusion, and the rest, and pass beyond future sickness, aging, and untimely death”〔T30n1579 0835c14〕

The shared words are 「三法」—“three things” (the treatise has 「三種法」—“three kinds of things”), 「世間」—“the world,” 「愛」—“love,” 「不堪」—“unable,” and 「斷」—“abandon”; the sūtra has 「世間所不愛」—“what the world does not love,” the treatise 「世間所愛所樂」—“what the world loves and delights in” (the treatise takes strength, fine form, and life span as what is loved, and sickness, aging, and untimely death as what harms them); the sūtra 「老、病、死」—“old age, sickness, and death,” the treatise 「疾病、衰老、夭沒」—“sickness, aging, and untimely death”; the sūtra 「貪、恚、癡」—“greed, hatred, and delusion,” the treatise 「貪瞋癡」—“greed, hatred, and delusion”; the sūtra 「身見、戒取、疑」—“the view of the body, clinging to precepts, and doubt,” the treatise 「三結」—“the three bonds”; the words differ.

First knowing the abiding of the Dharma · then knowing nirvāṇa · liberation by wisdom (Discourse 347 · Knowledge of the Abiding of the Dharma · Understanding)

  • Sūtra: 「我是慧解脫也。」—“I am one liberated by wisdom.”〔T02 0097a21〕; 「彼先知法住,後知涅槃。彼諸善男子獨一靜處」—“They first know the abiding of the Dharma, then know nirvāṇa. Those sons of good family, alone in a quiet place”〔T02 0097b06〕; 「唯願世尊為我說法,令我得知法住智,得見法住智。」—“I only wish that the World-Honored One would teach me the Dharma, so that I may come to know the knowledge of the abiding of the Dharma, and come to see the knowledge of the abiding of the Dharma.”〔T02 0097b14〕; 「有生故有老死,不離生有老死耶?」—“Because there is birth, there are old age and death; it is not that apart from birth there are old age and death—is it not so?”〔T02 0097b17〕
  • Treatise: 「增上慧學增上力故,得法住智及涅槃智。用此二智以為依止」—“through the predominant power of the training in higher wisdom, one gains the knowledge of the abiding of the Dharma and the knowledge of nirvāṇa. Using these two knowledges as support”〔T30n1579 0835c21〕; 「令心解脫一切煩惱,得阿羅漢,成慧解脫。」—“one makes the mind liberated from all afflictions, attains arhatship, and becomes one liberated by wisdom.”〔T30n1579 0835c23〕; 「此中云何名法住智?謂如有一,聽聞隨順緣性緣起無倒教已」—“Here, what is called the knowledge of the abiding of the Dharma? It is as when someone, having heard the uninverted teaching that accords with conditionality and dependent arising”〔T30n1579 0835c24〕; 「如其因果安立法中所有妙智,名法住智。」—“the excellent knowledge there is regarding the dharmas established as cause and effect is called the knowledge of the abiding of the Dharma.”〔T30n1579 0835c29〕; 「又復云何名涅槃智?謂彼法爾若於苦集滅道,以其妙慧悟入信解是真苦集滅道諦時」—“And again, what is called the knowledge of nirvāṇa? It is that, by the nature of things, when with excellent wisdom one enters into and resolves in faith that suffering, arising, cessation, and the path are the true truths of suffering, arising, cessation, and the path”〔T30n1579 0836a01〕; 「便於涅槃能以妙慧悟入信解為寂靜等。如是妙智名涅槃智。」—“one is then able, with excellent wisdom, to enter into and resolve in faith that nirvāṇa is peace and so on. Such excellent knowledge is called the knowledge of nirvāṇa.”〔T30n1579 0836a07〕

The shared words are 「法住智」—“the knowledge of the abiding of the Dharma,” 「涅槃」—“nirvāṇa,” 「慧解脫」—“liberation by wisdom,” and 「阿羅漢」—“arhat”; the sūtra has 「先知法住,後知涅槃」—“first knowing the abiding of the Dharma, then knowing nirvāṇa,” the treatise 「法住智及涅槃智」—“the knowledge of the abiding of the Dharma and the knowledge of nirvāṇa,” and the treatise further gives the order as entering nirvāṇa after 「依止彼法住智」—“relying on that knowledge of the abiding of the Dharma” (「如是依止彼法住智,及因於苦、若苦因緣住厭逆想」—“thus relying on that knowledge of the abiding of the Dharma, and, because of suffering and the causes and conditions of suffering, dwelling in the perception of weariness and turning away”〔T30n1579 0836a06〕), while the sūtra teaches it with 「先」—“first” and 「後」—“then”; the words differ.

Declaring · my birth is ended (Discourse 347 · Understanding)

  • Sūtra: 「梵行已立,所作已作,自知不受後有。」—“pure conduct has been established, what was to be done has been done; we know for ourselves that we shall not receive a later existence.”〔T02 0097a05〕; 「世尊!彼眾多比丘於我面前記說:」—“World-Honored One! Those great many bhikṣus declared before me:”〔T02 0097a26〕
  • Treatise: 「復次,當知具解諸阿羅漢,略有六種記別所解」—“Further, know that the arhats who are complete in understanding have, in brief, six kinds of declaring what they have understood”〔T30n1579 0834c27〕; 「謂作是記:我生已盡,乃至廣說。智記別者,謂有問言」—“namely, they make this declaration: ‘My birth is ended,’ and so on, taught at length. As to the declaration of knowledge, it is when someone asks”〔T30n1579 0835a03〕

The shared words are 「我生已盡」—“my birth is ended” and 「阿羅漢」—“arhat”; the sūtra has 「記說」—“declare,” the treatise 「記別」—“declaration”; the words differ.

Questioning in forward and reverse order (Discourse 347 · the Buddha’s Forward and Reverse)

  • Sūtra: 「有生故有老死,不離生有老死」—“Because there is birth, there are old age and death; it is not that apart from birth there are old age and death”〔T02 0097b18〕; 「無生故無老死,不離生滅而老死滅耶?」—“Because there is no birth, there are no old age and death; it is not that apart from the cessation of birth old age and death cease—is it not so?”〔T02 0097b22〕
  • Treatise: 「如過去佛得菩提已,即於緣起作意攀緣順逆道理」—“As the Buddhas of the past, having attained awakening, at once attended to and took as object the principle of dependent arising in forward and reverse order”〔T30n1579 0838a11〕

The treatise teaches that the Buddhas contemplate dependent arising in forward and reverse order; the sūtra is the Buddha questioning Suśīma in forward and reverse order; the only shared element is the meaning of 「緣起」—“dependent arising,” and the treatise has no phrase 「有生故有老死」—“because there is birth, there are old age and death”; it is only recorded.

Three hundred spears · three hundred lances (Discourse 347 · the selection and gathering on nutriment)

  • Sūtra: 「彼王治罪,劖以三百矛,彼罪人身寧有完處如手掌不」—“That king, in punishing him, pierced him with three hundred spears; is there on that offender’s body still an unbroken place as big as the palm of a hand?”〔T02 0098a04〕
  • Treatise: 「生如所說依識內苦,是故苾芻當觀識食如三百鉾之所鑽刺」—“there arises, as was said, the inner suffering that depends on consciousness; therefore a bhikṣu should contemplate the nutriment of consciousness as being pierced by three hundred lances”〔T30n1579 0840a01〕

The shared word is 「三百」—“three hundred”; the sūtra has 「矛」—“spear,” the treatise 「鉾」—“lance”; the sūtra uses it as a simile for the retribution of going forth secretly as a thief, the treatise uses it to contemplate the nutriment of consciousness; the simile is the same but what it illustrates differs; it is only recorded.

The ten powers of the Tathāgata · the four fearlessnesses · the lion’s roar · diligence (Discourse 348 · Diligence)

  • Sūtra: 「如來成就十種力,得四無畏,知先佛住處,能轉梵輪,於大眾中震師子吼言」—“The Tathāgata has accomplished the ten powers, gained the four fearlessnesses, knows the abode of former Buddhas, can turn the Brahmā wheel, and in the midst of the great assembly roars the lion’s roar, saying”〔T02 0098a14〕; 「於大眾中震師子吼言:」—“in the midst of the great assembly roars the lion’s roar, saying:”〔T02 0098a15〕; 「方便修習,不放逸住,於正法、律精勤苦行,皮筋骨立」—“practice with skillful means, dwell heedfully, and in the right Dharma and Discipline strive in ascetic practice, until skin, sinew, and bone remain”〔T02 0098a20〕; 「不捨慇懃精進,方便堅固堪能。所以者何?」—“he does not give up earnest diligence, with skillful means firm and capable. Why is that?”〔T02 0098a22〕; 「當觀自利、利他、自他俱利」—“you should contemplate one’s own good, the good of others, the good of both”〔T02 0098b01〕; 「自他俱利,精勤修學,我今出家,不愚不惑,有果有樂」—“the good of both, and train diligently: ‘My going forth now is not foolish and not deluded; it has fruit and it has happiness’”〔T02 0098b01〕
  • Treatise: 「云何名為大師圓備?謂諸如來成就十力、四無所畏」—“What is called the completeness of the great teacher? Namely that the Tathāgatas have accomplished the ten powers and the four fearlessnesses”〔T30n1579 0836a14〕; 「如是等名大師圓備。云何名為聖教圓備」—“these and the like are called the completeness of the great teacher. What is called the completeness of the holy teaching”〔T30n1579 0836a15〕; 「能轉梵輪,於大眾中正師子吼,開示一切順逆緣起」—“can turn the Brahmā wheel, and in the midst of the great assembly rightly roars the lion’s roar, opening and showing all of dependent arising in forward and reverse order”〔T30n1579 0836a16〕; 「若有安住懈怠心者,當知希求二種過患。一者、」—“if there is one who dwells settled in a slack mind, know that he seeks two kinds of danger. First,”〔T30n1579 0836b08〕; 「無退失時,能辦自義、他義、俱義。云何名為能辦自義」—“when there is no falling away, he can accomplish his own good, the good of others, and the good of both. What is called being able to accomplish his own good”〔T30n1579 0836b14〕; 「謂出家已,由其二相說名有果。一者、證得煩惱離繫究竟涅槃」—“namely, having gone forth, by two marks it is said to have fruit. First, realizing the final nirvāṇa that is free from the bonds of the afflictions”〔T30n1579 0836b16〕

The shared words are 「如來成就」—“the Tathāgata has accomplished,” 「轉梵輪」—“turn the Brahmā wheel,” 「於大眾中」—“in the midst of the great assembly,” 「師子吼」—“the lion’s roar,” 「懈怠」—“slack,” 「出家」—“going forth,” and 「有果」—“has fruit”; the sūtra has 「十種力」—“the ten powers,” the treatise 「十力」—“the ten powers”; the sūtra 「四無畏」—“the four fearlessnesses,” the treatise 「四無所畏」—“the four fearlessnesses”; the sūtra 「震師子吼」—“roars the lion’s roar,” the treatise 「正師子吼」—“rightly roars the lion’s roar”; the sūtra 「自利、利他、自他俱利」—“one’s own good, the good of others, the good of both,” the treatise 「自義、他義、俱義」—“his own good, the good of others, and the good of both”; the sūtra 「精勤」—“diligently” and 「精進」—“diligence,” the treatise 「勤精進」—“diligent effort” (「正觀六種圓備現前,足能發起勤精進住。」—“rightly contemplating the six kinds of completeness before one, one is fully able to arouse and dwell in diligent effort.”〔T30n1579 0836a09〕); the words differ.

Welcome · born in a holy place · no need for sign language (Discourse 349 · the Place of Birth)

  • Sūtra: 「善來比丘!善出家、善得己利」—“Welcome, bhikṣus! You have well gone forth, well gained your own good”〔T02 0098b07〕; 「善得己利,曠世時時得生聖處,諸根具足,不愚不癡」—“well gained your own good; through long ages, from time to time, you have been born in a holy place, your faculties complete, not foolish and not deluded”〔T02 0098b07〕; 「不愚不癡,不須手語,好說、惡說堪能解義。」—“not foolish and not deluded, with no need for sign language, able to understand the meaning of what is well spoken and what is ill spoken.”〔T02 0098b08〕
  • Treatise: 「復次,具四圓滿,能生聖處。若隨有一成此圓滿」—“Further, complete in four perfections, one can be born in a holy place. If one who has accomplished these perfections”〔T30n1579 0836c05〕; 「名曰善來、善出家者。云何名為四種圓滿?」—“one is called welcome, one who has well gone forth. What are called the four kinds of perfection?”〔T30n1579 0836c06〕; 「無有中品愚癡障故;非手代言,無有上品愚癡障故」—“because there is no obstruction of delusion of the middle grade; not using the hands in place of speech, because there is no obstruction of delusion of the highest grade”〔T30n1579 0836c17〕; 「有力能解善說、惡說所有法義。即於聖處有佛出世得值圓滿者」—“having the strength to understand the meaning of the Dharma in all that is well spoken and ill spoken. The perfection of meeting a Buddha appearing in the world in that holy place”〔T30n1579 0836c19〕

The shared words are 「善來」—“welcome,” 「善出家」—“well gone forth,” 「聖處」—“holy place,” 「愚癡」—“delusion” (the sūtra has 「不愚不癡」—“not foolish and not deluded”), 「惡說」—“ill spoken,” and 「義」—“meaning”; the sūtra has 「諸根具足」—“your faculties complete,” the treatise 「根圓滿」—“perfection of the faculties”; the sūtra 「不須手語」—“no need for sign language,” the treatise 「非手代言」—“not using the hands in place of speech”; the sūtra 「好說、惡說堪能解義」—“able to understand the meaning of what is well spoken and what is ill spoken,” the treatise 「有力能解善說、惡說所有法義」—“having the strength to understand the meaning of the Dharma in all that is well spoken and ill spoken”; the sūtra 「我今於此世作佛」—“I now in this world am a Buddha,” the treatise 「即於聖處有佛出世」—“a Buddha appearing in the world in that holy place”; the words differ.

The learned noble disciple does not think thus (Discourse 350 · after the Place of Birth)

  • Sūtra: 「何所有故此有?何所起故此起?」—“What existing, does this exist? What arising, does this arise?”〔T02 0098b24〕; 「然彼多聞聖弟子知所謂此有故彼有,此起故彼起,謂緣無明行」—“Yet that learned noble disciple knows: when this exists, that exists; when this arises, that arises; namely, conditioned by ignorance there are formations”〔T02 0098b25〕
  • Treatise: 「復次,其於緣生諸行流轉修觀行者,略有二種作猶豫法」—“Further, for one who cultivates contemplation of the course of the formations arisen from conditions, there are in brief two kinds of things that make for hesitation”〔T30n1579 0836c28〕; 「有諸法轉?若有多聞諸聖弟子,遠離二種非真實論」—“do the dharmas proceed? If there are learned noble disciples who keep far from the two kinds of unreal doctrine”〔T30n1579 0837a05〕; 「無有疑惑,內證真實。若於是處說有多聞諸聖弟子」—“they have no doubt, and inwardly realize what is real. If in this place it is said that there are learned noble disciples”〔T30n1579 0837a07〕

The shared words are 「多聞」—“learned” and 「聖弟子」—“noble disciple”; the treatise teaches keeping far from the two kinds of hesitation, the doctrine of no cause and the doctrine of wrong cause; the sūtra teaches not thinking 「何所有故此有」—“What existing, does this exist?” and knowing 「此有故彼有」—“when this exists, that exists”; the meaning is close, but the treatise lacks the sūtra’s phrases: 〔not found: 「此有故彼有」—“when this exists, that exists” and 「何所有」—“what existing,” searched for in the transcription of fascicles ninety-three to ninety-six of the treatise, with zero occurrences for both〕. Only the closeness of meaning is recorded, and no judgement is made on whether they match.

The cessation of existence · quiescence, nirvāṇa · the simile of the well water (Discourse 351 · the Cessation of Existence)

  • Sūtra: 「乃至異忍,得自覺知見生,所謂有滅、寂滅、涅槃耶?」—“and so on up to apart from acceptance, a knowledge and vision of one’s own that arises thus: the cessation of existence is quiescence, nirvāṇa?”〔T02 0098c09〕; 「夫智者以譬得解,如曠野路邊有井,無繩無罐,」—“the wise understand by means of a simile. It is like a well by the roadside in the wilderness, with no rope and no bucket,”〔T02 0098c26〕; 「得取其水。時,有行人,熱渴所逼,繞井求覓」—“to draw its water. Then a traveler, oppressed by heat and thirst, goes around the well searching”〔T02 0098c28〕; 「繞井求覓,無繩無罐,諦觀井水,如實知見,而不觸身」—“goes around the well searching, and there is no rope and no bucket; he looks closely at the well water, knows and sees it as it is, yet does not touch it with the body”〔T02 0098c28〕
  • Treatise: 「諸學見迹,雖於有滅寂靜涅槃,不隨他信」—“Those in training who have seen the track, though regarding the cessation of existence, peace, nirvāṇa, not following faith in another”〔T30n1579 0837b05〕; 「不隨他信,內聖慧眼自能觀見,然猶未能以身觸證」—“not following faith in another, can see it themselves with the inner eye of noble wisdom, yet are still unable to touch and realize it with the body”〔T30n1579 0837b05〕; 「譬如有人熱渴所逼,馳詣深井,雖以肉眼現見井中離諸塵穢清冷美水」—“It is like a man oppressed by heat and thirst who hurries to a deep well; though with the fleshly eye he sees directly in the well the clear, cool, sweet water free of all dust and dirt”〔T30n1579 0837b07〕; 「并給水器,而於此水身未觸證。如是有學,雖聖慧眼現見所求後煩惱斷最極寂靜」—“and a vessel for the water, yet his body has not touched and realized this water. Just so, one in training, though with the eye of noble wisdom he sees directly the utmost peace that he seeks, the abandoning of the later afflictions”〔T30n1579 0837b08〕

The shared words are 「有滅」—“the cessation of existence,” 「涅槃」—“nirvāṇa,” 「熱渴所逼」—“oppressed by heat and thirst,” 「井」—“well,” 「水」—“water,” 「觸」—“touch,” and 「身」—“body”; the sūtra has 「寂滅、涅槃」—“quiescence, nirvāṇa,” the treatise 「寂靜涅槃」—“peace, nirvāṇa”; the sūtra 「異信」—“apart from faith,” the treatise 「不隨他信」—“not following faith in another”; the sūtra 「如實知見」—“knows and sees it as it is,” the treatise 「內聖慧眼自能觀見」—“can see it themselves with the inner eye of noble wisdom”; the sūtra 「曠野路邊有井,無繩無罐」—“a well by the roadside in the wilderness, with no rope and no bucket,” the treatise 「馳詣深井」—“hurries to a deep well” and 「并給水器」—“and a vessel for the water”; the sūtra 「而不觸身」—“yet does not touch it with the body,” the treatise 「身未觸證」—“his body has not touched and realized it”; the sūtra 「自不得漏盡阿羅漢」—“I myself have not attained arhatship with the outflows ended,” the treatise 「如是有學」—“just so, one in training”; the words differ.

The meaning of an ascetic · the meaning of a brāhmaṇa · crossing beyond (Discourses 352–354 · If Śramaṇas or Brāhmaṇas)

  • Sūtra: 「婆羅門於法不如實知,法集、法滅、法滅道跡不如實知」—“brāhmaṇas do not know the dharma as it really is, and do not know the arising of the dharma, the cessation of the dharma, and the path leading to the cessation of the dharma as they really are”〔T02 0099a07〕; 「婆羅門數,彼亦非沙門義、婆羅門義,見法自知作證」—“counted among brāhmaṇas; nor can they, by the meaning of an ascetic and the meaning of a brāhmaṇa, see the Dharma, know it for themselves, and realize it”〔T02 0099a09〕; 「謂六入處法不如實知,六入處集、六入處滅」—“namely, not knowing the dharma of the six sense bases as it really is, the arising of the six sense bases, the cessation of the six sense bases”〔T02 0099b10〕; 「而欲超度觸者,無有是處,觸集、觸滅、觸滅道跡超度者」—“and yet wish to cross beyond contact—there is no such possibility; to cross beyond the arising of contact, the cessation of contact, and the path leading to the cessation of contact”〔T02 0099b22〕
  • Treatise: 「復次,有諸沙門、若婆羅門,於貪瞋癡無餘斷滅真沙門義」—“Further, there are ascetics or brāhmaṇas who, as to the true meaning of an ascetic, the cessation of greed, hatred, and delusion without remainder”〔T30n1579 0837b12〕; 「於貪瞋癡無餘斷滅真沙門義、婆羅門義全未證得,而諸世間起沙門想」—“the true meaning of an ascetic and the meaning of a brāhmaṇa, the cessation of greed, hatred, and delusion without remainder, have not realized it at all, and yet the world forms the perception of them as ascetics”〔T30n1579 0837b12〕; 「皆不忍許彼為沙門及婆羅門。所以者何?由彼不能如實了知諸雜染法」—“none accept them as ascetics and brāhmaṇas. Why is that? Because they cannot know clearly as they really are the defiled dharmas”〔T30n1579 0837b17〕; 「由彼不能如實了知諸雜染法、雜染法因,亦不如實了知彼滅、」—“because they cannot know clearly as they really are the defiled dharmas and the causes of the defiled dharmas, nor know clearly as they really are their cessation,”〔T30n1579 0837b18〕; 「趣彼滅行。雜染法者,謂老死支所攝眾苦及以生支」—“and the practice that leads to their cessation. The defiled dharmas are the many sufferings included in the link of old age and death, and the link of birth”〔T30n1579 0837b20〕; 「若無明觸及無明界所隨六處。業所作者,謂由緣起逆次道理」—“or the contact with ignorance and the six bases followed by the element of ignorance. As to what is made by action, it is by the principle of dependent arising in reverse order”〔T30n1579 0837b23〕; 「況當如彼諦現觀時能遍了知,或如修道未遍了知如無學地,未能超越」—“how much less, at the time of the direct realization of the truths, could they fully know them, or, as in the path of cultivation, not yet fully knowing them as in the stage beyond training, they are not yet able to pass beyond”〔T30n1579 0837b26〕; 「未能超越。」—“not yet able to pass beyond.”〔T30n1579 0837b27〕

The shared words are 「沙門」—“ascetic,” 「婆羅門」—“brāhmaṇa,” 「沙門義、婆羅門義」—“the meaning of an ascetic and the meaning of a brāhmaṇa,” 「如實」—“as it really is,” 「滅」—“cessation,” 「老死」—“old age and death,” and 「六處」—“the six bases” (the sūtra has 「六入處」—“the six sense bases”); the sūtra has 「不如實知」—“do not know as it really is,” the treatise 「不能如實了知」—“cannot know clearly as they really are”; the sūtra 「法集」—“the arising of the dharma,” the treatise 「雜染法因」—“the causes of the defiled dharmas”; the sūtra 「法滅道跡」—“the path leading to the cessation of the dharma,” the treatise 「趣彼滅行」—“the practice that leads to their cessation”; the sūtra 「超度」—“cross beyond,” the treatise 「超越」—“pass beyond”; the sūtra 「非沙門、沙門數」—“not ascetics, not counted among ascetics,” the treatise 「非第一義」—“not in the ultimate sense” (「然彼但是世俗沙門及婆羅門,非第一義。若第一義諸有沙門及婆羅門」—“yet they are only conventional ascetics and brāhmaṇas, not in the ultimate sense. If there are ascetics and brāhmaṇas in the ultimate sense”〔T30n1579 0837b15〕); the words differ.

Fully knowing · the forty-four kinds of knowledge · the seventy-seven kinds of knowledge (Discourses 355–357 · Knowledge of Feeling)

  • Sūtra: 「當覺知老死,」—“One should fully know old age and death,”〔T02 0099c05〕; 「有四十四種智」—“There are forty-four kinds of knowledge”〔T02 0099c20〕; 「謂老死智、老死集智、老死滅智、老死滅道跡智」—“namely the knowledge of old age and death, the knowledge of the arising of old age and death, the knowledge of the cessation of old age and death, the knowledge of the path leading to the cessation of old age and death”〔T02 0099c22〕; 「有七十七種智」—“There are seventy-seven kinds of knowledge”〔T02 0099c28〕; 「生緣老死智,非餘生緣老死智;過去生緣老死智」—“the knowledge that birth conditions old age and death; the knowledge that nothing else but birth conditions old age and death; the knowledge that in the past birth conditioned old age and death”〔T02 0100a01〕; 「未來生緣老死智,非餘未來生緣老死智;及法住智,無常、有為」—“the knowledge that in the future birth will condition old age and death; the knowledge that in the future nothing else but birth will condition old age and death; and the knowledge of the abiding of the Dharma, impermanent, conditioned”〔T02 0100a02〕
  • Treatise: 「由簡擇所緣為性明觸生慧。當知此中,於十一支安立四諦」—“the wisdom born of the contact with knowledge, whose nature is to discern its object. Know that here, in the eleven links the four truths are established”〔T30n1579 0837c02〕; 「於十一支安立四諦,依此一一支諦建立四十四事。」—“in the eleven links the four truths are established; on the truths of each of these links, forty-four matters are set up.”〔T30n1579 0837c03〕; 「即依明觸所生諸受,宣說如是四十四種受事差別」—“on the feelings born of the contact with knowledge, these distinctions of forty-four kinds of matters of feeling are proclaimed”〔T30n1579 0837c05〕; 「宣說如是四十四種受事差別。即依明觸所生諸慧,宣說如是四十四種智事差別」—“these distinctions of forty-four kinds of matters of feeling are proclaimed. On the wisdoms born of the contact with knowledge, these distinctions of forty-four kinds of matters of knowledge are proclaimed”〔T30n1579 0837c05〕; 「宣說如是四十四種智事差別。此中後際所作老死,」—“these distinctions of forty-four kinds of matters of knowledge are proclaimed. Here the old age and death made in the later limit,”〔T30n1579 0837c06〕; 「其餘有支,亦因亦果。三時遍智有差別故,」—“the remaining links of existence are both cause and effect. Because there are distinctions of full knowledge in the three times,”〔T30n1579 0837c09〕; 「如前所說決定遍智有差別故,由法住智所攝能取智無常性有差別故」—“because there are distinctions of decisive full knowledge as said before, because there are distinctions of the impermanence of the grasping knowledge included in the knowledge of the abiding of the Dharma”〔T30n1579 0837c10〕; 「由法住智所攝能取智無常性有差別故,當知建立七十七種智事差別」—“because there are distinctions of the impermanence of the grasping knowledge included in the knowledge of the abiding of the Dharma, know that the distinctions of seventy-seven kinds of matters of knowledge are set up”〔T30n1579 0837c10〕; 「當知建立七十七種智事差別。如是顯示歷觀諸諦一切行相」—“know that the distinctions of seventy-seven kinds of matters of knowledge are set up. This shows all the aspects of contemplating the truths one by one”〔T30n1579 0837c11〕

The shared words are 「四十四種」—“forty-four kinds,” 「智」—“knowledge,” 「七十七種」—“seventy-seven kinds,” 「法住智」—“the knowledge of the abiding of the Dharma,” 「老死」—“old age and death,” and 「無常」—“impermanent”; the sūtra’s eleven links (old age and death to formations) the treatise calls 「十一支」—“the eleven links”; the sūtra’s four knowledges the treatise calls 「四諦」—“the four truths”; the sūtra 「過去」—“in the past” and 「未來」—“in the future,” the treatise 「三時遍智」—“full knowledge in the three times”; the sūtra 「非餘」—“nothing else but,” the treatise 「決定遍智」—“decisive full knowledge”; the sūtra 「及法住智,無常」—“and the knowledge of the abiding of the Dharma, impermanent,” the treatise 「由法住智所攝能取智無常性」—“the impermanence of the grasping knowledge included in the knowledge of the abiding of the Dharma”; the words differ. The treatise teaches separately 「四十四種受事」—“forty-four kinds of matters of feeling” and 「四十四種智事」—“forty-four kinds of matters of knowledge”; the pairing of the 「覺知」—“fully know” of Discourse 355 with the 「受事」—“matters of feeling,” and of the 「智」—“knowledge” of Discourse 356 with the 「智事」—“matters of knowledge,” is a reading by the treatise’s order; it is only recorded.

The dharma of increase · the dharma of decrease (Discourse 358 · Transmigration)

  • Sūtra: 「有增法、減法。」—“There are the dharma of increase and the dharma of decrease.”〔T02 0100a13〕; 「如增法、減法。如是生法、變易法、集法、滅法如上說」—“As with the dharma of increase and the dharma of decrease, so the dharma of arising, the dharma of change, the dharma of coming together, and the dharma of cessation are as said above”〔T02 0100a20〕
  • Treatise: 「何等為三?一、因增益故,二、果生起故;」—“What are the three? First, because the cause increases; second, because the effect arises;”〔T30n1579 0837c16〕; 「總名諸法若增、若生、若集。依因果滅,如其所應,當知說名若減」—“together these are called the dharmas’ increase, arising, and coming together. With regard to the cessation of cause and effect, as is fitting, know that it is called decrease”〔T30n1579 0837c17〕; 「當知說名若減、若滅、若沒。如是意趣差別道理不違法性」—“know that it is called decrease, cessation, and vanishing. Such a principle of distinct intentions does not go against the nature of the Dharma”〔T30n1579 0837c18〕

The shared words are 「增」—“increase,” 「減」—“decrease,” 「生」—“arising,” 「集」—“coming together,” and 「滅」—“cessation”; the sūtra has 「增法、減法」—“the dharma of increase and the dharma of decrease,” the treatise 「若增」—“increase” and 「若減」—“decrease”; for the sūtra’s 「變易法」—“the dharma of change” the treatise has no such word (the treatise has 「若沒」—“vanishing”); the words differ.

Reflecting · false imagining · consciousness abides grasping at an object · coming and going (Discourses 359–361 · and Coming and Going)

  • Sūtra: 「若思量、若妄想生」—“If there arise reflecting and false imagining”〔T02 0100a24〕; 「若妄想生,彼使攀緣識住;有攀緣識住故,有未來世生」—“if false imagining arises, that fetter makes consciousness abide grasping at an object; because consciousness abides grasping at an object, there are in the future birth”〔T02 0100a24〕; 「若妄想者,則有使攀緣識住;有攀緣識住故,入於名色」—“if one falsely imagines, then there is the fetter, and consciousness abides grasping at an object; because consciousness abides grasping at an object, it enters into name and form”〔T02 0100b03〕; 「入於名色;入名色故,則有往來;」—“it enters into name and form; because it enters into name and form, then there is coming and going;”〔T02 0100b14〕
  • Treatise: 「應知此中,業愛雜染所造作故,名思所作」—“Know that here, because it is made by the defilement of action and craving, it is called what is made by volition”〔T30n1579 0837c25〕; 「妄見雜染邪計起故,名計所執。」—“because it arises from the wrong reckoning of the defilement of false views, it is called what is held by reckoning.”〔T30n1579 0837c26〕; 「由諸纏故及隨眠故。因彼所緣,於四識住令心生起諸雜染已」—“because of the entanglements and because of the latent tendencies. Because of that object, having made the mind give rise to the defilements in the four stations of consciousness”〔T30n1579 0837c27〕; 「於四識住令心生起諸雜染已,招集後有,循環往來不得解脫」—“having made the mind give rise to the defilements in the four stations of consciousness, one brings about later existence, and circles coming and going without attaining liberation”〔T30n1579 0837c28〕; 「唯有隨眠依附相續能為雜染。因彼所緣,於諸識住雜染其心」—“only the latent tendencies, clinging to the continuum, can make defilement. Because of that object, they defile the mind in the stations of consciousness”〔T30n1579 0838a03〕

The shared words are 「識住」—“stations of consciousness,” 「往來」—“coming and going,” and 「緣」—“object”; the sūtra has 「思量」—“reflecting,” the treatise 「思所作」—“what is made by volition”; the sūtra 「妄想」—“false imagining,” the treatise 「計所執」—“what is held by reckoning”; the sūtra 「使」—“the fetter,” the treatise 「隨眠」—“the latent tendencies”; the sūtra 「攀緣識住」—“consciousness abides grasping at an object,” the treatise 「因彼所緣,於四識住」—“because of that object, in the four stations of consciousness”; the sūtra 「有未來世生」—“there are in the future birth,” the treatise 「招集後有」—“brings about later existence”; the sūtra 「往來」—“coming and going,” the treatise 「循環往來」—“circles coming and going”; the words differ. For the 「入於名色」—“enters into name and form” of Discourses 360 and 361, the treatise’s selection and gathering on nutriment has 「如是由識入母胎故,得有名色;名色為緣,便有六處;由無明界所隨六處以為緣故」—“thus, because consciousness enters the mother’s womb, there comes to be name and form; with name and form as condition, there are the six bases; because the six bases followed by the element of ignorance are the condition”〔T30n1579 0839b26〕; the shared words are 「識」—“consciousness” and 「名色」—“name and form”; the sūtra has 「入於名色」—“enters into name and form,” the treatise 「由識入母胎故,得有名色」—“because consciousness enters the mother’s womb, there comes to be name and form”; the words differ.

The learned bhikṣu · the bhikṣu who teaches the Dharma · practice in accordance with the Dharma (Discourses 362–364 · the further meaning of the Real)

  • Sūtra: 「有多聞比丘。」—“There is the learned bhikṣu.”〔T02 0100b23〕; 「生厭、離欲、滅盡法,是名多聞比丘。如是生、有、取、」—“gives rise to the dharma of weariness, dispassion, and complete cessation, this is called a learned bhikṣu. Thus, toward birth, existence, clinging,”〔T02 0100b27〕; 「所謂說法比丘」—“what is called the bhikṣu who teaches the Dharma”〔T02 0100c05〕; 「謂法次法向。」—“namely practice in accordance with the Dharma.”〔T02 0100c16〕
  • Treatise: 「六處緣觸,三、觸緣受。當知此中,所有多聞諸聖弟子」—“contact conditioned by the six bases; third, feeling conditioned by contact. Know that here, all the learned noble disciples”〔T30n1579 0834c05〕; 「所有多聞諸聖弟子,隨所領受,即於彼受如實遍知。」—“all the learned noble disciples, according to what they experience, fully know that feeling as it really is.”〔T30n1579 0834c06〕; 「又即於彼厭離欲滅勤修正行。又能如實了知彼受觸所引生」—“and toward them, too, diligently practicing rightly in weariness, dispassion, and cessation. And able to know clearly as it really is that feeling is brought about by contact”〔T30n1579 0834c07〕

The shared words are 「多聞」—“learned,” 「厭」—“weariness,” 「離欲」—“dispassion,” and 「滅」—“cessation”; the sūtra has 「厭、離欲、滅盡」—“weariness, dispassion, and complete cessation,” the treatise 「厭離欲滅」—“weariness, dispassion, and cessation”; the words differ. For the 「法次法向」—“practice in accordance with the Dharma” of Discourse 364 the treatise has no such word; what is close to it in meaning is 「於正法趣向」—“heading toward the right Dharma” in the passage on perfection of view (〔T30n1579 0834b19〕, see Discourse 344): 〔not found: 「法次法向」—“practice in accordance with the Dharma,” searched for in the transcription of fascicles ninety-three to ninety-six of the treatise, with zero occurrences〕. The treatise likewise has no word 「說法比丘」—“the bhikṣu who teaches the Dharma”: 〔not found: 「說法比丘」—“the bhikṣu who teaches the Dharma” and 「多聞比丘」—“the learned bhikṣu,” searched for in the transcription of fascicles ninety-three to ninety-six of the treatise, with zero occurrences for both〕.

IV. Essentials of the Commentary on This Passage

This fascicle has no old line-by-line commentary. The Selection on Dependent Arising, Nutriment, the Truths, and the Elements in the Compendium of Topics is the treatise’s mātṛkā; its passages proceed in the order of the uddānas it sets up (first topic). Below, in the treatise’s order, reading from 「於一切觸緣受有中」—“Among all that is, feeling conditioned by contact”〔T30n1579 0834a13〕 to the selection and gathering on nutriment in fascicle ninety-four of the treatise, are listed its passages that share words with the text of the discourses of this fascicle (verbatim, with anchors), with the discourses that share the words noted. Passages of the treatise that share no words with the discourses of this fascicle are not listed.

1. the Condition of Contact—three kinds of uninverted declaration (shares with Discourse 343 the words 「苦樂」—“suffering and happiness,” 「自作」—“made by oneself,” 「他作」—“made by another,” 「無因」—“without cause,” and 「觸」—“contact”)

「於一切觸緣受有中,若諸沙門、或婆羅門,」—“Among all that is, feeling conditioned by contact, if ascetics or brāhmaṇas,”〔T30n1579 0834a13〕 「略有三種無倒記別。一、開自宗記,二、伏他宗記」—“in brief there are three kinds of uninverted declaration. First, the declaration that opens one’s own position; second, the declaration that subdues the positions of others”〔T30n1579 0834a16〕 「於彼所問無差別記,謂諸苦樂皆從緣生,」—“to what they ask, a declaration without distinction: namely, all suffering and happiness arise from conditions,”〔T30n1579 0834a18〕 「若於彼問作如是記:諸計苦樂自作、他作、俱作、俱非無因而生」—“If to their question one makes such a declaration: those who reckon suffering and happiness made by oneself, made by another, made by both, or arisen from neither, without cause”〔T30n1579 0834a19〕 「俱非無因而生,於一切處由觸生受,何用妄計自他作等」—“arisen from neither, without cause—in every case feeling arises through contact; what use is it falsely to reckon them made by oneself, by another, and so on?”〔T30n1579 0834a20〕

The treatise distinguishes three kinds: the declaration that opens one’s own position, the declaration that subdues the positions of others, and the declaration on defilement and purification with and without grasping; Śāriputra’s answer in Discourse 343 first teaches 「從緣起生」—“arise from conditions” and then 「緣觸生」—“arise conditioned by contact,” following in sequence the words of the treatise’s first two declarations; it is only recorded.

2. Perfection of View—the five kinds of cause (shares with Discourse 344 the words 「正見」—“right view,” 「不善」—“unwholesome,” 「善根」—“wholesome roots,” 「食」—“nutriment,” 「無明」—“ignorance,” and 「邊際」—“limit”)

「於因生法五種因中獲得正見,名見圓滿。於此正法及毘奈耶不可轉故」—“has gained right view regarding the five kinds of cause among the things that arise from causes, this is called perfection of view. Because in this right Dharma and Vinaya one cannot be turned away”〔T30n1579 0834b14〕 「於此正法及毘奈耶不可轉故,亦得名為成正直見。」—“because in this right Dharma and Vinaya one cannot be turned away, one is also called accomplished in right and straight view.”〔T30n1579 0834b15〕 「由於涅槃意樂淨故,亦名成就於佛證淨,於所知境智清淨故」—“because the inclination toward nirvāṇa is pure, one is also called accomplished in the purity of realization in the Buddha; because knowledge of the objects to be known is pure”〔T30n1579 0834b16〕 「名於正法趣向、親近及與正證。云何名為從因生法五種因耶」—“is called heading toward, drawing near to, and rightly realizing the right Dharma. What are called the five kinds of cause of the things that arise from causes”〔T30n1579 0834b18〕 「於識住令識住因,謂四種食。四現法、後法雜染因」—“the cause that makes consciousness abide in the stations of consciousness, namely the four kinds of nutriment. Fourth, the cause of defilement in this life and later lives”〔T30n1579 0834b21〕 「乃至無明為邊際故。過此更無緣生因觀,唯由此觀」—“up to ignorance as their limit. Beyond this there is no further contemplation of the causes of what arises from conditions; only through this contemplation”〔T30n1579 0834b27〕

The word 「邊際」—“limit” in the last phrase shares its words with Śāriputra’s words stopping Kauṣṭhila in Discourse 344, 「汝終不能究竟諸論,得其邊際」—“You will never exhaust these discussions and reach their limit” (「汝何為逐,汝終不能究竟諸論,得其邊際。若聖弟子斷除無明而生明,何須更求」—“Why do you keep chasing? You will never exhaust these discussions and reach their limit. If the noble disciple has cut off ignorance and knowledge has arisen, what need is there to seek further”〔T02 0095b07〕).

3. the Real—three real things · training and the dharma of discernment · well versed in the realm of the Dharma (shares with Discourse 345 the words 「真實」—“real,” 「學」—“training,” 「法界」—“the realm of the Dharma,” and 「七夜」—“seven nights”; shares with Discourses 362–364 the words 「多聞」—“learned” and 「厭離欲滅」—“weariness, dispassion, and cessation”)

「復次,略有三種於現法中真實寂滅,乃至壽量未永止息」—“Further, in brief there are three kinds of real quiescence in this present life, while the life span has not yet forever ceased”〔T30n1579 0834c01〕 「於彼有學正修行時,施設學性。於彼無學作是思惟」—“when those still in training are rightly practicing, the nature of training is designated. Those beyond training reflect thus”〔T30n1579 0834c02〕 「無生智所思擇故,名思擇法。云何為三?一、六處,二、六處緣觸」—“because it is what the knowledge of non-arising discerns, it is called the dharma of discernment. What are the three? First, the six bases; second, contact conditioned by the six bases”〔T30n1579 0834c04〕 「六處緣觸,三、觸緣受。當知此中,所有多聞諸聖弟子」—“contact conditioned by the six bases; third, feeling conditioned by contact. Know that here, all the learned noble disciples”〔T30n1579 0834c05〕 「等說一切事法增上名句文身,名為法界。諸有獲得無礙解故,」—“the collections of names, phrases, and syllables that predominate over the dharmas of all things spoken of are called the realm of the Dharma. Because those who have gained unobstructed understanding,”〔T30n1579 0834c19〕 「名句文身隨欲自在,是故說名善達法界。」—“are free as they wish in the collections of names, phrases, and syllables, they are therefore called well versed in the realm of the Dharma.”〔T30n1579 0834c21〕 「乃至能於七日七夜,或過彼量,辭辯無竭。復以如是差別種類」—“up to being able, for seven days and seven nights, or beyond that measure, to speak with eloquence that is never exhausted. Again, with such distinct kinds”〔T30n1579 0834c23〕

The 「學」—“training” and 「法數」—“the reckoning of dharmas” of Discourse 345 the treatise renders as 「施設學性」—“the nature of training is designated” and 「名思擇法」—“it is called the dharma of discernment”; for the sūtra’s 「善入法界」—“has entered well into the realm of the Dharma,” the treatise first explains 「法界」—“the realm of the Dharma” as 「一切事法增上名句文身」—“the collections of names, phrases, and syllables that predominate over the dharmas of all things,” next teaches 「善達法界」—“well versed in the realm of the Dharma,” and then ‘for seven days and seven nights … eloquence that is never exhausted,’ in the same sequence as Śāriputra’s own account in the sūtra, 「乃至七夜,以異句異味而解說之」—“up to seven nights, explain it with different phrasing and different flavor.”

4. Understanding—six kinds of declaration (shares with Discourse 347 the words 「我生已盡」—“my birth is ended” and 「阿羅漢」—“arhat”)

「復次,當知具解諸阿羅漢,略有六種記別所解」—“Further, know that the arhats who are complete in understanding have, in brief, six kinds of declaring what they have understood”〔T30n1579 0834c27〕 「謂作是記:我生已盡,乃至廣說。智記別者,謂有問言」—“namely, they make this declaration: ‘My birth is ended,’ and so on, taught at length. As to the declaration of knowledge, it is when someone asks”〔T30n1579 0835a03〕

In Discourse 347 the great many bhikṣus 「記說」—“declare” 「我生已盡」—“my birth is ended,” and Suśīma questions them on the ground that they 「不得正受,而復記說」—“have not attained an attainment, and yet declare”; the treatise teaches the six kinds of declaration of the arhats complete in understanding; only the shared words are recorded.

5. Not Delighting—what harms the three things (shares with Discourse 346 the words 「三法」—“three things,” 「世間」—“the world,” 「愛」—“love,” and 「不堪」—“unable”)

「復次,有三種法,是諸世間所愛所樂,依內而說」—“Further, there are three kinds of things that the world loves and delights in, spoken of with regard to what is inward”〔T30n1579 0835a23〕 「能引所治不可愛樂三種別法:一者、疾病,二者、衰老,三者、夭沒。」—“three distinct things, unloved and undelightful, that bring about what is to be counteracted: first, sickness; second, aging; third, untimely death.”〔T30n1579 0835a25〕 「若於三學起邪行時,便不堪任超越疾病、衰老、夭沒」—“If one gives rise to wrong practice in the three trainings, one is then unable to pass beyond sickness, aging, and untimely death”〔T30n1579 0835a26〕 「由不永斷三種結故,無有堪能依止修道得阿羅漢」—“because one has not forever cut off the three kinds of bond, one is unable, relying on the path of cultivation, to attain arhatship”〔T30n1579 0835c13〕 「於現法中無餘永斷貪瞋癡等一切煩惱,超越當來疾病、衰老及以夭沒」—“in this present life to cut off forever, without remainder, all the afflictions, greed, hatred, delusion, and the rest, and pass beyond future sickness, aging, and untimely death”〔T30n1579 0835c14〕

The treatise teaches it by wrong practice and right practice in the three trainings; Discourse 346 teaches it by the not abandoning and the abandoning of three things in ten tiers; the two orders differ; it is only recorded.

6. Knowledge of the Abiding of the Dharma—the knowledge of the abiding of the Dharma and the knowledge of nirvāṇa (shares with Discourse 347 the words 「法住智」—“the knowledge of the abiding of the Dharma,” 「涅槃」—“nirvāṇa,” and 「慧解脫」—“liberation by wisdom”)

「增上慧學增上力故,得法住智及涅槃智。用此二智以為依止」—“through the predominant power of the training in higher wisdom, one gains the knowledge of the abiding of the Dharma and the knowledge of nirvāṇa. Using these two knowledges as support”〔T30n1579 0835c21〕 「令心解脫一切煩惱,得阿羅漢,成慧解脫。」—“one makes the mind liberated from all afflictions, attains arhatship, and becomes one liberated by wisdom.”〔T30n1579 0835c23〕 「此中云何名法住智?謂如有一,聽聞隨順緣性緣起無倒教已」—“Here, what is called the knowledge of the abiding of the Dharma? It is as when someone, having heard the uninverted teaching that accords with conditionality and dependent arising”〔T30n1579 0835c24〕 「如其因果安立法中所有妙智,名法住智。」—“the excellent knowledge there is regarding the dharmas established as cause and effect is called the knowledge of the abiding of the Dharma.”〔T30n1579 0835c29〕 「又復云何名涅槃智?謂彼法爾若於苦集滅道,以其妙慧悟入信解是真苦集滅道諦時」—“And again, what is called the knowledge of nirvāṇa? It is that, by the nature of things, when with excellent wisdom one enters into and resolves in faith that suffering, arising, cessation, and the path are the true truths of suffering, arising, cessation, and the path”〔T30n1579 0836a01〕 「便於涅槃能以妙慧悟入信解為寂靜等。如是妙智名涅槃智。」—“one is then able, with excellent wisdom, to enter into and resolve in faith that nirvāṇa is peace and so on. Such excellent knowledge is called the knowledge of nirvāṇa.”〔T30n1579 0836a07〕

7. Diligence—the six kinds of completeness (shares with Discourse 348 the words 「如來成就」—“the Tathāgata has accomplished,” 「轉梵輪」—“turn the Brahmā wheel,” 「師子吼」—“the lion’s roar,” 「懈怠」—“slack,” and 「有果」—“has fruit”)

「正觀六種圓備現前,足能發起勤精進住。」—“rightly contemplating the six kinds of completeness before one, one is fully able to arouse and dwell in diligent effort.”〔T30n1579 0836a09〕 「云何名為大師圓備?謂諸如來成就十力、四無所畏」—“What is called the completeness of the great teacher? Namely that the Tathāgatas have accomplished the ten powers and the four fearlessnesses”〔T30n1579 0836a14〕 「如是等名大師圓備。云何名為聖教圓備」—“these and the like are called the completeness of the great teacher. What is called the completeness of the holy teaching”〔T30n1579 0836a15〕 「能轉梵輪,於大眾中正師子吼,開示一切順逆緣起」—“can turn the Brahmā wheel, and in the midst of the great assembly rightly roars the lion’s roar, opening and showing all of dependent arising in forward and reverse order”〔T30n1579 0836a16〕 「若有安住懈怠心者,當知希求二種過患。一者、」—“if there is one who dwells settled in a slack mind, know that he seeks two kinds of danger. First,”〔T30n1579 0836b08〕 「無退失時,能辦自義、他義、俱義。云何名為能辦自義」—“when there is no falling away, he can accomplish his own good, the good of others, and the good of both. What is called being able to accomplish his own good”〔T30n1579 0836b14〕 「謂出家已,由其二相說名有果。一者、證得煩惱離繫究竟涅槃」—“namely, having gone forth, by two marks it is said to have fruit. First, realizing the final nirvāṇa that is free from the bonds of the afflictions”〔T30n1579 0836b16〕

8. the Place of Birth—the four kinds of perfection (shares with Discourse 349 the words 「善來」—“welcome,” 「善出家」—“well gone forth,” 「聖處」—“holy place,” and 「惡說」—“ill spoken”)

「復次,具四圓滿,能生聖處。若隨有一成此圓滿」—“Further, complete in four perfections, one can be born in a holy place. If one who has accomplished these perfections”〔T30n1579 0836c05〕 「名曰善來、善出家者。云何名為四種圓滿?」—“one is called welcome, one who has well gone forth. What are called the four kinds of perfection?”〔T30n1579 0836c06〕 「無有中品愚癡障故;非手代言,無有上品愚癡障故」—“because there is no obstruction of delusion of the middle grade; not using the hands in place of speech, because there is no obstruction of delusion of the highest grade”〔T30n1579 0836c17〕 「有力能解善說、惡說所有法義。即於聖處有佛出世得值圓滿者」—“having the strength to understand the meaning of the Dharma in all that is well spoken and ill spoken. The perfection of meeting a Buddha appearing in the world in that holy place”〔T30n1579 0836c19〕

The next passage teaches the learned noble disciples who keep far from the two kinds of hesitation (「有諸法轉?若有多聞諸聖弟子,遠離二種非真實論」—“do the dharmas proceed? If there are learned noble disciples who keep far from the two kinds of unreal doctrine”〔T30n1579 0837a05〕); it shares with Discourse 350, 「多聞聖弟子不作是念」—“the learned noble disciple does not think thus,” the words 「多聞」—“learned” and 「聖弟子」—“noble disciple,” and the treatise lacks the sūtra’s phrases (third topic).

9. the Cessation of Existence—those in training see it but have not touched it (shares with Discourse 351 the words 「有滅」—“the cessation of existence,” 「涅槃」—“nirvāṇa,” 「熱渴所逼」—“oppressed by heat and thirst,” 「井」—“well,” and 「觸」—“touch”)

「諸學見迹,雖於有滅寂靜涅槃,不隨他信」—“Those in training who have seen the track, though regarding the cessation of existence, peace, nirvāṇa, not following faith in another”〔T30n1579 0837b05〕 「譬如有人熱渴所逼,馳詣深井,雖以肉眼現見井中離諸塵穢清冷美水」—“It is like a man oppressed by heat and thirst who hurries to a deep well; though with the fleshly eye he sees directly in the well the clear, cool, sweet water free of all dust and dirt”〔T30n1579 0837b07〕 「并給水器,而於此水身未觸證。如是有學,雖聖慧眼現見所求後煩惱斷最極寂靜」—“and a vessel for the water, yet his body has not touched and realized this water. Just so, one in training, though with the eye of noble wisdom he sees directly the utmost peace that he seeks, the abandoning of the later afflictions”〔T30n1579 0837b08〕

10. If Śramaṇas or Brāhmaṇas—conventional ascetics and the ultimate sense (shares with Discourses 352–354 the words 「沙門義、婆羅門義」—“the meaning of an ascetic and the meaning of a brāhmaṇa,” 「如實」—“as it really is,” and ‘pass beyond/cross beyond’)

「於貪瞋癡無餘斷滅真沙門義、婆羅門義全未證得,而諸世間起沙門想」—“the true meaning of an ascetic and the meaning of a brāhmaṇa, the cessation of greed, hatred, and delusion without remainder, have not realized it at all, and yet the world forms the perception of them as ascetics”〔T30n1579 0837b12〕 「然彼但是世俗沙門及婆羅門,非第一義。若第一義諸有沙門及婆羅門」—“yet they are only conventional ascetics and brāhmaṇas, not in the ultimate sense. If there are ascetics and brāhmaṇas in the ultimate sense”〔T30n1579 0837b15〕 「由彼不能如實了知諸雜染法、雜染法因,亦不如實了知彼滅、」—“because they cannot know clearly as they really are the defiled dharmas and the causes of the defiled dharmas, nor know clearly as they really are their cessation,”〔T30n1579 0837b18〕 「未能超越。」—“not yet able to pass beyond.”〔T30n1579 0837b27〕

11. Knowledge of Feeling—the forty-four matters · the seventy-seven kinds of matters of knowledge (shares with Discourses 355–357 the words 「四十四種」—“forty-four kinds,” 「七十七種」—“seventy-seven kinds,” 「智」—“knowledge,” and 「法住智」—“the knowledge of the abiding of the Dharma”)

「於十一支安立四諦,依此一一支諦建立四十四事。」—“in the eleven links the four truths are established; on the truths of each of these links, forty-four matters are set up.”〔T30n1579 0837c03〕 「即依明觸所生諸受,宣說如是四十四種受事差別」—“on the feelings born of the contact with knowledge, these distinctions of forty-four kinds of matters of feeling are proclaimed”〔T30n1579 0837c05〕 「宣說如是四十四種智事差別。此中後際所作老死,」—“these distinctions of forty-four kinds of matters of knowledge are proclaimed. Here the old age and death made in the later limit,”〔T30n1579 0837c06〕 「如前所說決定遍智有差別故,由法住智所攝能取智無常性有差別故」—“because there are distinctions of decisive full knowledge as said before, because there are distinctions of the impermanence of the grasping knowledge included in the knowledge of the abiding of the Dharma”〔T30n1579 0837c10〕 「當知建立七十七種智事差別。如是顯示歷觀諸諦一切行相」—“know that the distinctions of seventy-seven kinds of matters of knowledge are set up. This shows all the aspects of contemplating the truths one by one”〔T30n1579 0837c11〕

12. Transmigration—increase · arising · coming together, and decrease · cessation · vanishing (shares with Discourse 358 the words 「增」—“increase,” 「減」—“decrease,” 「生」—“arising,” 「集」—“coming together,” and 「滅」—“cessation”)

「總名諸法若增、若生、若集。依因果滅,如其所應,當知說名若減」—“together these are called the dharmas’ increase, arising, and coming together. With regard to the cessation of cause and effect, as is fitting, know that it is called decrease”〔T30n1579 0837c17〕 「當知說名若減、若滅、若沒。如是意趣差別道理不違法性」—“know that it is called decrease, cessation, and vanishing. Such a principle of distinct intentions does not go against the nature of the Dharma”〔T30n1579 0837c18〕

13. and Coming and Going—two kinds of defilement · the four stations of consciousness · circling coming and going (shares with Discourses 359–361 the words 「識住」—“stations of consciousness” and 「往來」—“coming and going”)

「由諸纏故及隨眠故。因彼所緣,於四識住令心生起諸雜染已」—“because of the entanglements and because of the latent tendencies. Because of that object, having made the mind give rise to the defilements in the four stations of consciousness”〔T30n1579 0837c27〕 「於四識住令心生起諸雜染已,招集後有,循環往來不得解脫」—“having made the mind give rise to the defilements in the four stations of consciousness, one brings about later existence, and circles coming and going without attaining liberation”〔T30n1579 0837c28〕

14. the Buddha’s Forward and Reverse—the Buddhas of the past and the present Buddha on dependent arising in forward and reverse order (close in form to the Buddha’s questioning of Suśīma in forward and reverse order in Discourse 347; the only shared word is 「緣起」—“dependent arising”)

「如過去佛得菩提已,即於緣起作意攀緣順逆道理」—“As the Buddhas of the past, having attained awakening, at once attended to and took as object the principle of dependent arising in forward and reverse order”〔T30n1579 0838a11〕

15. The selection and gathering on nutriment (shares words with the four nutriments of Discourse 344, the three hundred spears of Discourse 347, and the entering into name and form of Discourses 360 and 361)

「一者、段,二者、順樂受觸,三者、有漏意會思」—“first, morsel; second, contact conducive to pleasant feeling; third, mental volition with the outflows”〔T30n1579 0838c11〕 「有漏意會思,四者、能執諸根大種識。當知此中,段與現法氣力為食」—“mental volition with the outflows; fourth, the consciousness that holds the faculties and the great elements. Know that here, morsel food is nutriment for the strength of this present life”〔T30n1579 0838c11〕 「正見生故,能斷無明,能生於明。」—“because right view arises, one can cut off ignorance and can give rise to knowledge.”〔T30n1579 0839a27〕 「得有名色;名色為緣,便有六處;由無明界所隨六處以為緣故」—“there comes to be name and form; with name and form as condition, there are the six bases; because the six bases followed by the element of ignorance are the condition”〔T30n1579 0839b27〕 「生如所說依識內苦,是故苾芻當觀識食如三百鉾之所鑽刺」—“there arises, as was said, the inner suffering that depends on consciousness; therefore a bhikṣu should contemplate the nutriment of consciousness as being pierced by three hundred lances”〔T30n1579 0840a01〕 「復次,若不如實觀此四食,便為憙、貪之所染污」—“Further, if one does not contemplate these four nutriments as they really are, one is then defiled by delight and craving”〔T30n1579 0840a12〕

This passage belongs to the treatise’s third uddāna, and what it chiefly concerns are the discourses on nutriment in later fascicles; for what touches this fascicle, only the shared words are recorded.

V. Divergent Readings of the Commentators

This fascicle has no divergent readings of the ancient masters. The Saṃyukta Āgama has no old line-by-line commentary; the Compendium of Topics is the only mirror, the teaching of a single school, with nothing to set in separate columns.

VI. Terms (first occurrences — glosses drawn only from the Compendium of Topics, verbatim)

The terms already established in earlier fascicles are not repeated in this fascicle; among them, those that bear on the text of the discourses of this fascicle are: practice in accordance with the Dharma · far from dust and free of stain, the pure Dharma-eye · arhat · nirvāṇa · free from desire · knowing as it really is (carried over from Fascicle 1); the eightfold noble path · Ānanda · the ending of the outflows · conditioned (carried over from Fascicle 2); the root of the Dharma · the eye of the Dharma · the support of the Dharma · other sects · the Tathāgata, the Worthy One, the Perfectly Awakened One · clinging to precepts · without cause and without condition (carried over from Fascicle 3); undeclared · the deathless (carried over from Fascicle 5); made by oneself and made by another · the eight factors from right view to right concentration (carried over from Fascicle 7); the path leading to the arising of suffering · the path leading to the cessation of suffering (carried over from Fascicle 8); venerables · suffering and happiness made by oneself and made by another (carried over from Fascicle 9); when this exists, that exists · seeing the Dharma, attaining the Dharma, knowing the Dharma (carried over from Fascicle 10); Śāriputra · cutting off, casting out, exhausting, freedom from desire, cessation, rest, and vanishing (carried over from Fascicle 13); Mahākauṣṭhila · made neither by self nor by another, without cause · crossing beyond doubt · the abiding of the Dharma · the realm of the Dharma · the three formations · the teaching by the Dharma and the teaching by its meaning (carried over from Fascicle 12); liberation by wisdom (carried over from the preceding fascicle).

TermFirst occurrence in this fascicle (verbatim)AnchorThe Compendium of Topics
Suffering and happiness arise from conditions (苦樂從緣起生)「世尊說苦樂從緣起生。」—“The World-Honored One says that suffering and happiness arise from conditions.”〔T02 0093c14〕The treatise reads 「皆從緣生」—“all arise from conditions,” and below it further teaches 「由觸生受」—“feeling arises through contact”: 「於彼所問無差別記,謂諸苦樂皆從緣生,」—“to what they ask, a declaration without distinction: namely, all suffering and happiness arise from conditions,”〔T30n1579 0834a18〕; 「俱非無因而生,於一切處由觸生受,何用妄計自他作等」—“arisen from neither, without cause—in every case feeling arises through contact; what use is it falsely to reckon them made by oneself, by another, and so on?”〔T30n1579 0834a20〕
Timely wisdom (應時智)「善哉!舍利弗!有應時智故,有來問者,能隨時答」—“Good, Śāriputra! Because he has timely wisdom, to those who come and ask, he can answer as the occasion requires”〔T02 0094a11〕Not explained in the treatise
Perfection of view · accomplished in straight view (見具足·直見成就)「多聞聖弟子於此法、律,成就何法,名為見具足,直見成就,」—“accomplished in what dharma is a learned noble disciple in this Dharma and Discipline called one of perfection of view, accomplished in straight view,”〔T02 0094b09〕The treatise reads 「見圓滿」—“perfection of view” and 「成正直見」—“accomplished in right and straight view”: 「於因生法五種因中獲得正見,名見圓滿。於此正法及毘奈耶不可轉故」—“has gained right view regarding the five kinds of cause among the things that arise from causes, this is called perfection of view. Because in this right Dharma and Vinaya one cannot be turned away”〔T30n1579 0834b14〕; 「於此正法及毘奈耶不可轉故,亦得名為成正直見。」—“because in this right Dharma and Vinaya one cannot be turned away, one is also called accomplished in right and straight view.”〔T30n1579 0834b15〕
Unbreakable purity (不壞淨)「成就於佛不壞淨,來入正法,得此正法,悟此正法」—“accomplished in unbreakable purity in the Buddha, one who has come into the right Dharma, attained this right Dharma, awakened to this right Dharma”〔T02 0094b11〕The treatise reads 「佛證淨」—“the purity of realization in the Buddha”: 「由於涅槃意樂淨故,亦名成就於佛證淨,於所知境智清淨故」—“because the inclination toward nirvāṇa is pure, one is also called accomplished in the purity of realization in the Buddha; because knowledge of the objects to be known is pure”〔T30n1579 0834b16〕
The unwholesome roots · the wholesome roots (不善根·善根)「多聞聖弟子於不善法如實知、不善根如實知」—“the learned noble disciple knows unwholesome things as they really are, knows the unwholesome roots as they really are”〔T02 0094b12〕「云何名為從因生法五種因耶?一、惡趣因,謂諸不善及不善根」—“What are called the five kinds of cause of the things that arise from causes? First, the cause of the bad destinies, namely the unwholesome things and the unwholesome roots”〔T30n1579 0834b19〕; 「二、善趣因,謂一切善及諸善根。」—“second, the cause of the good destinies, namely all that is wholesome and the wholesome roots.”〔T30n1579 0834b21〕
The four nutriments (coarse morsel food · subtle contact · mental intention · consciousness) (四食(麁摶食·細觸食·意思食·識食))「一者麁摶食,二者細觸食,三者意思食」—“first, coarse morsel food; second, subtle contact; third, mental intention”〔T02 0094c01〕The treatise reads 「四種食」—“the four kinds of nutriment,” and gives the four names as morsel · contact conducive to pleasant feeling · mental volition with the outflows · the consciousness that holds the faculties and the great elements: 「於識住令識住因,謂四種食。四現法、後法雜染因」—“the cause that makes consciousness abide in the stations of consciousness, namely the four kinds of nutriment. Fourth, the cause of defilement in this life and later lives”〔T30n1579 0834b21〕; 「一者、段,二者、順樂受觸,三者、有漏意會思」—“first, morsel; second, contact conducive to pleasant feeling; third, mental volition with the outflows”〔T30n1579 0838c11〕
The three illnesses (the illness of desire · the illness of existence · the illness of ignorance) (三病(欲病·有病·無明病))「謂三病——欲病、有病、無明病——是名病,如是病如實知」—“namely the three illnesses—the illness of desire, the illness of existence, and the illness of ignorance—these are called illness; thus one knows illness as it really is”〔T02 0094c18〕Not explained in the treatise (the passage on perfection of view has 「謂一切漏」—“namely all the outflows”〔T30n1579 0834b23〕; the treatise has no word 「病」—“illness”)
The Pārāyaṇa · the Questions of Ajita (波羅延那·阿逸多所問)「波羅延那阿逸多所問:」—“what Ajita asked in the Pārāyaṇa:”〔T02 0095b12〕Not explained in the treatise
Training · the reckoning of dharmas (學·法數)「舍利弗!何等為學?何等為法數?」—“Śāriputra! What is training? What is the reckoning of dharmas?”〔T02 0095b15〕The treatise reads 「學性」—“the nature of training” and 「思擇法」—“the dharma of discernment”: 「於彼有學正修行時,施設學性。於彼無學作是思惟」—“when those still in training are rightly practicing, the nature of training is designated. Those beyond training reflect thus”〔T30n1579 0834c02〕; 「無生智所思擇故,名思擇法。云何為三?一、六處,二、六處緣觸」—“because it is what the knowledge of non-arising discerns, it is called the dharma of discernment. What are the three? First, the six bases; second, contact conditioned by the six bases”〔T30n1579 0834c04〕
A question that gladdens (發喜問)「我不能辯世尊初問,是故我默念住。世尊須臾復為作發喜問」—“I could not discern an answer to the World-Honored One’s first question, and so I remained silent. The World-Honored One then at once put to me a question that gladdens”〔T02 0095b29〕Not explained in the treatise
Has entered well into the realm of the Dharma (善入法界)「舍利弗比丘善入法界故。」—“because the bhikṣu Śāriputra has entered well into the realm of the Dharma.”〔T02 0095c14〕The treatise reads 「善達法界」—“well versed in the realm of the Dharma”: 「等說一切事法增上名句文身,名為法界。諸有獲得無礙解故,」—“the collections of names, phrases, and syllables that predominate over the dharmas of all things spoken of are called the realm of the Dharma. Because those who have gained unobstructed understanding,”〔T30n1579 0834c19〕; 「名句文身隨欲自在,是故說名善達法界。」—“are free as they wish in the collections of names, phrases, and syllables, they are therefore called well versed in the realm of the Dharma.”〔T30n1579 0834c21〕
Harsh speech · always seeking others’ faults (戾語·常求人短)「不欲聞法、常求人短,復有三法不斷故,」—“no wish to hear the Dharma, and always seeking others’ faults. Again, because three things are not abandoned,”〔T02 0096a09〕Not explained in the treatise
Shamelessness · lack of scruple (無慚·無愧)「何等為三?謂無慚、無愧、放逸,此三法不斷故」—“What are the three? Namely shamelessness, lack of scruple, and heedlessness; because these three things are not abandoned”〔T02 0096a13〕Not explained in the treatise
Suśīma (須深)「如前?」—“as before?” Then someone said: 「有一年少,名曰須深,」—“There is a young man named Suśīma,”〔T02 0096c09〕Not explained in the treatise
First knowing the abiding of the Dharma · then knowing nirvāṇa · the knowledge of the abiding of the Dharma (先知法住·後知涅槃·法住智)「彼先知法住,後知涅槃。彼諸善男子獨一靜處」—“They first know the abiding of the Dharma, then know nirvāṇa. Those sons of good family, alone in a quiet place”〔T02 0097b06〕The treatise reads 「法住智及涅槃智」—“the knowledge of the abiding of the Dharma and the knowledge of nirvāṇa”: 「增上慧學增上力故,得法住智及涅槃智。用此二智以為依止」—“through the predominant power of the training in higher wisdom, one gains the knowledge of the abiding of the Dharma and the knowledge of nirvāṇa. Using these two knowledges as support”〔T30n1579 0835c21〕; 「如其因果安立法中所有妙智,名法住智。」—“the excellent knowledge there is regarding the dharmas established as cause and effect is called the knowledge of the abiding of the Dharma.”〔T30n1579 0835c29〕
Went forth secretly as a thief (盜密出家)「我於正法中盜密出家,是故悔過。」—“I went forth secretly as a thief in the right Dharma, and so I confess my fault.”〔T02 0097c07〕Not explained in the treatise
The ten powers · the four fearlessnesses (十種力·四無畏)「如來成就十種力」—“The Tathāgata has accomplished the ten powers”〔T02 0098a14〕The treatise reads 「十力」—“the ten powers” and 「四無所畏」—“the four fearlessnesses”: 「云何名為大師圓備?謂諸如來成就十力、四無所畏」—“What is called the completeness of the great teacher? Namely that the Tathāgatas have accomplished the ten powers and the four fearlessnesses”〔T30n1579 0836a14〕; 「如是等名大師圓備。云何名為聖教圓備」—“these and the like are called the completeness of the great teacher. What is called the completeness of the holy teaching”〔T30n1579 0836a15〕
The Brahmā wheel · the lion’s roar (梵輪·師子吼)「如來成就十種力,得四無畏,知先佛住處,能轉梵輪,於大眾中震師子吼言」—“The Tathāgata has accomplished the ten powers, gained the four fearlessnesses, knows the abode of former Buddhas, can turn the Brahmā wheel, and in the midst of the great assembly roars the lion’s roar, saying”〔T02 0098a14〕「能轉梵輪,於大眾中正師子吼,開示一切順逆緣起」—“can turn the Brahmā wheel, and in the midst of the great assembly rightly roars the lion’s roar, opening and showing all of dependent arising in forward and reverse order”〔T30n1579 0836a16〕
A holy place · sign language (聖處·手語)「善得己利,曠世時時得生聖處,諸根具足,不愚不癡」—“well gained your own good; through long ages, from time to time, you have been born in a holy place, your faculties complete, not foolish and not deluded”〔T02 0098b07〕The treatise reads 「非手代言」—“not using the hands in place of speech”: 「復次,具四圓滿,能生聖處。若隨有一成此圓滿」—“Further, complete in four perfections, one can be born in a holy place. If one who has accomplished these perfections”〔T30n1579 0836c05〕; 「無有中品愚癡障故;非手代言,無有上品愚癡障故」—“because there is no obstruction of delusion of the middle grade; not using the hands in place of speech, because there is no obstruction of delusion of the highest grade”〔T30n1579 0836c17〕
Counted among ascetics · the meaning of an ascetic (沙門數·沙門義)「婆羅門數,彼亦非沙門義、婆羅門義,見法自知作證」—“counted among brāhmaṇas; nor can they, by the meaning of an ascetic and the meaning of a brāhmaṇa, see the Dharma, know it for themselves, and realize it”〔T02 0099a09〕「於貪瞋癡無餘斷滅真沙門義、婆羅門義全未證得,而諸世間起沙門想」—“the true meaning of an ascetic and the meaning of a brāhmaṇa, the cessation of greed, hatred, and delusion without remainder, have not realized it at all, and yet the world forms the perception of them as ascetics”〔T30n1579 0837b12〕
Cross beyond (超度)「而欲超度觸者,無有是處,觸集、觸滅、觸滅道跡超度者」—“and yet wish to cross beyond contact—there is no such possibility; to cross beyond the arising of contact, the cessation of contact, and the path leading to the cessation of contact”〔T02 0099b22〕The treatise reads 「超越」—“pass beyond”: 「未能超越。」—“not yet able to pass beyond.”〔T30n1579 0837b27〕
The forty-four kinds of knowledge (四十四種智)「有四十四種智」—“There are forty-four kinds of knowledge”〔T02 0099c20〕「宣說如是四十四種智事差別。此中後際所作老死,」—“these distinctions of forty-four kinds of matters of knowledge are proclaimed. Here the old age and death made in the later limit,”〔T30n1579 0837c06〕
The seventy-seven kinds of knowledge (七十七種智)「有七十七種智」—“There are seventy-seven kinds of knowledge”〔T02 0099c28〕「當知建立七十七種智事差別。如是顯示歷觀諸諦一切行相」—“know that the distinctions of seventy-seven kinds of matters of knowledge are set up. This shows all the aspects of contemplating the truths one by one”〔T30n1579 0837c11〕
The dharma of increase · the dharma of decrease (增法·減法)「有增法、減法。」—“There are the dharma of increase and the dharma of decrease.”〔T02 0100a13〕The treatise reads 「若增」—“increase” and 「若減」—“decrease”: 「總名諸法若增、若生、若集。依因果滅,如其所應,當知說名若減」—“together these are called the dharmas’ increase, arising, and coming together. With regard to the cessation of cause and effect, as is fitting, know that it is called decrease”〔T30n1579 0837c17〕; 「當知說名若減、若滅、若沒。如是意趣差別道理不違法性」—“know that it is called decrease, cessation, and vanishing. Such a principle of distinct intentions does not go against the nature of the Dharma”〔T30n1579 0837c18〕
The bhikṣu who teaches the Dharma (說法比丘)「所謂說法比丘」—“what is called the bhikṣu who teaches the Dharma”〔T02 0100c05〕Not explained in the treatise

The ‘first occurrence’ of this table is measured against the transcription of the earlier fascicles: what is listed is either a word not seen in earlier fascicles, or a word already seen in earlier fascicles that forms a new combination for the first time in this fascicle (thus of ‘shamelessness · lack of scruple,’ 「無愧」—“lack of scruple” is seen before in Fascicle 7〔T02 0049a10〕, and 「善根」—“wholesome roots” is seen before in Fascicle 9〔T02 0057b23〕; what is new here lies in the causal context of the three things in ten tiers in this fascicle and in the gloss of the Compendium of Topics, not in the pairing of the words; Fascicle 7 has 「無慙」—“shamelessness”〔T02 0049a10〕, the form of the character also differing from this fascicle). Arising conditioned by contact · the cessation of existence · apart from faith · consciousness abides grasping at an object · reflecting · false imagining · coming and going · the learned bhikṣu have been seen in earlier fascicles and are not listed.

VII. Similes and Rhetoric

Two similes:

  1. The king’s law punishing a robber · pierced with a hundred spears, up to three hundred spears (Discourse 347)—the Buddha teaches Suśīma: 「以譬得解。譬如國王有防邏者,捉捕盜賊」—“understand by means of a simile. It is like a king whose patrol has seized a robber”〔T02 0097c24〕; 「然後將出城外刑罪人處,遍身四體,劖以百矛。」—“then take him out of the city to the place where offenders are punished, and pierce him all over his body and four limbs with a hundred spears.”〔T02 0097c27〕; 「彼典刑者受王教令,送彼罪人」—“The executioner, having received the king’s command, takes the offender”〔T02 0097c28〕; 「彼王治罪,劖以三百矛,彼罪人身寧有完處如手掌不」—“That king, in punishing him, pierced him with three hundred spears; is there on that offender’s body still an unbroken place as big as the palm of a hand?”〔T02 0098a04〕; the application to the Dharma: 「此尚可耳,若於正法、律盜密出家,盜受持法」—“That can still be borne; if one goes forth secretly as a thief in the right Dharma and Discipline, receives and holds the Dharma as a thief”〔T02 0098a09〕. The order of the simile: seized → bound and sent → hands bound behind and proclaimed → pierced with a hundred spears at the place of punishment → pierced again at midday → pierced again in the late afternoon → asked whether any unbroken place remains → asked whether the suffering is severe → applied to the suffering of going forth secretly as a thief, 「倍過於彼」—“many times greater than that man’s.” The treatise uses 「三百鉾」—“three hundred lances” to contemplate the nutriment of consciousness (third topic); what it illustrates differs.
  2. The well water in the wilderness · no rope and no bucket (Discourse 351)—the venerable Shusheng teaches the venerable Nārada: 「夫智者以譬得解,如曠野路邊有井,無繩無罐,」—“the wise understand by means of a simile. It is like a well by the roadside in the wilderness, with no rope and no bucket,”〔T02 0098c26〕; 「得取其水。時,有行人,熱渴所逼,繞井求覓」—“to draw its water. Then a traveler, oppressed by heat and thirst, goes around the well searching”〔T02 0098c28〕; 「繞井求覓,無繩無罐,諦觀井水,如實知見,而不觸身」—“goes around the well searching, and there is no rope and no bucket; he looks closely at the well water, knows and sees it as it is, yet does not touch it with the body”〔T02 0098c28〕; the application to the Dharma: 「如是,我說有滅則寂滅、涅槃,而自不得漏盡阿羅漢」—“Just so, I say that with the cessation of existence there is quiescence, nirvāṇa, and yet I myself have not attained arhatship with the outflows ended”〔T02 0099a01〕. Both similes of this fascicle begin with 「今當說譬」—“Now I shall give a simile” (see the table below); the simile of Discourse 351 is spoken by a disciple, not by the Buddha himself. The treatise likewise uses the simile of heat and thirst and a deep well to teach those in training (third topic).

Verse (Discourse 345)—quoted by the World-Honored One, 「波羅延那阿逸多所問」—“the Pārāyaṇa, the Questions of Ajita,” one verse of four lines, five characters to the line:

「若得諸法數,若復種種學,」—“Those who have attained the reckoning of dharmas, and those who train in the various trainings,”〔T02 0095b13〕 「具威儀及行,為我分別說。」—“their deportment and conduct complete—explain them for me, one by one.”〔T02 0095b14〕

The World-Honored One’s question after the verse asks separately by the verse’s two words 「法數」—“the reckoning of dharmas” and 「學」—“training” (「舍利弗!何等為學?何等為法數?」—“Śāriputra! What is training? What is the reckoning of dharmas?”〔T02 0095b15〕); Śāriputra’s answer gives first 「學」—“training” and then 「數法」—“the dharma of reckoning,” the reverse of the verse’s order; it is only recorded.

Fixed formulas:

FormulaAnchorDiscourse
「欲有所問,寧有閑暇見答與不?」—“We wish to ask something; would you have the leisure to answer us or not?”〔T02 0093b29〕; 「欲有所問,寧有閑暇見答與不」—“I wish to ask something; would you have the leisure to answer me or not”〔T02 0094b06〕343 · 344
「仁者但問,知者當答。」—“Kind sir, just ask; what I know I shall answer.”〔T02 0094b08〕344
「正有此等,更有餘耶?」—“Is there just this, or is there more?”〔T02 0094b27〕〔T02 0094c15〕; 「正有此法,復有餘耶?」—“Are there just these dharmas, or is there more?”〔T02 0095a15〕; 「唯有此法,更有餘耶?」—“Is there only this dharma, or is there more?”〔T02 0095b06〕344 (six questions; the third question, 「正有此等,更有餘耶?」—“Is there just this, or is there more?”〔T02 0094c27〕, runs across a line)
「此是無記。」—“This is undeclared.”〔T02 0093c04〕〔T02 0093c07〕〔T02 0093c09〕343
「此有故彼有,此起故彼起」—“when this exists, that exists; when this arises, that arises”〔T02 0098a16〕; 「然彼多聞聖弟子知所謂此有故彼有,此起故彼起」—“Yet that learned noble disciple knows: when this exists, that exists; when this arises, that arises”〔T02 0098b25〕348 · 350 (in Discourses 349 and 358 it runs across a line)
Silent three times「尊者舍利弗默然不答,第二、第三亦復默然。佛言:」—“the venerable Śāriputra was silent and did not answer; the second time and the third time he was likewise silent. The Buddha said:”〔T02 0095b15〕; 「尊者茂師羅默然不答,第二、第三問亦默然不答」—“the venerable Musīla was silent and did not answer; asked the second time and the third time, he was still silent and did not answer”〔T02 0098c14〕345 · 351
「所說不同,前後相違」—“What is said is not consistent; the earlier and the later contradict each other”「尊者所說不同,前後相違」—“What the venerable one says is not consistent; the earlier and the later contradict each other”〔T02 0097a19〕; 「所說不同,前後相違,如尊者所說,有滅則寂滅」—“What you say is not consistent; the earlier and the later contradict each other. As the venerable one says, with the cessation of existence there is quiescence”〔T02 0098c24〕347 · 351
「今當說譬」—“Now I shall give a simile”「今當說譬,其智慧者,」—“Now I shall give a simile; the wise,”〔T02 0097c23〕; 「今當說譬,夫智者以譬得解」—“Now I shall give a simile; the wise understand by means of a simile”〔T02 0098c26〕347 · 351
「諦聽,善思,當為汝說」—“Listen closely, reflect well, and I shall explain it for you”「諦聽,善思,當為汝說。何等為四十四種智」—“Listen closely, reflect well, and I shall explain them for you. What are the forty-four kinds of knowledge”〔T02 0099c21〕356–358 · 362
「世尊是法根、法眼、法依。」—“The World-Honored One is the root of the Dharma, the eye of the Dharma, the support of the Dharma.”〔T02 0100c07〕〔T02 0100c18〕 (in Discourse 362 it runs across a line: 「世尊是法根、法眼、法依。唯願為說『多聞比丘』,諸比丘聞已」—“The World-Honored One is the root of the Dharma, the eye of the Dharma, the support of the Dharma. We only wish that you would explain ‘the learned bhikṣu’; the bhikṣus, having heard it”〔T02 0100b24〕)362–364
「自利、利他、自他俱利」—“one’s own good, the good of others, the good of both”「當觀自利、利他、自他俱利」—“you should contemplate one’s own good, the good of others, the good of both”〔T02 0098b01〕; 「是故,比丘!當如是學,自利、利他、自他俱利。」—“Therefore, bhikṣus, you should train thus: one’s own good, the good of others, the good of both.”〔T02 0098b16〕348 · 349

The forms of question and answer—the questions and answers of this fascicle are of three forms: first, exchanges back and forth among disciples (Discourses 343, 344, and 351); in Discourse 344 the first question is what dharma one is accomplished in, and it is followed by pressing five times with 「更有餘耶」—“is there more?”, six questions back and forth in all, the one answering advancing in order, until at the sixth question he stops it with 「汝終不能究竟諸論,得其邊際」—“You will never exhaust these discussions and reach their limit”; second, the Buddha asks and the disciple is silent and then answers (Discourse 345); the silence three times is of the same form as Musīla’s silence three times in Discourse 351, but in the one, after the silence, understanding opens, and in the other, after the silence, another answers in his place; third, the Buddha puts a question, the bhikṣus request the teaching, and the Buddha teaches it (Discourses 362–364), the words of request being one and the same. In Discourse 347 Suśīma questions the bhikṣu five times and the bhikṣu answers five times 「不也」—“No”; it is the longest exchange of this fascicle.

Repeated sentence patterns—in Discourse 346 the not abandoning of three things in ten tiers (old age, sickness, and death, and nine tiers of their causes) is pushed in reverse order as far as shamelessness, lack of scruple, and heedlessness, and then, with 「所以者何」—“Why is that?”, pushed in forward order to old age, sickness, and death; the side of abandoning follows the same order with the opposite sense, and at the end of the discourse it is again pushed in forward order with 「所以者何」—“Why is that?”: four passes back and forth. Discourses 352–354 are one form in three changes: knowing as it really is and not knowing as it really is (352), whether there is such a possibility for the six sense bases and for contact onward (353), and crossing beyond (354). Discourses 355–357 are one form increasing step by step: fully knowing in four items (355), the forty-four kinds of knowledge (356), the seventy-seven kinds of knowledge (357). Discourses 359–361 are one form increasing step by step: consciousness abides grasping at an object (359), adding entering into name and form (360), and further adding coming and going · birth and death (361).

The form of the verse—the verse of Discourse 345 has four lines of five characters, with one rhyme to each two lines; the verse stands within the World-Honored One’s words, as something quoted, not something spoken. This fascicle has no summary verse.

VIII. Citation and Carrying Forward

  • Shared words in the Compendium of Topics—the places where the text of the discourses of this fascicle shares words with the Compendium of Topics have already been listed verbatim in the third, fourth, and sixth topics and in part ① of the tenth topic; here only the anchors are listed: 〔T30n1579 0834a13〕〔T30n1579 0834a16〕〔T30n1579 0834a18〕〔T30n1579 0834a19〕〔T30n1579 0834a20〕〔T30n1579 0834b14〕〔T30n1579 0834b15〕〔T30n1579 0834b16〕〔T30n1579 0834b18〕〔T30n1579 0834b19〕〔T30n1579 0834b21〕〔T30n1579 0834b22〕〔T30n1579 0834b23〕〔T30n1579 0834b26〕〔T30n1579 0834b27〕〔T30n1579 0834c01〕〔T30n1579 0834c02〕〔T30n1579 0834c04〕〔T30n1579 0834c05〕〔T30n1579 0834c06〕〔T30n1579 0834c07〕〔T30n1579 0834c19〕〔T30n1579 0834c21〕〔T30n1579 0834c23〕〔T30n1579 0834c27〕〔T30n1579 0835a03〕〔T30n1579 0835a23〕〔T30n1579 0835a25〕〔T30n1579 0835a26〕〔T30n1579 0835c11〕〔T30n1579 0835c13〕〔T30n1579 0835c14〕〔T30n1579 0835c21〕〔T30n1579 0835c23〕〔T30n1579 0835c24〕〔T30n1579 0835c29〕〔T30n1579 0836a01〕〔T30n1579 0836a06〕〔T30n1579 0836a07〕〔T30n1579 0836a09〕〔T30n1579 0836a14〕〔T30n1579 0836a15〕〔T30n1579 0836a16〕〔T30n1579 0836b08〕〔T30n1579 0836b14〕〔T30n1579 0836b16〕〔T30n1579 0836c05〕〔T30n1579 0836c06〕〔T30n1579 0836c17〕〔T30n1579 0836c19〕〔T30n1579 0836c28〕〔T30n1579 0837a05〕〔T30n1579 0837a07〕〔T30n1579 0837b05〕〔T30n1579 0837b07〕〔T30n1579 0837b08〕〔T30n1579 0837b12〕〔T30n1579 0837b15〕〔T30n1579 0837b17〕〔T30n1579 0837b18〕〔T30n1579 0837b20〕〔T30n1579 0837b23〕〔T30n1579 0837b26〕〔T30n1579 0837b27〕〔T30n1579 0837c02〕〔T30n1579 0837c03〕〔T30n1579 0837c05〕〔T30n1579 0837c06〕〔T30n1579 0837c09〕〔T30n1579 0837c10〕〔T30n1579 0837c11〕〔T30n1579 0837c16〕〔T30n1579 0837c17〕〔T30n1579 0837c18〕〔T30n1579 0837c25〕〔T30n1579 0837c26〕〔T30n1579 0837c27〕〔T30n1579 0837c28〕〔T30n1579 0838a03〕〔T30n1579 0838a11〕〔T30n1579 0838c11〕〔T30n1579 0839a27〕〔T30n1579 0839b26〕〔T30n1579 0839b27〕〔T30n1579 0840a01〕〔T30n1579 0840a12〕.
  • Carrying forward the uddānas—the section of the one verse of eight items of fascicle ninety-four of the treatise, 「觸緣、見圓滿、實、解、不愛樂、法住智、精進、生處等為後。」—“the Condition of Contact, Perfection of View, the Real, Understanding, Not Delighting, Knowledge of the Abiding of the Dharma, Diligence, the Place of Birth, and so on, come after.”〔T30n1579 0834a11〕, corresponds in position to Discourses 343–350 of this fascicle; the section of the one verse of six items, 「有滅、若沙門婆羅門、受智、流轉、與來往、佛順逆為後。」—“the Cessation of Existence, If Śramaṇas or Brāhmaṇas, Knowledge of Feeling, Transmigration, and Coming and Going, the Buddha’s Forward and Reverse, come after.”〔T30n1579 0837b03〕, corresponds in position to Discourses 351–361 of this fascicle, and its last item, 「佛順逆」—“the Buddha’s Forward and Reverse,” is close to the questioning in forward and reverse order of Discourse 347 (fourth topic); the one verse 「安立、與因緣、觀察於食義、」—“Establishing, together with Causes and Conditions, Examining the Meaning of Nutriment,”〔T30n1579 0838c04〕 belongs to the selection and gathering on nutriment, and in this fascicle only the four nutriments of Discourse 344 share words with it (third topic). The two verses already set against Fascicle 12 (the general uddāna of fascicle ninety-three of the treatise and the separate uddāna of 「二諦等」—“the two truths and the rest”) are not listed again in this fascicle.
  • Carrying forward within the fascicle—the three Discourses 352–354 are of the same form: Discourse 352 teaches knowing the dharma as it really is, Discourse 353 teaches whether there is such a possibility of knowing as it really is for the six sense bases and for contact onward, and Discourse 354’s 「如上說。差別者」—“as said above. The difference is”〔T02 0099b20〕 points back to Discourse 353 and changes it to teach crossing beyond. The three Discourses 355–357 are of the same form, increasing their number step by step. The three Discourses 359–361 are of the same form, increasing their links step by step: Discourse 360 adds 「入於名色」—“enters into name and form,” and Discourse 361 further adds 「往來」—“coming and going” and 「生死」—“birth and death.” The three Discourses 362–364 are of the same form: the words with which the bhikṣus request the teaching are one and the same, and what is taught, 「生厭、離欲、滅盡」—“gives rise to weariness, dispassion, and complete cessation,” is one and the same; only the names designated differ (the learned bhikṣu · the bhikṣu who teaches the Dharma · practice in accordance with the Dharma). In Discourse 343 Śāriputra teaches 「緣觸生」—“arise conditioned by contact,” in Discourse 344 Śāriputra teaches the nutriment of contact among the four nutriments, and in Discourse 345 Śāriputra teaches 「食集生」—“it is born of the arising of nutriment”; the three discourses alike belong to Śāriputra’s teaching; recorded only, without explanation. Suśīma’s words in questioning the bhikṣu in Discourse 347, 「云何不得禪定而復記說」—“Why, not having attained dhyāna, do you yet make a declaration,” and Nārada’s words in questioning Shusheng in Discourse 351, 「而復言非漏盡阿羅漢耶」—“and yet you say you are not an arhat whose outflows are ended?”, both challenge with 「所說不同,前後相違」—“What is said is not consistent; the earlier and the later contradict each other” (seventh topic); recorded only, without explanation.
  • Beyond this fascicle—what Discourse 344’s 「如前分別經說」—“as said in the discourse of analysis before” (「如前分別經說。云何老死集如實知?」—“as said in the discourse of analysis before. What is knowing the arising of old age and death as it really is?”〔T02 0095a18〕) points back to lies in the discourses that expound the meaning in the preceding fascicle of this collection; the fascicle and the discourse number are not specified; recorded only. Discourse 364’s 「法次法向」—“practice in accordance with the Dharma” has been seen in the earlier collection; recorded only, without explanation.

IX. Placement Among the Recensions

The Taishō collation notes for this fascicle come to forty-five variant readings in all (【大】 = the original Taishō printing; 【宋】【元】【明】 = the three editions, abbreviated 【三】 in the Taishō notes; 【宮-CB】【思溪-CB】【磧-CB】【麗-CB】 are recorded by the current collated text; current reading = the character adopted in the current transcription; 「無」—“lacks it” = that edition lacks the character; recorded together, without adjudication; nos. 002, 003, 018, 019, 022, 030, 032, and 037, eight in all, are rows of revision in the current edition, not original Taishō notes):

No.AnchorCurrent readingVariant readings
0010093b29與 (or, of 與不)【元】【明】以 (a different particle)
0020093c28非 (not)【大】亦 (also); the current reading follows 【麗-CB】 (revision in the current edition, not an original Taishō note)
0030093c29因 (cause)【大】緣 (condition); the current reading follows 【麗-CB】 (revision in the current edition, not an original Taishō note)
0040094a23苦樂 (suffering and happiness)【大】苦 (suffering); 【宋】【元】【明】苦樂 (suffering and happiness); the current reading follows 【宮-CB】【思溪-CB】【磧-CB】
0050094b04定 (meditation, of 禪定)【宋】【元】【明】無 (lack it)
0060094b07與 (or, of 與不)【元】【明】以 (a different particle)
0070094b08但 (just)【宋】【元】【明】且 (for now)
0080094b10律 (Discipline)【明】者 (a nominalizing particle)
0090094c01摶 (morsel)【宋】【元】摧 (crush)
0100094c09是 (thus)【宋】【元】【明】實知 (knows as it really is)
0110094c16言 (said)【宋】【元】【明】語 (spoke)
0120094c16復 (again)【宋】【元】【明】無 (lack it)
0130095a05集 (gathering)【宋】【元】【明】染 (defiled)
0140095a13道 (path)【宋】【元】【明】法 (Dharma)
0150095a15更 (more)【宋】【元】【明】亦更 (also more)
0160095a16死 (death)【宋】【元】【明】死老死 (death, old age and death)
0170095b05者 (a nominalizing particle)【元】老 (old age)
0180095b12那 (-na, of 波羅延那)【大】耶 (-ya) (revision in the current edition, not an original Taishō note)
0190095b13數 (reckoning)【大】教 (teaching) (revision in the current edition, not an original Taishō note)
0200095b15數 (reckoning)【元】【明】故 (therefore)
0210095c02正 (even, of 正使)【宋】政 (a variant form)
0220095c13七夜異句異味 (seven nights, with different phrasing and different flavor)【大】異句異味,七夜 (with different phrasing and different flavor, seven nights) (revision in the current edition, not an original Taishō note)
0230095c21世間 (the world)【宋】【元】【明】無 (lack it)
0240095c24應 (the Worthy One)【宋】【元】【明】無 (lack it)
0250096a26復 (again)【宋】【元】【明】復有 (again there are)
0260096c05力 (strength)【宋】【元】【明】士 (man)
0270096c29欲 (wish)【宋】【元】【明】無 (lack it)
0280097a19須深 (Suśīma)【明】無 (lacks it)
0290097b07住 (dwell)【大】法 (dharma); 【元】【明】住 (dwell); the current reading follows 【磧-CB】
0300097b10住 (dwell)【大】法 (dharma); 【元】【明】住 (dwell); the current reading follows 【磧-CB】 (revision in the current edition, not an original Taishō note)
0310097c17唯 (only)【宋】【元】【明】惟 (a variant form)
0320097c26宣 (proclaim)【大】宜 (fitting); the current reading follows 【麗-CB】 (revision in the current edition, not an original Taishō note)
0330098a05無 (there is not)【宋】【元】【明】不 (not)
0340098a22血 (blood)【宋】【元】【明】而 (and)
0350098a27老 (old age)【宋】者 (a nominalizing particle)
0360098b01自他 (self and other)【宋】【元】【明】無 (lack it)
0370100a16減 (decrease)【大】滅 (cessation); the current reading follows 【麗-CB】 (revision in the current edition, not an original Taishō note)
0380100b06集 (comes together)【宋】【元】【明】無 (lack it)
0390100c16次 (in accordance, of 法次法向)【宋】以 (by)
0400100c17次 (in accordance, of 法次法向)【宋】以 (by)
0410100c18唯 (only)【宋】【元】【明】惟 (a variant form)
0420100c21次 (in accordance, of 法次法向)【宋】以 (by)
0430100c22次 (in accordance, of 法次法向)【宋】以 (by)
0440100c23次 (in accordance, of 法次法向)【宋】以 (by)
0450100c25第 (the ordinal, of 卷第十四)【明】無 (lacks it)

The original Taishō note for no. 008 reads 「〔律〕-【明】,律+(者)【明】」—“〔律〕 minus 【明】, 律 plus (者) 【明】,” recording two readings at once; the current listing records it as 【明】者 (a nominalizing particle), and it is copied as it stands without adjudication.

Eight matters worth recording (recorded together, without adjudication):

  1. Readings in Discourse 343 (nos. 001–004)—in 「寧有閑暇見答與不」—“would you have the leisure to answer us or not,” the 「與」—“or” (0093b29): 【元】【明】 read 以 (a different particle); in Śāriputra’s words, above 「無有是處」—“there is no such possibility,” the two characters 「非」—“not” and 「因」—“cause” (0093c28 · 0093c29): 【大】 reads 亦 (also) and 緣 (condition), and the current reading follows 【麗-CB】 (both revisions in the current edition), that is, 【大】 reads of the kind of ‘also made by both self and another’ and ‘also made from conditions’; in 「而生苦樂」—“and suffering and happiness arise,” the 「苦樂」—“suffering and happiness” (0094a23): 【大】 reads 苦 (suffering), and the current reading follows 【宮-CB】【思溪-CB】【磧-CB】 and the three editions. The plain rendering follows the current reading.
  2. Readings in Discourse 344 (nos. 005–017)—in 「從禪定起」—“rose from meditation,” the 「定」—“meditation” (0094b04): the three editions lack it; in 「寧有閑暇見答與不」—“would you have the leisure to answer me or not,” the 「與」—“or” (0094b07): 【元】【明】 read 以 (a different particle), as in Discourse 343; in 「仁者但問」—“Kind sir, just ask,” the 「但」—“just” (0094b08): the three editions read 且 (for now); in 「於此法、律」—“in this Dharma and Discipline,” the 「律」—“Discipline” (0094b10): 【明】 reads 者 (a nominalizing particle), and the Taishō note records at once the two readings of 【明】, lacking 律 and having 者 below 律; in 「麁摶食」—“coarse morsel food,” the 「摶」—“morsel” (0094c01): 【宋】【元】 read 摧 (crush); 「是」—“thus” (0094c09): the three editions read 實知 (knows as it really is); in 「舍利弗言」—“Śāriputra said,” the 「言」—“said” (0094c16): the three editions read 語 (spoke); in 「復更有餘」—“there is more again,” the 「復」—“again” (0094c16): the three editions lack it; in 「彼彼集著」—“gathering attachment to this place and that,” the 「集」—“gathering” (0095a05): the three editions read 染 (defiled); in 「來入正道」—“has come into the right path,” the 「道」—“path” (0095a13): the three editions read 法 (Dharma); in 「更有餘」—“there is more,” the 「更」—“more” (0095a15): the three editions read 亦更 (also more); in 「老死」—“old age and death,” the 「死」—“death” (0095a16): the three editions read 死老死 (death, old age and death); below 「悟此正法」—“awakened to this right Dharma,” the character 「者」—“a nominalizing particle” (0095b05): 【元】 reads 老 (old age). The plain rendering follows the current reading; for the phrase 「來入正道」—“has come into the right path,” the plain rendering follows the current reading, 「來入正道」—“has come into the right path.”
  3. Readings in Discourse 345 (nos. 018–022)—in 「波羅延那」—“Pārāyaṇa,” the 「那」—“-na” (0095b12): 【大】 reads 耶 (-ya); in the first line of the verse, 「若得諸法數」—“Those who have attained the reckoning of dharmas,” the 「數」—“reckoning” (0095b13): 【大】 reads 教 (teaching), that is, 【大】 reads ‘Those who have attained the teaching of dharmas’; in 「何等為法數」—“What is the reckoning of dharmas,” the 「數」—“reckoning” (0095b15): 【元】【明】 read 故 (therefore); in 「正使世尊」—“Even if the World-Honored One,” the 「正」—“even” (0095c02): 【宋】 reads 政 (a variant form); 「乃至七夜異句異味」—“and so on up to seven nights, with different phrasing and different flavor” (0095c13): 【大】 reads 「異句異味,七夜」—“with different phrasing and different flavor, seven nights,” the two in reversed order. Nos. 018, 019, and 022 are all revisions in the current edition. The plain rendering follows the current reading.
  4. Readings in Discourse 346 (nos. 023–025)—in 「不出於世間」—“would not appear in the world,” the 「世間」—“the world” (0095c21): the three editions lack it; in 「應、等正覺」—“the Worthy One, the Perfectly Awakened One,” the 「應」—“the Worthy One” (0095c24): the three editions lack it; in 「復三法斷故」—“again, because three things are abandoned,” the 「復」—“again” (0096a26): the three editions read 復有 (again there are). The plain rendering follows the current reading.
  5. Readings in Discourse 347 (nos. 026–033)—in 「誰有智慧、大力」—“who has wisdom and great strength,” the 「力」—“strength” (0096c05): the three editions read 士 (man), that is, the three editions read ‘a great man’; in 「欲求於正法中出家」—“wishes to request going forth in the right Dharma,” the 「欲」—“wish” (0096c29): the three editions lack it; in 「不也,須深」—“No, Suśīma,” the 「須深」—“Suśīma” (0097a19): 【明】 lacks it; in 「不放逸住」—“dwelling heedfully,” the 「住」—“dwell” in two places (0097b07 · 0097b10): 【大】 reads 法 (dharma), that is, 【大】 reads ‘the dharma of heedfulness,’ and the current reading follows 【磧-CB】 and 【元】【明】 (0097b10 is a revision in the current edition); in 「唯願世尊」—“I only wish that the World-Honored One,” the 「唯」—“only” (0097c17): the three editions read 惟 (a variant form); in 「惡聲宣令」—“proclaim it with harsh cries,” the 「宣」—“proclaim” (0097c26): 【大】 reads 宜 (fitting) (a revision in the current edition); in 「無也,世尊」—“There is not, World-Honored One,” the 「無」—“there is not” (0098a05): the three editions read 不 (not). The plain rendering follows the current reading.
  6. Readings in Discourse 348 (nos. 034–036)—in 「血肉枯竭」—“flesh and blood dry up,” the 「血」—“blood” (0098a22): the three editions read 而 (and); in 「增長生、老」—“increase birth, old age,” the 「老」—“old age” (0098a27): 【宋】 reads 者 (a nominalizing particle); in 「自他俱利」—“the good of both self and other,” the 「自他」—“self and other” (0098b01): the three editions lack it, that is, the three editions read ‘one’s own good, the good of others, the good of both together.’ The plain rendering follows the current reading.
  7. Readings in Discourses 358 and 360 (nos. 037 · 038)—in 「云何減法」—“What is the dharma of decrease,” the 「減」—“decrease” (0100a16): 【大】 reads 滅 (cessation), that is, 【大】 reads ‘What is the dharma of cessation,’ which does not agree with 「增法、減法」—“the dharma of increase and the dharma of decrease” above, whose 「減」—“decrease” it alters; the current reading follows 【麗-CB】 (a revision in the current edition). In Discourse 360, in 「如是純大苦聚集」—“just so, the whole great mass of suffering comes together,” the 「集」—“comes together” (0100b06): the three editions lack it. The plain rendering follows the current reading.
  8. Readings in Discourse 364 and the closing title (nos. 039–045)—in 「法次法向」—“practice in accordance with the Dharma,” the 「次」—“in accordance” in five places (0100c16 · 0100c17 · 0100c21 · 0100c22 · 0100c23): 【宋】 reads 以 (by) in every case, that is, 【宋】 reads ‘heading toward the Dharma by the Dharma’; in 「唯願為說」—“We only wish that you would explain,” the 「唯」—“only” (0100c18): the three editions read 惟 (a variant form); in the closing title 「雜阿含經卷第十四」—“Saṃyukta Āgama, Fascicle 14,” the 「第」—“the ordinal” (0100c25): 【明】 lacks it. The plain rendering follows the current reading.

Punctuation in two places: in the words of the lion’s roar in Discourse 348, the base text reads 「此有故彼有,此起故彼起,謂緣無明行……」—“when this exists, that exists; when this arises, that arises; namely, conditioned by ignorance there are formations…”〔T02 0098a16〕, followed by 「廣說乃至」—“taught at length, up to”〔T02 0098a17〕, and then joined to 「純大苦聚集,純大苦聚滅。」—“The whole great mass of suffering comes together, the whole great mass of suffering ceases.”〔T02 0098a17〕; the base text marks the abbreviation with 「……」—“…” and 「廣說乃至」—“taught at length, up to,” and the plain rendering records the abbreviation as it is without supplying what is passed over; Discourse 354 in the base text reads 「爾時,世尊告諸比丘……如上說。差別者」—“At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus… as said above. The difference is”〔T02 0099b20〕; the base text marks the abbreviation with 「……」—“…,” and the plain rendering records it as it is. Further, the Buddha’s account of his own former times in Discourse 343 and Śāriputra’s answers in Discourse 344 open each paragraph in the base text with an opening quotation mark that is not closed, and the plain rendering closes it paragraph by paragraph; the questions and answers with the wanderers of another sect quoted by the Buddha in Discourse 343, the words of the bhikṣus and of the heterodox reported by Suśīma in Discourse 347, and the 「多聞比丘」—“learned bhikṣu” and 「說法比丘」—“bhikṣu who teaches the Dharma” with which the bhikṣus request the teaching in Discourses 362 and 363, all stand within inner quotation marks, and the plain rendering levels them into the sentence.

Gaiji: the present transcription of this fascicle has no character of the private-use area, nor any character of the extension B area. Interlinear notes: none in this fascicle. The line form of the verse: the one verse of Discourse 345 occupies two lines in the base text, each line of two phrases (0095b13 · 0095b14); at the head of the first line stand the quotation mark of the World-Honored One’s words and the inner quotation mark of the verse, and at the end of the last line stands the inner closing mark of the verse; the verse stands within the inner layer of the World-Honored One’s words; the plain rendering records it in verse form in two lines, each line of two phrases.

X. Mātṛkā of the Compendium of Topics, Saṃyutta Coordinates, and Variants of the Alternate Translation

① The mātṛkā of the Compendium of Topics (discourse by discourse)—only places where the treatise’s words and the discourse’s words are the same words or the same simile, verbatim, are taken as established, and one sentence of the treatise is cited for each; where the sense is close but the treatise lacks the words, it is passed over with one sentence in present-day language and marked 〔correspondence of meaning; no shared words in the treatise〕; where the treatise and the discourse share words but, by the method of correspondence, it is listed only for reference, it is marked 〔correspondence of meaning; shared terms in the third topic〕. The names of the items of the treatise’s uddānas are appended after the discourse numbers, as readings (first topic).

DiscourseMātṛkā (verbatim)AnchorShared words
343 (the Condition of Contact)「若於彼問作如是記:諸計苦樂自作、他作、俱作、俱非無因而生」—“If to their question one makes such a declaration: those who reckon suffering and happiness made by oneself, made by another, made by both, or arisen from neither, without cause”〔T30n1579 0834a19〕0834a19苦樂·自作·他作·無因·觸 (suffering and happiness · made by oneself · made by another · without cause · contact)
344 (Perfection of View)「於因生法五種因中獲得正見,名見圓滿。於此正法及毘奈耶不可轉故」—“has gained right view regarding the five kinds of cause among the things that arise from causes, this is called perfection of view. Because in this right Dharma and Vinaya one cannot be turned away”〔T30n1579 0834b14〕; the selection and gathering on nutriment, 「一者、段,二者、順樂受觸,三者、有漏意會思」—“first, morsel; second, contact conducive to pleasant feeling; third, mental volition with the outflows”〔T30n1579 0838c11〕 (secondary)0834b14·0838c11正見·正法·不善·善根·食·無明·邊際 (right view · right Dharma · unwholesome · wholesome roots · nutriment · ignorance · limit)
345 (the Real)「名句文身隨欲自在,是故說名善達法界。」—“are free as they wish in the collections of names, phrases, and syllables, they are therefore called well versed in the realm of the Dharma.”〔T30n1579 0834c21〕0834c21真實·學·厭·離欲·滅·法界·七夜 (real · training · weariness · dispassion · cessation · the realm of the Dharma · seven nights)
346 (Not Delighting)「復次,有三種法,是諸世間所愛所樂,依內而說」—“Further, there are three kinds of things that the world loves and delights in, spoken of with regard to what is inward”〔T30n1579 0835a23〕0835a23三法·世間·愛·不堪·斷 (three things · the world · love · unable · abandon)
347 (Understanding · Knowledge of the Abiding of the Dharma · the Buddha’s Forward and Reverse)「增上慧學增上力故,得法住智及涅槃智。用此二智以為依止」—“through the predominant power of the training in higher wisdom, one gains the knowledge of the abiding of the Dharma and the knowledge of nirvāṇa. Using these two knowledges as support”〔T30n1579 0835c21〕; the section of Understanding, 「謂作是記:我生已盡,乃至廣說。智記別者,謂有問言」—“namely, they make this declaration: ‘My birth is ended,’ and so on, taught at length. As to the declaration of knowledge, it is when someone asks”〔T30n1579 0835a03〕 (secondary); the section of the Buddha’s Forward and Reverse, ‘the Buddha contemplates dependent arising in forward and reverse order, which is close in form to the Buddha’s questioning of Suśīma in forward and reverse order’〔correspondence of meaning; shared terms in the third topic〕; the selection and gathering on nutriment, 「生如所說依識內苦,是故苾芻當觀識食如三百鉾之所鑽刺」—“there arises, as was said, the inner suffering that depends on consciousness; therefore a bhikṣu should contemplate the nutriment of consciousness as being pierced by three hundred lances”〔T30n1579 0840a01〕 (the same number, a different simile; secondary)0835c21·0835a03·0840a01法住智·涅槃·慧解脫·阿羅漢·我生已盡·三百 (the knowledge of the abiding of the Dharma · nirvāṇa · liberation by wisdom · arhat · my birth is ended · three hundred)
348 (Diligence)「能轉梵輪,於大眾中正師子吼,開示一切順逆緣起」—“can turn the Brahmā wheel, and in the midst of the great assembly rightly roars the lion’s roar, opening and showing all of dependent arising in forward and reverse order”〔T30n1579 0836a16〕0836a16如來成就·十力·轉梵輪·大眾中·師子吼·懈怠·有果 (the Tathāgata has accomplished · the ten powers · turn the Brahmā wheel · in the midst of the great assembly · the lion’s roar · slack · has fruit)
349 (the Place of Birth)「復次,具四圓滿,能生聖處。若隨有一成此圓滿」—“Further, complete in four perfections, one can be born in a holy place. If one who has accomplished these perfections”〔T30n1579 0836c05〕0836c05善來·善出家·聖處·愚癡·惡說·義 (welcome · well gone forth · holy place · delusion · ill spoken · meaning)
350No direct mātṛkā gloss found for this discourse; the passage after the Place of Birth, ‘the learned noble disciple keeps far from the two doctrines of no cause and wrong cause, and rightly contemplates transmigration without doubt’〔correspondence of meaning; shared terms in the third topic〕——
351 (the Cessation of Existence)「譬如有人熱渴所逼,馳詣深井,雖以肉眼現見井中離諸塵穢清冷美水」—“It is like a man oppressed by heat and thirst who hurries to a deep well; though with the fleshly eye he sees directly in the well the clear, cool, sweet water free of all dust and dirt”〔T30n1579 0837b07〕0837b07有滅·涅槃·熱渴所逼·井·水·觸·身 (the cessation of existence · nirvāṇa · oppressed by heat and thirst · well · water · touch · body)
352 (If Śramaṇas or Brāhmaṇas)「於貪瞋癡無餘斷滅真沙門義、婆羅門義全未證得,而諸世間起沙門想」—“the true meaning of an ascetic and the meaning of a brāhmaṇa, the cessation of greed, hatred, and delusion without remainder, have not realized it at all, and yet the world forms the perception of them as ascetics”〔T30n1579 0837b12〕0837b12沙門·婆羅門·沙門義·婆羅門義·如實·滅 (ascetic · brāhmaṇa · the meaning of an ascetic · the meaning of a brāhmaṇa · as it really is · cessation)
353 (If Śramaṇas or Brāhmaṇas)「若無明觸及無明界所隨六處。業所作者,謂由緣起逆次道理」—“or the contact with ignorance and the six bases followed by the element of ignorance. As to what is made by action, it is by the principle of dependent arising in reverse order”〔T30n1579 0837b23〕0837b23六處·如實 (the six bases · as it really is)
354 (If Śramaṇas or Brāhmaṇas)「未能超越。」—“not yet able to pass beyond.”〔T30n1579 0837b27〕0837b27超越 (pass beyond) (the sūtra has 「超度」—“cross beyond”)
355 (Knowledge of Feeling)「即依明觸所生諸受,宣說如是四十四種受事差別」—“on the feelings born of the contact with knowledge, these distinctions of forty-four kinds of matters of feeling are proclaimed”〔T30n1579 0837c05〕; ‘there are forty-four kinds of matters of feeling, established by the four truths in the eleven links, following in sequence this discourse’s fully knowing in four items for each of the eleven links’〔correspondence of meaning; shared terms in the third topic〕0837c05四十四種·老死 (forty-four kinds · old age and death)
356 (Knowledge of Feeling)「宣說如是四十四種智事差別。此中後際所作老死,」—“these distinctions of forty-four kinds of matters of knowledge are proclaimed. Here the old age and death made in the later limit,”〔T30n1579 0837c06〕0837c06四十四種·智·老死 (forty-four kinds · knowledge · old age and death)
357 (Knowledge of Feeling)「當知建立七十七種智事差別。如是顯示歷觀諸諦一切行相」—“know that the distinctions of seventy-seven kinds of matters of knowledge are set up. This shows all the aspects of contemplating the truths one by one”〔T30n1579 0837c11〕0837c11七十七種·智·法住智·無常 (seventy-seven kinds · knowledge · the knowledge of the abiding of the Dharma · impermanent)
358 (Transmigration)「當知說名若減、若滅、若沒。如是意趣差別道理不違法性」—“know that it is called decrease, cessation, and vanishing. Such a principle of distinct intentions does not go against the nature of the Dharma”〔T30n1579 0837c18〕0837c18增·減·生·集·滅 (increase · decrease · arising · coming together · cessation)
359 (and Coming and Going)「由諸纏故及隨眠故。因彼所緣,於四識住令心生起諸雜染已」—“because of the entanglements and because of the latent tendencies. Because of that object, having made the mind give rise to the defilements in the four stations of consciousness”〔T30n1579 0837c27〕0837c27識住·緣 (stations of consciousness · object)
360 (and Coming and Going)As above; the selection and gathering on nutriment, 「得有名色;名色為緣,便有六處;由無明界所隨六處以為緣故」—“there comes to be name and form; with name and form as condition, there are the six bases; because the six bases followed by the element of ignorance are the condition”〔T30n1579 0839b27〕 (secondary)0837c27·0839b27識住·識·名色 (stations of consciousness · consciousness · name and form)
361 (and Coming and Going)「於四識住令心生起諸雜染已,招集後有,循環往來不得解脫」—“having made the mind give rise to the defilements in the four stations of consciousness, one brings about later existence, and circles coming and going without attaining liberation”〔T30n1579 0837c28〕0837c28識住·往來 (stations of consciousness · coming and going)
362No direct mātṛkā gloss found for this discourse; the section of the Real, ‘the learned noble disciple fully knows as it really is what he experiences, and diligently practices rightly in weariness, dispassion, and cessation’〔correspondence of meaning; shared terms in the third topic〕——
363No direct mātṛkā gloss found for this discourse; as above〔correspondence of meaning; shared terms in the third topic〕; the treatise has no word 「說法比丘」—“the bhikṣu who teaches the Dharma”——
364No direct mātṛkā gloss found for this discourse; the section of Perfection of View, ‘heading toward the right Dharma,’ close in meaning to 「法次法向」—“practice in accordance with the Dharma”〔correspondence of meaning; no shared words in the treatise〕——

Of the fourteen items of the first two uddāna verses of fascicle ninety-four, those that correspond to the discourses of this fascicle are listed in the table above, and not one item is left empty. The one item 「受智」—“Knowledge of Feeling” carries the two senses of 「受事」—“matters of feeling” and 「智事」—“matters of knowledge,” and its pairing with the three Discourses 355–357 is a reading by the treatise’s order.

② Saṃyutta coordinates (discourse by discourse · only the original Taishō notes recorded):

DiscourseTaishō note (verbatim)Anchor
343「S. 12. 25. Bhūmija.(浮彌)」0093b25
344No Taishō note recorded—
345「S. 12. 31-32. Bhūtaṃ, Kaḷāra.」0095b10
346No Taishō note recorded—
347「S. 12. 70. Susīma.(須深)」0096b25
348「S. 12. 21-22. Dasabala.」0098a13
349No Taishō note recorded—
350「S. 12. 49. Ariyasāvaka.」0098b22
351「S. 12. 68. Kosambī.」0098c01
352「S. 12. 13-14. Samaṇa-brāhmaṇā.」0099a06
353「S. 12. 13-14. Samaṇa-brāhmaṇā.」0099b02
354「S. 12. 71-81. Samaṇa-brāhmaṇā.」0099b19; the same note is also found at 0099c02
355「S. 12. 28. Bhikkhū.」0099c04
356「S. 12. 33. Ñānassa vatthūni.」0099c19
357「S. 12. 35-36. Avijjāpaccayā.」0099c27
358「S. 12. 35-36. Avijjāpaccāya.」0100a12; the same note is also found at 0100a20
359「S. 12. 38. Cetanā.」0100a23
360「S. 12. 39. Cetanā.」0100b02
361「S. 12. 40. Cetanā.」0100b11
362No Taishō note recorded—
363「S. 12. 16. Dhammakathika.」0100c04
364「cf. S. 12. 16. Dhammakathika.」0100c15

The Taishō notes number twenty (two each for Discourses 354 and 358, and one, for Discourse 364, a cross-reference marked 「cf.」—“cf.”), all of them 「S. 12.」—“S. 12.”; four discourses, Discourses 344, 346, 349, and 362, have none recorded. Of the twenty-two discourses, eighteen have coordinates. For the one note of Discourse 357, the current collated text lists separately 「S. 12. 34. Ñānassa vatthūni.(2)」, which differs from what the original Taishō note records; the two are recorded together without adjudication. The difference of form between 「Avijjāpaccayā」 of Discourse 357 and 「Avijjāpaccāya」 of Discourse 358 is copied as originally recorded.

The Taishō notes also carry notes of transcription for names within the discourses, recorded verbatim here for reference: 「Pārāyana, Ajitapañha. [Sn. V. 2.].」 (0095b12, 波羅延那阿逸多所問—the Pārāyaṇa, the Questions of Ajita); 「偈文 Sn. 1038.」 (0095b13); 「那羅 Nārada.」「茂師羅 Musīla.」 (0098c01); 「殊勝 Saviṭṭha.」「Ānanda.」 (0098c02).

③ Variants of the Alternate Translation: no parallel discourse is found in the Alternate Translation (see the second topic).

Translator · 釋慧鏡 Shi Huijing. The full statement of AI's role across the 指月 project is maintained at methodology.

License · CC BY-NC-SA 4.0